3M Series 400 Instruction Manual M23 3M_M23_Series_400_Instruction_Manual
User Manual: 3M_M23_Series_400_Instruction_Manual
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 300
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
3M Brand
Professional Audio Recorder
Series 400
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
MINNESOTA MINING AND MANUFACTURING COMPANY
300 SOUTH LEWIS ROAD. CAMARILLO. CALIFORNIA
M23 RRM 2 - 69
93010
This 3M M23 manual
was
"scanned by the klettster"
as a GIFT*
to those who have these machines
and want to keep them operational
The 3M M23 was the first 3M iso-loop
tape recorder for professional use
3M M23 machines were around 45 years
old at the time this scan was made
enjoy this...
keep the reels turning
*if some opportunist charges you money for this pdf he's making money from no
investment other than his time, trolling around on the interweb finding this and other docs,
downloading and flipping multiple copies for cash - like a money machine... whereas the
klettster has several hours and $36 in costs (for scanning the larger pages) invested in to
this... and is asking nothing... other than that you use and enjoy... maybe I am the idiot
and the trolling pdf reseller is the genius...
I'll leave that for others to debate.
FOR SALES INFORMATION
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company
3M Center
St. Paul, Minnesota 55101
(612) 733-1625
FOR PARTS AND SERVICE
Western U. S.
Eastern U.S.
3M Company
lvlincom Division
300 South L ewis Road
Cama rillo, Ca lifor nia
(805 ) 482-1911
93010
3M Company
M.incom Division
1750 P ennsy lvania Avenue
Suite 1100
Washington D. C. 20006
(202) 298-9200
INTRODUCTION
This Instruction Manual has been prepared for the
convenience and use of owners of the 3M Brand Professional Audio Recorder. The manual is supplied with each
recorder shipped from the factory, and should be consulted before installation and operation of the recorder
is attempted.
This manual is a revised edition of the original
Series 400 Professional Audio Recorder Instruction
Manual. It contains information reflecting changes made
in the recorders with serial number above 250. Much of
the original information contained in the earlier manual
has been retained or expanded in this manual and is applicable for all Series 400 Recorders. However, care should
be taken in the event this manual is rderenced when used
with machines having serial numbers 250 or lower.
Differences, although minor in most cases, could cause
difficulty in troubleshooting and ordering replacement
parts or assemblies.
M23 RRM 2-69
INSERT LATEST CHANGED PAGES . DESTROY SUPE RSEDED PAGES.
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
Da t es of is s u e fo r o r ig i na l and cha n ged pages a r e:
O ri gin a l.
C h ange
O.
1
Dec. 6 7
F e b. 69
TOTAL NUMBER O F PA GES I N THIS PUB LI CATI ON IS 294 C ON SISTI NG OF
THE FOLLOWI N G.
C h a n ge
No.
P age
No.
1
1
Titl e
Li st of S al e s Offices
Intr od uc t i on
A
i th r ough vi
I
.
.
.0
1 t hr o u gh 6
7
8
9 , 1.0
11 t h r ou g h 22
23/24
25 t h r oug h 27
28, 29
.
1
1
0
I
0
I
0
1
.
0
I
0
3D
1
31
32 th r ou gh 34
35
36 thr oug h 38
0
.
1
0
Page
No.
C h a n ge
No.
39/4.0 , 4 1
0
42
51
56
57
91
1
th r o u g h 49/5.0
t hr o u g h 5 5
t h ro u g h 89/9.0
t hr ou g h 1.0.0
1.0 I
1.02 th roug h 129/1 3.0
13 1 /132 t hr o u gh 16 1 /162
163 throug h 18 5/1 86
187/188
189 th rou gh 25 3/254
255 t hr o u gh 257/258
259 t hr ou g h 275/2 76
277 /2 7 8
279 th r o u g h 287/288
289 th r o u gh 3.03/3.04
3.05 thr ou g h 3 12
I
0
I
1
0
1
1
1
1
.1
1
1
1
1
1
I
1
M23 RRM 2 - 69
A
r
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
[
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Functional Description . . . . . .
Dynatrack Electronic System ..
Isoloop Tape Transport
Physical Description ..
Equipment Description
Specifications . . . . . .
4
6
6
18
INSTALLATION
Receipt Inspection
General . . . . . . .
LocatIon Considerations
Console Model Installation
Rack (or Custom) Mounting
Portable Model Insta llation
Electrical Connections
Power and Control Cable . .
Head Cables . . . .
Signa 1 Connectors
Rernote Meters
Pilot Tone . . . . . . .
Remote Control . . .
Edit Foot Control
Power Cord . . . .
Capstan Assist Spring
Reproduce Only ELectronics Assembly Connections
Interface Information
Signa L Input
Signa L Output
Remote Meter
Pilot and Loudspeaker
Phone s . . . . . . • .
Auxiliary Ground
25
25
25
25
26
30
30
30
32
32
32
32
32
32
34
34
34
36
36
36
37
38
38
39/40
OPERATING CONTROLS AND DETAILS
41
41
41
42
42
Tape Transport Controls
PLA Y Button . . .
FOR'NARD Button
STOP Button
REWIND Button . .
M23 RRM 2-69
i
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
Page
OPERATING CONTROLS AND DETAILS (Cont'd)
RECORD Button
POWER Switch .
A - B OUTPUT Transfer Switch.
R UNOUT Switc h
SPEED Switch
BALANCE Switch
Tape Transport, Tape Handlin g Com ponents .
Reversing I dler
E diting Index
Head As sembly
Ta pe Lifte r s
Head Shield Door
Capstan . . . . . .
Ca p s t an Idler (Incoming)
Capsta n Idler (Outgoin g)
Tape - Threaded Sensor
Edit Post . . . . . . .
R ee l Holders
Electronics Assemblies
RE CORD LEVEL Control
REPRO. LEVEL Cont r o l
REC. SELECT Switch
METER Switch . . . . . . .
OUTPUT SELECT Switches
R EC. Indicator
PHONES Jack
42
42
43
43
43
43
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
46
46
46
46
46
46
47
47
48
48
49 /50
49 /~ 0
49/50
GENERAL OPERATING PROCEDURES
Prel i minary
Threading
Monitoring
Recording
Playback
Ove rdubbin g
Erasure
E diting
ii
51
51
51
53
54
54
54
. ,.
55
M23 RRM 2 - 69
r
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
r
r
r
(
f·' ,.... .
......:,•..
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
,
i,.~
,.. , :
...... •.•..
r
r
f
Page
ALIGNMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
Tape Transport . • . . . . . . .
Flutter . • . . . . . . . • .
NAB Signal Electronics Alignment
NAB Playback Alignment . . . .
NAB Record Alignment . . . . . .
15 IPS Tape Speed Alignment
7 -1/2 IPS Tape Speed Alignment
Dynamic Range Adjustment (NAB)
Miscellaneous Adjustments and Circuit Arrangements
Dynatrack Electronic Alignment
.....
Dynatrack Record Alignment
H Track NAB Alignment
..•..
L Track Alignment . • . • . • • •
Combined H-L Dynatrack Performance
Dynamic Range Measurement, Dynatrack
Heads ••.••
Tape Guides
Reel Hubs
57
67
70
70
74
74
75
76
77
80
81
82
83
83
84
87
87
88
MAINTENANCE
91
92
100
100
General Precautions
Troubleshooting
Field Service . . . . . .
Factory Repair Service
PRINCIPLES OF OPERA TION
Introduction
..........•..........
Tape Drive Components (See Figure 30) . . . . .
Tape Transport Circuit Descriptions
Power Circuits . • • . . . . .
Threaded Tape Condition
From StandstiLL to Play
From Play to Stop
From Stop to Rewind
From Rewind to Stop (Tape Moving in the Rewind Direction) .
From Rewind to Stop (Tape Moving in Forward Direction) . . •
From Stop to Forward . • • • • . . • • . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . .
From Forward to Stop (Tape Moving in Forward Direction) . .
From Forward to Stop (Tape Moving in Rewind Direction) .
From Forward to Rewind . • . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
101
101
103
103
105
105
106
107
107
108
108
108
109
109
,-.f.:.'.'.·
~\
r
M23 RRM 2-69
iii
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
Page
PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION (Cont'd)
From Rewind to Forward
From Rewind to Play .
From Forward to Play .
Tape Runout . . . . . .. .
Record Mode Operation
Speed Change Switch
Reel Size Switch . . .
Torque Co ntrol Relay
Monitor Switching
Runout Switch
Fail-Safe Brakes.
Signal Electronics Functions
NAB Electronics . . . .
NAB Rec ording
NAB Reproduction
Dynatrack E lectroni cs
Detailed Circuit Descriptions.
H and NAB Record Amplifier (4)
L Record and Bias (3D)
Bias and Erase Amplifier (I)
H and NAB Preamplifier (7)
H and NAB Preamplifier w ith Overdub (7/9)
Line Amplifier (6) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L Preamplifier and Switch (8D) . . . .
Mete r and Powe r Supply Assembly (5)
NAB Erase Coupler (3N)
. .. . . . . .
109
109
110
110
III
III
III
112
112
113
113
113
114
114
116
118
119
119
12 I
122
123
125
125
126
129/130
129/130
SCHEMA TICS
PAR T S LISTS
Introduction
Ordering Replacement Parts
iv
163
163
M23 RRM 2-69
r
~
L
r
l
r
r
~
l
r
r
r
r
r
r
C
r
r
r
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
Page
3M Brand Professional Audio Recorder.
Dynatrack Characteristic s
Dynatrack Hand L Channels
Hand L Track Transfer .•.
Isoloop Tape Drive . . . . . . . . . . . .
3M Brand Professional Audio Tape Recorder Systems
Tape Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electronics Assembly (One Channel) . . .
Reproduce Only Electronics Assembly
Outline Dimensions, Console Models
Outline Dimensions for Rack Mounting and
Custom Insta llations . . . . . . . . . .
Typical Rack Mounting Layout . . . . .
Transporter Case Outline Dimensions
Cable Connections . . . . . . . . . .
Signal Input Connector Wiring ..
Signal Output Connector Wiring
Remote Meter Connector Wiring
Pilot Connector Wiring.
Tape Drive Components
Electronic Controls
Tape Threading . . . . . .
Tape Editing . . . . . . . . .
Tape Transport Adjustments, Top View.
Tape Transport Adjustments, Bottom View
Example of Simple Stroboscope Lamp
.....
Electronic s Assembly Adjustment Locations
Record and Playback Head Azimuth Adjustments.
ASA Weighting Network and Re sponse Curve
Ree 1 Hub Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tape Recorder, Block Diagram
Tape Transport Schematic
Tape Transport Circuit Board Layout
Tape Transport Wiring Diagram
Electronic s Block Diagram
Remote Control Assembly Schematic
Bias and Erase Amplifier Schematic
NAB Erase Coupler Schematic
Dynatrack L Record Amplifier Schematic
H and NAB Record Amplifier Schematic
Electronics Assembly (Meter and) Power Supply Schematic
Line Driver Amplifier Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M23 RRM 2-69
o
2
3
4
5
7
8
9
10
27
28
29
31
33
36
37
38
39/40
45
47
52
56
58
59
60
71
73
85
89/90
102
133/134
135/136
137/138
139/140
141/142
143/144
145/146
147/148
149/150
151/152
153/154
v
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS (Continued)
Page
Figure No.
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
H and NAB Reproduce Preamplifier Schematic ..
Dynatrack L Preamplifier and Switch Schematic .
H and NAB Preamplifier with Overdub Schematic
Dynatrack Power Supply Schematic
Tape Editing Switch Assembly
Tape Deck Assembly . . . . . . . . .
Remote Control Assembly . . . . . .
Audio Signal E l ectronics Housing Assembly
Signa l Electronics Power Supply Assembly with Meter
Reproduce Signal Ele c tronics Housing . . . . . . . . . . .
155/156
157/158
159/160
161/162
187/188
253/254
257/258
277 /278
287/288
303/304
LIST OF TABLES
Table
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
vi
Page
3M Brand Professional Audio Recorder Components
Specifications . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standard Dynatrack and NAB Head and Signal
Cable Connections . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capstan Speed Error (for 48 element strobe wheel) . . . .
Spring Scale Reading to Motor Torque Conversion Table.
Takeup Motor Torques . . . . . . . . .
Supply Motor Torques
.... . .
Components Contributing to Flutter
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Line Operating Level C alibrating Resistors
Parts List Index . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .
M 23 RRM 2-69
11
19
35
61
63
64
64
68
92
126
164
Figu r e 1.
o
3M Brand Professiona l Aud io Recorder
M23 RRM 12 - 67
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The 3M Brand Professional Audio Recorder is manufactured by the
Mincom Division of the 3M Company in Camarillo, California. It fulfills a
requirement in the professional recording industry for the ultimate quality in tape
recording. The continued improvements in records, tapes, and playback equipment
revealed deficiencies in original master recordings. The 3M Brand Professional
Audio Recorder overcomes these problems and provides improved master music
tapes -- improvement; readily discernible by ear.
The 3M Brand Professional Audio Recorder provides significant
improvements over present professional audio recorders in three basic areas.
Probably the most import of these is the improved dynamic range, as much as
15 db. The second area of improvement is a new tape drive system that reduces
flutter to half that present in other tape transports in the audio field. Third, the
entire system affords an operating and editing ease unmatched by any other tape
recorder. Other improvements. not readily apIJarent. are an increase in the
long-term reliability due to the exclusive use of silicon transistors in the electronics
assemblies plus the simplified tape-drive system.
The 3M Brand Professional Audio Recorder achieves its outstanding
performance from such patented techniques as the 3M Dynatrack system of
recording and playback, and the Isoloop tape drive system; plus experience gained
from over a decade of design and manufacture of Mincom, state-of-the-art,
aerospace tape recorder-reproducer systems.
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
Functionally, the 3M Brand Professional Audio Recorder operates on the
same basic principles as any other tape recorder. These principles are covered
in many textbooks and will not be presented in this manuaL. As stated, the features
that give this recorder its outstanding performance are the Dynatrack technique of
recording and reproducing, and the Isoloop tape drive.
DYNATRACK ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
l
r
The Dynatrack technique improves signal-to-noise ratio and expands the
recorded dynamic range of tapes by as much as 15 db over other recorders. These
improvements are the result of a revolutionary, yet relatively simple, diversity
recording and reproducing system. The diversity system feeds the same signal
through two recording heads, mounted parallel in the same head stack, and records
two separate, full band information tracks simulatneously. Every channel in the
Dynatrack recorder (one channel for mono, two for simple stereo, or three for
[
r
M23 RRM 2-69
1
multi-channel stereo, or stereo and mono together), r ecords two information tracks.
One track of a channel is recorded at a norma 1 l evel, following NAB
r eco rding standa r ds . The other track, recording the identical information records
signals at a higher leve l (mor e r ecording amp lifier gain), emp loys a preemphasis
c urve rising 15 db fr om 400 H z to 15,000 Hz (figur e 2A).
The track recorded at normal l eve l can h and le high e r signal l eve l s , so
it is ca lled the H track. It w ill r each distortion l eve ls in accordance with standard
VU meter practic e and with NAB r espo ns e and distortion specifications. The
other t r ack, with its preemphasized, highe r-l evel signal, is better suit ed for
recording signa l s of a much l ower sound l eve l , so it is called the L track. This
L track w ill go into over l oad distortion at high-frequency signal l eve ls considerab ly below 0 VU on th e meter. But whe n r ep r od ucil)g very soft sounds, wh ich are
usually l ost in tape noise when r ecorded at no r mal levels, the L track wil l put out
a clean, undistorted signal at a l evel well above tape noise (figur e 3).
Once thes e two tracks are r eco rd ed as described, the only r ema ining
problem is to a rrang e for playing ba ck th e prop e r track -- that t r ack with
minimum noise or minimum distortion -- and at th e proper signa l l eve l.
' 20
+ 15
+10
+5
L
A
RELATIVE DEPARTURE Of L
AND H TRACK RECORDING
CHARACTERISTICS FROM
STANDARD 15 IP S NAB
I--" i--"
,/
V
H
0
0
-5
-10
-IS
~
B
H
I
'"
RELA TI V E DEPARTURE O F L
AND H TRACK PLAYBACK
CHARACTERISTICS FROM
STANDARD 15 IPS NAB
"-
I
L
..... 1"-
-20
100
Figure 2.
2
1,000
Dynatrack Characteristics
M23 RRM 2 - 69
10,000
20,000
1184
r
r
r
r
l TRACK
RECORD HEAD
SIGNAL
IN
H TRACK
RECORD HEAD
lOW lEVEL SIGNAL
lOW LEVEL SIGNAL
WEll ABOVE NOISE
:JiSE
"-/\/V"v
CLEAN lOW
~>--~. ~~:~:~Al
lOW lEVEL SIGNAL
NOISY
r
r
r
.. / DISTORTED HIGH FREQUENCIES
~'
r
r
r
r
[
AT HIGH LlVEl
~
l TRACK
PLAY HEAD
CLEAN HIGH
CLEAN HIGH lEVEl SIGNAL
rvwv
H TRACK
PLAY HEAD
Figure 3.
r
r
l TRACK
~
H TRACK
PLAY HEAD
~o--+-.... ~~:~::!NAl
H TRACK
1180
Dynatrack Hand L Channels
Selection of the proper playback track is dependent upon an electronic
circuit which is fully automatic and completely silent in switching from one track to
the other. The circuitry is designed and calibrated so that the signals from the L
track are reproduced up to the point where the signal approaches 1% total harmonic
distortion. At this point the output is taken from the H track, which has a signal
recorded as much as 15 db below the 1 % distortion point. Now, the level of the
output signal can continue rising until it reaches the normal maximum,as indicated
on the VU meter. This track transfer from L to H occurs much faster than the
ear can detect so that sudden steep transients of high volume are cleanly reproduced
without any audible distortion. Wnen the signal on the L track drops below 1 %
distortion, the electronic circuit automatically transfers the signal from the H
track back to the L track in approximately 30 milliseconds.
NOTE
No switching occurs on signals below 400 Hz,
as tape noise rarely intrudes on signals below
this frequency.
M23 RRM 2-69
3
To equalize playback levels of both the Land H tracks, there is a deemphasis network in the play circuit of these preamplifiers, providing the exact
opposite of the preemphasis network in the recording circuitry (figure 2B).
A continuous visual check as to which track is being reproduced is provided
by th e pilot lamp in the L track preamplifier section of the electronic assembly.
When the lamp is glowing, the L track is being reproduced; when the lamp is out,
the H track is being fed to the output.
This automatic track transfer system is a completely electronic system;
no m e chanical relays, switches, etc., are used (figure 4). All electronics are
solid-state, assuring long term reliability and accuracy of performance. Also, as
the Dynatrack recording technique is completely electronic, there is no noise
involv ed at any frequency, and the system is completely undetectable in use -- except
for the increased signal-to-noise ratio and the far greater dynamic range of tapes
recorded and reproduced on the 3M Brand Professional Audio Recorder.
ISOLOOP TAPE TRANSPORT
The tape transport mechanism of the 3M Brand Professional Audio
Recorder is derived from designs used in instrumentation recorders, where
standards of timing accuracy, and wow and flutter are even more demanding than
l TRACK
PLAY HEAD
J----.
EMITTER
AMPLIFIER
TRIGGER
SENSITIVITY
OF·
EMPHASIS
FOLLOWER
(>
<;;>>4--41
TRIGGER
NO, 1
RELEASE
TIME
NETWORK
TRANSISTOR
SWITCH
NEON
LAM'
A
c
EMITTER
FOLLOWER
------. SIGNAL
OUT
PHOTO
RESISTOR
H TRACK
'S:
EMITTER
AMPLIfiER
FOLLOWER
118S
Figure 4.
4
Hand L Track Transfer
M23 RRM 2-69
r
r
r
l
L
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
they are in audio recording. The heart of th'e patented Isoloop tape drive is the'
differential capstan, which maintains a constant tape tension within the drive and
positive contact of the tape against the heads (figure 5). In addition, the
unsupported tape path is extremely short in comparison to standard design tape
recorders. This short path reduces longitudinal oscillation to a new low and
eliminates the need for ·a series of tape guides to maintain a proper tape path.
The tape tension required "to minimize flutter and hold the tape against the
heads is generated within the closed loop by the differential drive capstan. The
tape drive surface of the capstan is divided into regions of two different diameters.
The incoming idler roller is contoured so as to press the tape firmly into the
matching "grooves" (of the smaller dialIleter) of the capstan. The outgoing idler
roller is shaped so as to press the tape firmly against the "ridges" (of the larger
diameter) of the capstan. This differential of capstan diameters constantly tries
to extract more tape than is being fed into the loop and creates the necessary
tension by means of the slight elasticity of the tape itself. This tape tension is
always kept safely within its elastic limits.
The Isoloop tape drive, short tape path, and flywheel driven capstan all
aid in reducing the flutter of the tape transport to approximately half that found in
other professional tape drive systems.
OUTGOING CAPSTAN IDLER
INCOMING CAPSTAN IDLER
1186
r
[
[
Figure 5.
Isoloop Tape Drive
M23 RRM 2-69
5
PHYSICAL DESCRIPTION
The system equipment can be supplied in almost any configuration required.
It is availab l e in several standard conso le configurations, as a portable system
contained in its own portable case, or unmounted for installation in a 19-inch
equipment rack (figure 6). Specia l consoles and cabinets are available on special
order. Systems are engineered to fit the us er 's requirements: the number and type
of channels, and the mounting and installation to fit the application. Complete
installation instructions for eac h of the standard models is given under Installation.
Physically, each system cons i sts of a tape transport and electronics as
requir ed. Thi~ may be 1 to 8 channe ls of NAB electronics, I to 4 channels of
Dynatrack electronics or a combination of both. Any system can be expanded up
to the maximum capacity simply by adding additional cha nnels of electronics and
c hang ing th e tape width and magnetic heads.
EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION
Each tape r eco rder syst em w ill have a tape transport (figure 7) and an
electronics assembly (figure 8) for eac h r eco rd and play channel. Also, a sys tem
may h av e any of the accessories listed in table 1.
The basic tape transport is the same in a ll systems; the on ly difference
is in t he tape width, magnetic h eads, and capstan speed. The tape guides and magnetic heads are inst a ll e d as kits depending upon th e number and type of channels.
The t ransport is available with either of two capstan sizes . On e of th ese kits accommodates 1 /4 -in ch o r I /2 -in ch tap e . It i s normally furnished in machines that w ill
never be expec t ed to use tapes wider than 1 /2 inch. The other kit is intend ed for
machines using I-in ch t ape. 'Whil e 1 /2 -in ch and 1 /4 -inch tape can b e run on th e
I-inch capstan, the latt e r is l ess co nvenient for threading and editing I /4-inch or
I /2 - inc h tape.
The electronics assembl y conta in s the e l ectronics r equi r ed for a single
channel of NAB or Dynatrack re cord and playback. Each electronics assembly
conta ins a plug-in power supply and mete r (th e meter may b e in a remote location),
controls and indicators, and as many as seven plug-in circuit boards. Th e r e is an
input and an output transformer l oca ted behind the cont r o l panel. A ll electrical
connections for each channe l are made on the rear panel of the elect ronic s
assembly.
The electronics assembly pl u g -in ci rcuit boards are 'numbered I through 9
on the board handle indic ating the slot that the board goes in. Slot 2 is always
empty and the meter and power supply is slot 5. To change th e e l ec troni cs
assembly between NAB and Dynatrack it is only necessary to c hang e the boards in
slot 3 and 8 . The NAB boards have an N on their handle and the Dynatrack boards
have a D on their handle. It is also necessa r y, whe n changing b e tween NAB and
6
M23 RRM 2-69
o
UNMOUNTED
Consists of tape transport and electronics.
Transport is complete with required magnetic
heads and ready for horizontal or vertical
mounting. Electronics are individual modular
panels and provide either standard NAB and/ or
Dynatrack functions.
CONSOLE
Transport and electronics
mounted within a console
ca binet.
PORTABLE
Compone nts mounted within
rugged shock mounted
portable cases.
Figure 6.
3M Brand Professional Audio Tape Recorder Systems
M23 RRM 12-67
7
co
SUPPLY~
REE L
'"
~1b[Q]~Ib1lii
,
~1b[Q] ~li':1lii
')
-
..
SC
\
'l
TAKE UP
/REEL
~-
§
'"'1
~ .
"""
~
,~
'1
;;::
N
v.>
?;:l
?;:l
;;::
N
I
0'
-D
'"
-.J
..
>-l
I
'0
'>-l"
."
'0
o
.
~
INCOMING
T APE GU ID ES
'1
If>
~,
..........
MAN UA L T APE _______~----------------------t_----~
LI FT ER OVERR I DE
'1
~
POWER
ON - O FF~
.
A- B
SIGNAL OUTP UT
SE l l=rTnR
t
, ,-=
L-~
RU NOUT SE LECTOR SWI TCH •
RE EL BALANCING S" ITCHES
'-W I
l
I
I
II
.= a.
c
SPE ED SEL ECTOR SWITCHI .
I
-
OUTGOING
TAPE GU ID ES
ANO T APE SENSOR
DIF FE RENT IAL
DRIVE CAPSTAN
AU TQMATICALL Y
~:~,~~HO
"'"
,
TAPE MOTI ON
CONT RO LS
C>
ERASE, RECOR D
AN D PLAY HEADS
.. I . '
I'" .~ 1
..
(UND ER SLI DE COV ER)
1174
'*0. 9
i POWER SUPPLY
AND METER
OUTPUT TRANSFORMER
INPUT TRANSFORMER
mnri
(SHOWN WITH
DYNATRACK AND
OVERDUB BOARD
!! •- * . . * ■
6.
jf m
V ■ -v
°: ft*
IT
Mm
SET)
B
Figure 8. Electronics Assembly (One Channel)
M23 RRM 12-67
Figure 9. Reproduce Only Electronics Assembly
10
M23 RRM 12-67
r
Dynatrack, to change the cabling on the rear panel of the electronics assembly and
pos sibly the magnetic heads and tape width of the transport.
L
r
l
r
r
r
r
r
r
c
r
r
r
r
[
The Professional Audio Recorder is available as an all reproduce (figure
9)' or combination of record-reproduce, and reproduce only system. The reproduce only electronics are contained in a special electronics assembly. Two circuit
boards per channel are required. There is a head cable input connector, output
transformer, and signal output connector for each channel on the rear panel. The
front panel contains a meter, selector switch, phone jack, and power on indicator.
The tape transport operates at either of two electrically selectable tape
speeds. The most common speeds are 7-1/2 and 15 ips; however, other speeds
are available. The electronics equalization is automatically switched to the selected
tape speed. The standard transport is equipped to accommodate 10-1/2 inch reels
with NAB hub; however, other hubs and reel capacities are available.
The tape transport contains the tape motion controls and tape handling
controls; plus, it performs certain functions common to all of the electronic
assemblies. It provides tape speed equalization control, the source of bias and
erase frequency, the A-B transfer function, and control of the record function. The
POWER button on the transport controls the power to the entire system. The
electronics assembly contains all of the remaining controls, such as the record and
reproduce level controls, and the meter control.
Table 1.
3M Brand Professional Audio Recorder Components
DESCRIPTION
COMPONENT
TAPE TRANSPORT
TAPE TRANSPOR TS
Speeds (ips)
Capstan Guides
(inches)
23013BOOO-I0
7 1/2, 15
1/2
1/4
23013BOOO-11
7 1/2, 15
1/2
1/2
23013BOOO-12
7 1/2, 15
1
1/4
23013BOOO-13
7 1/2, 15
1
1/2
23013BOOO-14
7 1/2, 15
1
1
23013BOOO-17
15, 30
1/2
1/4
23013BOOO-18
15, 30
1/2
1/2
23013BOOO -19
15, 30
1
1/4
23013BOOO -20
15, 30
1
1/2
23013BOOO-21
15, 30
1
1
M23 RRM 2-69
Complete tape transport
less mounting hardware
and head assemblies
11
Table 1.
3M Brand Professional Audio Recorder Components (Cont'd)
COMPONENT
DESCRIPTION
BASIC T APE TRANSPORT
Cons i sts of the bas i c tape
transport less the t ape wi d t h
determin i ng elements, t ape
speed kits, hea d assemb lies,
230 13B990
and mounting hardwa r e.
TAPE SPEED K IT (Capstan Motor '" Flywhee l Set)
SEeeds P Es l
Power
230 13B940
3 3/4, 7 1 /2
60
230 1 3B 945 - 1
7 1/2, 15
60
230 13 B 945-2
7 1 /2 , 15
50
230 13B 950-1
15, 30
60
23013B950-2
15, 30
50
230 13B 955
30, 60
60
230 13B 960
60, 120
60
TAPE WIDTH KIT (Guides
TaEe (inches)
(~ )
Consists of capstan moto r
assembly, i nclu di n g capacito r
and co n nector moun ted on
sw i ng bracket , caps t an
flywhee l , an d r es i stor R63.
e l Hubs)
'" ReCaEstan
(inches )
230 1 3A91 0
1 /4
1 /2
23013A 915
1/2
1/2
230 13A 930
1/4
1
23013A935
1/2
1
23013A920
1
1
Cons i sts of ingoing and ou tgoing fixed tape guides, and
NAB hub.
BRAKE KI TS
230 13A970
Flywhee l brak e (capstan) (high
speed t r ansports)
23004A900
Failsafe brake (reels)
12
M23 RRM 2 - 69
Sho r tens mode change ti me.
P r events tape spi ll if power
fails.
Table 1.
3M Brand Professional Audio Recorder Components (Cont'd)
COMPONENT
DESCRIPTION
CAPSTAN AREA PARTS
23013A900
(1/4-1/2 inch)
23013A905
(1/2 -1 inch)
Capstan, reversing idler,
capstan idlers, idler arms,
tape lifter, head gate, trim
covers and capstan assembly
(shaft, housing, and bearing s).
HEAD ASSEMBLIES
TaEe (inches)
Tracks
~
23000A020-1
1/4
1
23000A020-2
1/4
2
~
23000A020-5
1/2
2
23000A020- 3
1/2
3
23000A020-4
1/2
4
23000A020-6
1
3
23000A020-7
1
4
23000A020-8
1
6
23000A020-9
1
8
L
Includes erase, record, and
playback head stacks mounted
on bolt-on precision plate,
with single 42-pin connector.
PREPLA Y HEADS
Tape (inche s)
Tracks
23000A 900-1
1/4
1
23000A900-2
1/4
2
23000A900-4
1/2
3
23000A900-S
1/2
4
23000A900-6
1
4
23000A 900-7
1
8
Monitors tape ahead of
reproduce heads to drive
variable-pitch record cutting
lathe.
TRANSPORT COVER PLATES
23013A023
19-inch (-1 for 10 1/2·inch reel,
-2 for 12-inch reel)
23000AOOS
24-inch (10 1 /2-inch reel)
r
r
M23 RRM 2-69
13
Table 1.
3M Brand Professional Audio Recorder Components (Cont'd)
DESCRIPTION
COMPONENT
3 I /Z -INCH BLANK PANEL
This panel is installed to prov ide
space above rack-mounted transports
for reel hangover .
83 -1360-0166
5 I 14 -INCH BLANK PANEL
Used in place of an electronics
assembly.
Z30Z8A046
PORTABLE TRANSPORTER CASES
Z30Z8A IOO-I
Fits transport with 1 inch capstan.
Z30Z8A IOO-Z
Fits transport "'ith l iZ -inch capstan
plus one channel of electronics.
ELECTRONICS ASSEMBLY
ELECTRONICS ASSEMBLY
Z3059AO 10
Consist s of the basic electronics
chassis assembly less all of the
plug-in units.
EL E CTRONICS ASSEMBLY BOARDS
These boards may be obtained as
NAB channel set, Dynatrack channel
set, or individually. Six of the boards
are common; used for both NAB and
Dynatrack.
NAB BOARD SET
Z3059A900
Bias and Erase Amplifier (I)
NAB Erase Coup ler (NAB only) (3)
H and NAB Record (4)
Meter /P ower Supply (5)
Line Driver Amplifier (6)
Overdub Preamplifier (7/9)
14
MZ3 RRM Z-69
r
r
r
r
Table l.
3M Brand Professional Audio Recorder Components (Cont'd)
COMPONENTS
DESCRIPTION
DYNATRACK BOARD SET
23059A910
Bias and Erase Amplifier (1)
L Record Amplifier (Dynatrack only)(3)
H and NAB Record Amplifier (4)
Meter /Power Supply (5)
Line Driver Amplifier (6)
r
L Preamp and Switch (Dynatrack
only) (8)
Overdub Preamplifier (7/9)
BIAS & ERASE AMPLIFIER CIRCUIT BOARD
23059A020
Part of the record circuit installed in slot l.
NAB ERASE COUPLER CIRCUIT BOARD
23059A030
Part of the NAB record circuit installed in slot 3 in place of
Dynatrack record board, 23059A130.
L RECORD AMPLIFIER CIRCUIT BOARD
Part of the Dynatrack record
circuit - installed in slot 3.
23059A130
l
H AND NAB RECORD AMPLIFIER
CIRCUIT BOARD
r
23059B040
Part of the record circuit installed in slot 4.
METER AND POWER SUPPLY ASSEMBLY
23059A050
r
r
r
r
Power supply and meter installed in slot 5.
LINE DRIVER AMPLIFIER CIRCUIT BOARD
23059A060
Part of the reproduce circuit installed in slot 6.
M23 RRM 2-69
15
Table 1.
3M Brand Professional Audio Recorder Components (Cont'dl
DESCRIPTION
COMPONENTS
H AND NAB PREAMPLIFIER
CIRCUIT BOARD
Part of the reproduce circuit -installed in slot 7.
23059A I 70
L PREAMPLIFIER AND SWITCH
CIRCUIT BOARD
Part of the Dynatrack reproduce
circuit -- installed in slot B..
23059A 140
H AND NAB PREAMPLIFIER
WITH OVERDUB
Same as slot 7 board but with
overdub feature -- may be used in
slot 7 or 9.
23059B090
NAB CONVERTER
This board is required only when a
Dynatrack Electronics Assembly
is converted to NAB operation.
23059A 920
POWER SUPPLY WITHOUT METER
Powe r supply used with remote
meters -- installed in slot 5.
23059A250
CABLES
TRANSPOR T - TO-ELEC TRONICS
POWER AND CONTROL CABLES
2302BA055
4 channe l
5-foot cable. 15-pin connectors.
2302BA065
B c hann el
5 - foot. Y-cable. 15-pin
co nne c tor s.
HEAD CABLES
230 0 0AO 10-1
I track
230 0 0AO 10- 2
2 tracks
230 0 0AOIO-3
230 0 0AOIO-4
3 tracks
4 tracks
230 0 0AOIO-B
8 tracks
16
This cable is about 66-inches long.
and connects between the head plate
on the transport and each channe l of
electronics. There is a play (Pl.
r eco rd (RJ. and erase (El head cable
for each track .
M23 RRM 2 - 69
r
r
,.f.:.,.•':•,.:.,.·
Table 1.
COMPONENT
f
r
r
3M Brand Professional Audio Recorder Components (Cont'd)
DESCRIPTION
ACCESSORIES
REMOTE CONTROL (with 5-foot cable)
This unit provides remote control of
the RECORD, PLAY, STOP,
REWIND, FORWARD, and A-B
OUTPUT transfer functions.
23017AOOO
REMOTE CONTROL EXTENSION CABLE
A 25 -foot extension cable for the
remote controls.
23017AOI0
[
EDIT FOOT SWITCH
,... ,....
,.:,.,.:.•..•
F··
r
Permits hand-free spill/standby/
wind for rapid tape editing.
23000A950
EXTENDER BOARD
Extender board for circuit boards
in the electronics assembly.
23059AIIO
r
r
REPRODUCE ONLY ELECTRONICS
23059A960-1
4 channel NAB
23059A960-2
8 channel NAB
Includes a chassis assembly, a
preamplifier and line amplifier for
each channel.
FILM SYNC ELECTRONICS
Chassis Assembly and Circuit Board Set
23059A950
Bias and Erase Ampliher
Circuit Board (I)
23059A020
Fits 5 1/4 x 19 inch rack space.
Slot 1 Board
Erase Coupler Board (3N)
Slot 2 Board
23059A030
Firm Sync Record Amplifier Boa rd(3S)
23059A330
Slot 3 Board
H and NAB Record Amplifier Board (4)
r
23059B040
Slot 4 Board
M23 RRM 2-69
17
Table l.
3M Brand Professional Audio Recorder Components (Concluded)
DESCRIPTION
COMPON ENTS
Meter and Power Supply Assembly
Slot 5 Assembly
Z3059A050
H and NAB Preamplifier B oard (7)
Slot 7 Board
Z3059A 1 70
Lin e Driver Amplifier Board (6)
Slot 6 Board
Z3059A060
Film Sync R e produce B oard ( 9 S)
Z3059A390
Slot 9 Board
Film Sync Head Cable S e t
Z3000A310
Film Sync Pow e r Cable
Z30Z3A350
SPECIFICATIONS
Sp e cifications for the 3 M Brand Professional Tape Recorder are presented
in t a ble Z. Thes e s p ecifications a r e based upon operation in accordance with the
pro ce dur e s and conditions prese nte d in this manual. Deviation from these procedures ,
use of oth e r than re c omm e nded m agnetic tapes, or modification of the equipment
ma y r e sult in degradation of the e quipment performance. These specifications are
subj e ct to change without notic e.
18
MZ3 RRM Z-69
Table 2.
(r
Specifications
(,
SPECIFICA TIONS
CHARACTERISTICS
ELECTRONICS
Signal-to-Noise Ratio:
For Dynatrack system employing 1/4-inch width of tape
per channel (1 channell /4-inch tape; 2 channels 1/2inch tape, etc.) at 15 ips tape speed based on peak
record level of 3% THD and employing ASA weighting
curve A: Greater than 80 db.
For standard recording systems with NAB equalization
measured from 3% THD level at 400 cycles to noise, on
full spectrum basis:
Tracks
No.
r
Tape Width Track Width 15 or 7 1/2 ips Speed
db
Mils
Inches
1
1/4
0.234
67
2
1/4
0.075
62
2
1/2
0.200
66
3
1/2
O. 100
63
4
1/2
0.070
62
3
1
0.250
67
4
1
O. 180
66
6
1
0.095
63
8
1
0.070
62
Tape Type:
Specifications are based on use of Scotch Brand
Dynarange recording tapes 201, 202, or 203.
Adjustable bias and equalization permits accommodation of a wide range of tape characteristics.
Equalization:
The Dynatrack system matches the NAB curve of
frequency versus distortion for 15 ips above a
designed reference level. The weighted 3M
equalization curve is followed at low level for
extended dynamic range.
Standard m.achines are normally equalized for NAB
15 and 7 1/2 ips speeds. Equalizers are autom.atically switched when the tape speed is changed.
Other forms of equalization may be provided on order.
M23 RRM 2-69
19
Table 2.
CHARAC TERISTICS
Frequency Response:
Specifications (Cont'd)
SPECIFICA nONS
15 ips NAB equalization
±l db 40 to 15 , 000 cycles
±2 db 30 to 15 , 000 cycles
7 1 /2 ips NAB equalization
±l db 50 to 12,000 cycles
±2 db 30 to 15 , 000 cycles
Phas i ng:
Signa l input t Ct-{)utput polarity is maintained on a ll
channels.
Channel Separation:
Channel to channel crosstalk separation is greater
tha n 50 db at 500 cycle s (zero VU) .
Electronic s Input:
20, 000 ohm balanc e d or unbalance d line.
+8 dbm signal on 600-ohm bus.
Electronics Output:
Feed to 150 or 600-ohm line , terminated or
unterrnina t e d at l eve ls of +4 or +8 dbm . Convenient
s witch transfers output directl y to monitor loudspeaker lin e with p eak power capability of 1 watt
t o an 8-o hm load. Other operating levels are
available on special order .
Bias and Eras e Oscillator:
Master oscillator on tape transport supplies 120 kHz,
thr oug h a low imp e dance bus to the individual bias
and e r ase po we r amplifiers for eac h channel.
Degree of Erasure:
A I, 00 0 cycle signal at 30/0 distortion level is
r edu ce d 68 db or mor e by the e rase head provided
for NAB standard operation.
Powe r Input:
110 to 135 volts, 60 cy cles. Int e rnally regulat e d
power suppli es make transform e r tap changes
unnecessa ry over this rang e. O p tiona l 50 cycle
p ower .
20
M23 RRM 2-69
-20 dbm to
r
Table 2.
Specifications (Cont'd)
CHARACTERISTICS
Electronic Controls:
r
r
r
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating controls provided on front panel of each
electronics module: RECORD LEVEL and REPRO
LEVEL gain controls with positive mechanical shaft
locks. REC SELECT switch (RDY., SAFE, O. DUB),
METER switch (CAL., SIGNAL, ERASE, BIAS),
OUTPUT SELECT pushbutton (A or B), REC. (record)
warning pilot lamp, and PHONES jack.
MECHANICAL
r
r
Speeds:
7 1/2 and 15 ips standard. 3 3/4 and 7 1/2 ips or
15 and 30 ips available on special order.
Tape Width:
Normally 1-, 1/2-, or 1 /4-inch tape.
[tr.:•:. :· .,
Reel Sizes:
NAB hub. Adaptable to CCIR or small plastic reel
hubs. Standard reel 10 1 /2-inch diameter.
Alternatively, 11 1 /2-inch diameter reels can be
furnished for CCIR applications. Large 14-inch
reel diameter capability is available.
Flutter:
Speed
(ips)
Flutter Band
(Hz)
15
0.5 - 300
0.04%
15
o. 5
0.05%
r
r
f
r
r
r
r:.·
- 5000
Maximum %
Flutter (rms)
7 1/2
0.5 - 300
0.07%
7 1/2
0.5 - 5000
0.09%
All measurements of flutter are made by recording a
tone on the machine under test, rewinding the tape
and measuring flutter on replay. Maximum additive
phase case accepted as maximum flutter.
Start Time:
Stopping Time:
0.5 second to stable motion in play or record mode
for 1/ 4-inch or 1/2· inch tape, 1. 0 second for 1- inch
tape.
0.8 second from play or r.ecord mode.
Timing Accuracy:
±0.10%
Rewinding Time:
60 seconds for 2400 feet.
f·.
M23 RRM 2-69
21
Table 2.
CHARACTERISTICS
We i g ht / Dime nsions:
SPECIFICATIONS
Tap e tr a nsport and el e ctronics ass e mbly have standard 19 -inch wide ra c k mounting pan e ls with comm e rc ia l n o t c hing.
C onsol e :
66 l / 2 in c hes high (with four electroni c s modules) ,
26 3/ 4 in c hes wide , 2 4 l/4 inches d ee p. Approximat e
w e i g ht (c omplete) 300 lbs.
T ap e Transp o rts:
15 3/4 -in c h pan e l.
E l e ctroni c s Ass e mbly:
5 1 / 4 -inch panel. W e ight approximat e ly 15 pounds
p e r asse mbly. (On e e l ec tr o nics ass e mbl y r e quired
f o r e ac h c hann e l re c ord e d: NAB or 3M Dynatrack
c h a nn e l).
P ortable:
C o mpl e t e in two dra w n a luminum cas e s. Electronics
ca s e : 21 inches long, II 1/4 inches wid e . 18 inch e s
hi g h . W e ight: appr o ximately 85 pounds with thre e
e l ect r o ni c s m odul e s. Tape transp o rt c as e : 21
in c h e s l o ng, 12 inch e s wid e , 18 inch e s high. W e ight
appr ox imat e ly 85 pounds.
Tap e Transport Controls:
22
S pec ifications (Cont ' d)
W e ight approximat e ly 65 pounds.
All a r e inoperative until tap e is pla ce d in th e op e ratin g pa th which activates th e controls and illuminat e s
the ST O P button. PLAY button starts tape in motion
at r u nn ing speed s e lec t e d with HI- LO switch . May
b e a c t i va t e d from an y o th e r mode including high
s p ee d FORWARD o r REWI N D through a utomatic
st op s e qu e nce without damage to tap e. RECORD is
fun c ti o nal only wh e n pr e ss e d with PLAY button.
An y o r a ll chann e ls c an b e locked off to pr e vent
ac c i d e ntal recordin g . FORWARD pla ce s tape in
hi g h sp e e d forward and op e rates tap e lifters.
RE VV I N D similarly plac e s tape in r e wind mode and
o p e r a t e s tape lifters. STOP refers e s torque to
br ak e t ap e dynamically. VI hen tape stops, braking
t o r que is r e moved and slight holding torque is
ap p li e d to prevent tap e slack.
M 23 RRM 2-69
r
r
Table 2.
CHARACTERISTICS
r
Specifications (Concluded)
SPECIFICA TIONS
Optional Console Electronics
Mounting:
Electronics modules can be mounted below the
tape transport in the console cabinet. The
volume level (VU) meters are then mounted
side-by-side on a single panel just above the
tape transport.
Editing Foot Switch:
Used during tape editing to free operator's
hands for splicing tape. Permits starts, stops,
and intentional tape "spills" as required for
rapid editing.
rr
~.
r
M23 RRM 12-67
23/24
r
r
r
INSTALLATION
RECEIPT INSPECTION
The 3M Brand Professional Audio Recorder was inspected, completely
f
l.:I. . .i::.::
.
r
r
r
r
r
r
checked out, and adjusted before leaving the factory. Immediately upon receipt,
inspect the equipment for any shipping damage. If any damage is noticed, notify the
carrier immediately. If everything is normal, proceed with the installation.
GENERAL
As previously described, the system comes in three basic models: console,
portable, and rack mounting. Console models are completely connected and ready
for operation when unpacked and the power and signal connections are made. The
portable models require, in addition to the power and signal connections, interconnecting cables between the tape transport and electronics. The rack mounting
models require the same electrical connection as the portable model; in addition,
they must be installed in a 19-inch equipment rack.
Thi s section contains installation ins tructions for eac h of the three models,
plus instructions for each of the standard accessories.
LOCATION CONSIDERATIONS
The tape recorder system can be installed in almost any location as long as
reasonable judgement is used. The system should not be installed in an extremely
dusty or damp location. Strong magnetic fields should be avoided, such as from
power transformers and tape degaussers. The tape recorder can probably stand
high temperatures much better than its human operator; however, if the recorder
is to be installed in an equipment rack, it should not be mounted above a chassis
with vacuum tubes or anything which generates a large amount of heat.
·.I.·•.• ·.
{::
f.
The tape recorder system can be remotely controlled. The standard remote
control cables are 5 and 25 feet long; however, longer cables can be used.
r
(t,• .
~:
~\
CONSOLE MODEL INSTALLATION
Console models are shipped from the factory ready for operation. They are
crated according to standard commercial practices, depending upon their destination.
In some cases, the crating may be extensive and the receiver must be careful when
unpacking not to damage the equipment or discard any separately
packaged accessories. When the equipment IS uncrated and located in its operating
position, it only requires power and signal connections to be ready for operation;
r
r
M23 RRM 2-69
25
plus connection of some accessori es. Instructions for making these connections
ar e given in the following paragraphs. Dimensions of the standard console models
are given In figure 10.
RACK (OR CUSTOM) MOUNTING
For rack mounting or custom installations the equipment and interconnecting
cables are shipped as separate items ready for installation into a 19-inch equipment rack. Figure 11 gives the outline dimensions. Figure 12 illustrates a
typical rack mounting installation. Cable connections and signal interface
information is presented in the following paragraphs of this section.
The e l ec tronics assemblies and transport are packaged according to comm e rci a l practices. In addition, th e transport is contained in a wooden shipping
crate. To remove the transport from the wooden shipping crate, pry the top of
the crate off. (It is nailed on.) There are cutouts at each end of the crate so that
th e tr an sport can be grasped and lifted out.
Remove the tape transport from its shipping crate and install it as follows:
1.
Position the capstan assist spring for vertical or horizontal mounting,
as required. See figure 14.
2.
To expose the transport mounting rails, it is necessary to remove the
transport front cover plate. This is secured by two screws at the top
of the transport and a lip at the bottom. Remove the two screws and
slide the cover from the lip.
3.
Attach the transport to the mounting rails, using eight 10-32 screws,
washers, and lock washers; four on each side.
4.
Reinstall the transport front cover plate.
The maximum distance between the transport and the electronics assembly
is determined by the control and head cable lengths. From the transport connector
to the first electronics assembly connector is 36 inches. The remaining connector
loops are 12 inches apart. The head cable set is 66-inches long.
To install the electronics assembly, open the front cover and attach
to the mounting rails with four 10-32 screws, washers, and lock washers. When
the ele c tronics assembly and transport are installed, make the cable connections
as show n in figure 14, and listed under "Electrical Connections".
NOTE
Note that each of the cards in the electronics
assembly has a number on it indicating the
channel. This should be considered when
arranging the electronics assemblies.
26
M23 RRM 2-69
1":0:'*1
'"'"""""'"-"'R
r~,''''1
r--Y¥j
1'=:;(","1
r
+
7%
(TO FLOOR,
INC ,UDING
CAS TERS)
I
I
I--'c=-_;;'"~"I
r------:-jI
245/8
G
G
G
0
o
0
57
(2-CHANNEL)
I
--
Vo)
~
--
-.D
40 Y2
!-
221/2
J
~
ttjJ
_ltJl
49
3614
B
9't.
~I~
27
J
t
~
'"
22Y2
'" J
tv
-J
r-=lII
-.
I~~~I
I~I~~I
I~~~I
0'-
1'-'---,
~
•
--
I
I-,=:-dl
,PIVOT POINT
(TRANSPORT
TILTS UP 45AND LATCHES)
.!i
tv
tv
rc--~"'I
41/2
f
51/4
~
~
~
,-_-o=-~
21 11/4
C65~~~d~
r-
1'--=91
0
~
!Xl
!Xl
r -"-I
["'''"''=1
~8-'
,
.
,
o
o
I----~
r-:-~
Figure 10.
Outline Dimensions, Console Models
1170
I""'-"":-j
r~"-~
-,1--1.--I"
19"
19"
• 1
_ • •
0) _ .
--- :"11 -"="
BLAN K PANEL FOR RACK MOUN TING
175/B"
22"
----~-.\
\
J\,, ~
~!!!!!!!!!!!!111~
7"
17 .1/4" - - - - - - - 19"
1171
Figure 11 .
28
Outline Dimensions for Rack Mounting and Custom Installations
M23 RRM 12-67
r
r
r~.('·:'
y
;
r
'·:· '
1':
r.
r
fr
,.i'
I.'.I'
(I
r.
r
"
Ir:
f{
f
F
l.i-'
I)'
r
r
,!i.,.·.·'.,
1172
(
[Iri.',
I
Figure 12.
Typical Rack Mounting Layout
M23 RRM 12-67
29
PORTA BLE MODEL INSTALLATION
Outline dimensions for the portable models are presented in figure 13. Of
course, this equ ipm ent requires no physical installation. The equipment inside
is attached to the case by shock mounts. Installation consists of removing the
covers and making the electrical connections shown in figure 14 and listed und e r
"E lect rical Connec tions,"
as required. Also, connection of the capstan assist
sp rin g must be considered. This is also shown in figure 14. Signal interface
information is present under that headin g in this section.
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
As previously stated, the conso l e model is shipped with all internal cabling
connected. It only r equi res that the power cable and the external signal cables be
connected, plus accessories such as the edit foot control and remote control.
In add i tion, the rack mounting and portable models require connection of the power
and contro l cab le, and head cables between the transport and electronics assemblies.
All of the cable connections are illustrated in figure 14, and each is detailed in the
following paragraphs. Disregard any connec tion that does not apply to your
equipment.
NOTE
The circuit boards in eac h of the electronics
assemblies have numbers on them indicating
the magnetic head channe ls used to set up the
e l ect roni cs at the facto ry . These numbers
should match when the eq uipmen t is installed.
If they do not, the e l ect ronics should be
readjusted before operation . For consistency,
the channel numbers, the circuit board numbers,
and head channel numbers should match throughout
the system.
Power and Control Cable
Connect the power and control cab l e to the ELECTRONICS r eceptacle on the
tape transport and to the POWER receptacle on each of the electronics assemblies.
There are two power and control cables us ed . Cab le 23028A050 accommodates
four electronics assemblies, and cab l e 23028A060 accommodates eight electronics
assemblies. It is not necessary that a ll connector loops o f the cable be connected.
If onl y two e l ect r onics assemblies are used, for example, and cable 23028A050 is
suppli e d, there wi ll be two extra connectors on this cab l e .
30
M23 RRM 2-69
r
r
r
I,
i:
'(
r
r
r
i'
2 1/2"
3 1/8"
~
-t
r
l'
r
j
r
r
r
i
i"
f
r
r
r
r
r
r
'I: '
{!'I
CASE FOR 4 CHANNelS OF
elECTRONICS OR TRANSPORT
AND 1 CHANNel PART NO.
23028A 100-2 OF elECTRONICS
CASE FOR TRANSPORT
OR 3 CHANNELS
PART NO. 23028AlOO-1
OF ELECTRON ICS
,I'
I'.
r
r
1127
Figure 13.
Transporter Case Outline Dimensions
M23 RRM 12-67
31
Hea d Cables
If the tape transport is shipped with magnetic heads already installed, the
head c ables connector will probably be installed on the transport. If it is not, the
end o f the head cable with the sing l e c onnector and bracket must be installed in its
prop e r position on the transport. The head connector is located in a recess to the
left o f the capstan as viewed from a bov e . Orient the cable connector properly and
install it by s e curing it with two N o.4 sc r e ws, washers, and lock washer. By
attaching this cable to the transp o r~, th e h e ad assembly can be removed and
insta ll e d from above without disturbing th e nead cab l e connector .
For tap e s recorded on o n e r ec ord e r to b e compatibl e with tapes recorded on
o th e r r ec orders, the head cabl e s must be connected to the e l ectroni c s assembly as
sho w n in tabl e 3. Head cab l es m a rk e d with a P are from the play heads, and must
b e c o nn e ct e d to the REPRODUCE HEAD c onnec tors for the channels indicated.
H e a d cables marked w ith an R a r e fr o m tb e r e cord heads and must b e connected to
th e R ECORD HEAD connectors f o r th e channel indicated. Cabl e s marked with an
E ar e from th e e ras e head and mu s t b e c onnected to the ERASE HEAD c onnectors
for t he c hanne ls indicated.
Signal Connectors
Connec t the input and output c on·n e ctors for each channel to th e S I GNAL I N
and S IGNAL OUT connecto r s . The s e a re standard 3 - wire XL typ e c onnectors.
Int erface information is given und e r tha t heading in this se c tion .
Remote Meters
If r e m o t e m e t e rs have b e e n o rd e r e d, plu g them into th e REMOTE METER
con n e c t o r. R e f e r to th e in t erfac e i n fo rm a tion fo r th e r e mot e m e t e rs und e r tha t
h ea d i n g in thi s sec tion.
Pilot Tone
If a pilot tone is to be us e d, mak e this c onnection to the PILOT connector .
R e f er to th e int e rface informati o n fo r th e pilot tone und e r that h e ading in this s e ction.
Remote Control
If a r e mo te control unit is t o b e us e d , connect the c onne c t o r fr o m the remote
co ntr ol t o th e REMOTE c onn ecto r o n th e tap e transport.
Edit Foot Control
If an e dit foot co ntrol i s u s e d, co nn ec t it t o the SPILL CONTROL connector on
th e ta p e tran s p o rt. It is nec e s sa r y t o r e m Ov e a jumper plug to make this c onne c tion.
Do n o t mispl ace th e jumper plug, s ince th e machin e wi ll be inoperative without it
if th e e dit f o ot co ntrol is lat e r di s c o nn ec t e d.
32
M2 3 RRM 2 - 69
CAPSTAN ASSIST SPRING
FOR VER TI CAL OPERATlON NOT US ED FOR HORIZONTAL
OPERATI ON
STORED FOR
HORIZONTAL
OPERATION
115 VOLT, 60Hz
REMOTE
CONTROL
______ JUMPER PLUG REQUIRED
WHEN EDIT FOOT CONTROL IS
NOT USED
~
-I~ .·
~ .
(lO
...C
~
'"
'"
...
ED IT FOOT
CONTROL
POWER AND CONTRO L CABLE
v.>
~
~
~
()
OJ
cr"
N
'()"
0"-0
::l
,
0
l.iiL
~ ,11
s
"'
::>
'n"
~
~.
0
::l
"'
~
.
~-
,p
~
~& / O::;
t~
is
..
o:,?,,,ii
o
.
~,S
'-JE~~~
<:)
Q
~
,.;)
0
T
~'f('
"
,",;':.:I
,0
......
~
....
"Co;
q"
oS
I(.,
~
0
<'V~
.::
~"V
~
0
->,,>,
~
~
~
to)
L - SEE INTERFACE ----.-.l
INFORMATI ON
v.>
v.>
(SEE
STANDARD HEAD CABLE CONNECTIONS)
11 65
Powe r Cord
Pull back the shipping restraint lat ch from the power receptacle and plug the
pow e r cord into the tape transport. Then co nn ect the other end of the power cord
to a l iS-v olt 60 Hz power sourc e .
CAPSTAN ASSIST SPRING
When the tape transport is mounted in a vertica l position, an assist spring
is r equired to hold the capstan motor out of engage ment with the flywheel when it is
not r unning . Tpi's spring is stored ac r oss the two lugs on the supply r ee l motor
when the tape transport is shipped , or when it is installed for horizontal operation.
For v e rti ca l ope r at ion, this sp rin g must be connected betwe en the supply reel motor
and the capstan motor brack et. See figure 14. For conso l e and ra ck mounting
installations, it is only necessary to c onsider the capstan assist spring when the
equi p ment is installed. However , since portable mode l s can be operated either
verti c ally o r hori zonta lly, the position of this capstan assist spring must be
considered each time the equipment is set up.
REPRODUCE ONLY ELECTRONIC S ASSEMBLY CONNECTIONS
The reproduce only e le ct r onic assemb l y r e quires three different co nnections:
power and control cable, head cab l es, and signal output cables. The channel
numbers run from right to l eft, l ooking at the rear con nector panel. The connections
are as follows:
34
I.
Connect the power and contro l cable from the ELECTRONICS
connector on the tape transpo rt to the connector on the e l ect ronics
assembly.
2.
If the head cable is not connected to the transp o rt, attach it as
described und er "E l ectrica l Connections." Connect th e channel
head cables to h ead cab l e connecto rs on the electronics assembly.
Be sure that th e h ead cab l e numbers and the channel numbers are
the same.
3.
Connect the signal output cab l es to the XL typ e connectors. Be
sure that the proper channe l identification is maintained. The
ca ble s should be made up a s shown in figure 16. The output
impedance is 600 ohms.
M23 RRM 2 - 69
Table 3.
FOR
CHANNEL
USE
ELECTRONICS
ASSEMBLY NO.
r
Standard Dynatrack and NAB Head and SignaL Cable Connections
REPRODUCE HEAD1 SIGNAL
LO
HI
OUT
PILOT
POWER
REMOTE
METER
SIGNAL
IN
r;
RECORD HEAD ~ ERASE
LO
HI
HEAD
DYNATRACK ONLY SYSTEMS
P2
PI
CH lOUT
CH I IN
R2
RI
*
*
*
*
2
2
P4
P3
CH 2 OUT
CH 2 IN
R4
R3
3
3
Pb
PS
CH 3 OUT
CH 3IN
R6
RS
4
4
P8
P7
CH 4 OUT
CH 4 IN
R8
R7
P2
PI
CH lOUT
CH I IN
R2
RI
*
CHANGING NAB TO DYNATRACK
~
N
VI)
2
3
P4
P3
CH 3 OUT
CH 3IN
R4
R3
*
~
3
S
P6
PS
CH S OUT
CH SIN
R6
RS
*
N
4
7
P8
P7
CH 7 OUT
CH 7IN
R8
R7
*
PI
CH lOUT
CH I IN
RI
EI
~
~
I
0'
-J
NAB SYSTEMS
VI)
U1
2
2
P2
CH 2 OUT
CH 2 IN
R2
E2
3
3
P3
CH 3 OUT
CH 3IN
R3
E3
4
4
P4
CH 4 OUT
CH 4 IN
R4
E4
4
S
PS
CH S OUT
CH SIN
RS
ES
6
6
P6
CH 6 OUT
CH 6IN
R6
E6
7
7
P7
CH 7 OUT
CH 7 IN
R7
E7
8
8
P8
CH 8 OUT
CH 8 IN
R8
E8
*Simultaneous erase and record is not provided for Dynatrack.
New or bulk erased tape should be used for Dynatrack recording.
INTERFACE INFORMATION
All input and output connections and circuitry of the Prof es sional Audio
Tape Recorder are based on stand ar d operating procedures in the recording
indus t ry. Standard 3-wire XL t ype connectors are used for th e signal inputs and
outputs. Cables should b e made up in confo rmance to standard practice as to
length, shielding, etc. , with connections as in the following paragraphs.
Signal Input
To bridge a balan ced studio line, connect the lin e to pins 2 and 3 of an XL
male plug (figure 15) and insert it into the SIGNAL IN socket. Connect the ground
to pin 1. Input level of -10 to +8 dbm based on the signal level in a 600-ohm line
may be emp loyed as a signal source. The load is approximately 20, 000 ohms.
An unbalanced line source should be connected to pins 2 and 3 of the
connector . Ground should be connected to pins 1 and 2. See figure 15. This
prov i des a 20, OOO-ohm bridging input for signal l eve ls as above.
Pin 3
could be g round ed rath er than 2 without degradation of performance, but pin
2 is suggested as iirst choice in the interest of consistency.
GROUND - - - - - - - - - - - ,
GROUND - - -...- - - - - - ,
LINE
LINE
BALANCED
UNBALANCED
1089
Figure 15.
Signal Input Connector Wiring
Signal Output
The output signal for connection to line facilities is to b e fed from the male
SIGNAL OUT connector til an XL type female connector on the outgoing cable. Use
pins 2 and 3 for the signal output w ith pin 1 as ground.
See figure 16.
A balanced line may be f ed from 2 and 3, or an unbalanced line may be fed by
ground ing either 2 or 3. In the interest of cons ist ency, it is suggested that 2 be
emp l oyed as ground and 3 as th e signa l lead.
36
M23 RRM 2-69
r
r
r
r
r
Two switches are provided on the rear panel of the electronics just above the
SIGNAL OUT connector. The OUTPUT IMPEDANCE switch provides for selection
of 150 or 600 ohms output line impedance and the TERMINA TION switch provides
for proper terminating impedances for either 150 or 600 ohms, if needed. If the
outgoing line is properly terminated elsewhere, set this switch to the OFF position.
Note that the positions of these switches will affect the reading of the VU
meter as much as 2 db. This meter is normally calibrated to read the proper levels
in a +4 dbm 600-ohm line. It may be recaLibrated by adjusting resistors in the line
amplifier board. A chart of values for the selectable resistors is given under the
discussion of this board in the Functional Description.
r
r
~---------------GROUND
r
r
LINE
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
~------~-------GROUND
BALANCED
LINE
UNBALANCED
1090
Figure 16.
Signal Output Connector Wiring
Remote Meter
A remote VU meter may be connected to pins 1 and 4 of this connector.
See figure 17. It is essential that it be "built out" with a resistor network identical
to the one set up on the Line Amplifier Board for the local meter and as shown in
figure 17. Select the values of Rl and R3 from table 10 for the proper line operating
level.
The remote meter will indicate the same signals, input or output, as the
local VU. It will not give indications of bias and erase current. Power to illuminate
lamps in the remote meter is available on pins 3 and 6.
Maximum drain should
be 150 rna at 28 volts. A resistor is provided for in the Meter and Power Supply
Assembly (RIO) which may be selected to provide different degrees of lamp
brightne s s.
r
r
M23 RRM 2-69
37
RI
R2
R4
IK
4
2
5
3
6
SEE TABLE 10 FOR THE
VALUES OF RI AND R3
LAMP POWER
1092
Figure 17 .
Remote Meter Connector Wiring
Pilot a nd Loudspea ke r
This connector is provided to permit insertion of a referenc e tone, subsonic
or sup e rsoni c , onto the track b eing recorded and to permit extraction of th e tone on
playback without having the level of either th e r eco rded or reproduc e d pilot affected
by adjustment of the front panel record o r playback gain controls. The pilot tone
to be recorded is app li ed at pin 1 with grounded return on 4. The r ep roduced
pilot i s on 2 with grounded r etu rn on 5. See figure 18.
This connecto r is also used to provide signal to an external monitor loudspeaker if desired. The speaker is to be connec t e d to pins 3 and 6, and will
ope r at e at reasonab l e monitoring volume level when the VU is set up for +4 dbm
lines. It wi ll b e 4 db louder when the VU is set for +8 dbm lines and so on. A
simple attenuator may be install ed on the speaker to reduc e its voLume.
Pho n e s
Monitor earphones may be plugged into the PHONES jack on the front
panel. High impedance phones are to be used. Neither side of the circuit is to
be g round ed. The phones will monitor either the input or tape pLayback, the same
as the VU meter, which is the signaL being fed to the output Line.
A ground on either ea rph one Lead w ill upset th e
charac t e risti cs of the Line amplifier so that it
will feed improper l ev e l t o the meter and line
and may go into osci ll ation.
38
M23 RRM 2-69
f
"
"!···
(
PILOT IN
I
I
I
I
I
4
2
5
3
6
--'
1
I
PILOT OUT
I
TO SPEAKER
1091
Figure 18.
Pilot Connector Wiring
Auxiliary Ground
A ground terminal is furnished on the transport frame. It may sometimes
be desirable to connect this to a good ground to minimize electrical noise, although
this is generally unnecessary if the power cord ground is sufficiently noisefree.
r
r
r
r
r.,
. ·" ~
[
r
r
r
M23 RRM 12-67
39/40
F
OPERATING CONTROLS AND DETAILS
In this section are considered all controls which are directly accessible
froITl the top surface of the transport and froITl the front surface of the electronic
asseITlblies. Internal adjustITlents to be ITlade with screwdriver or wrench are
discussed in the AlignITlent and Adjustment section.
r
r
L
r
L
r
TAPE TRANSPORT CONTROLS
The normal operating controls are located in the lower right-hand corner of
the transport. See figure 7. These five illuITlinated pushbuttons control all tape
movement through a system of safety interlock relays that prevent malfunction
because of improper operation. Any button can be pushed in any sequence, at any
time, with complete safety to the tape and machine.
PLAY Button
This causes the transport to move the tape at normal forward or record
speed under capstan speed control. The transport can be placed in PLA Y at any
time from any tape mode. For recording, both the PLA Y and RECORD buttons
must be pushed simultaneously when tape is either at standstill or in the normal
forward, play mode.
FORWARD Button
Activates the high speed tape advance in the forward direction. The fast
forward mode may be initiated without pressing the STOP button. In fast forward,
the tape lifters are activated and the head shield opens. The tape lifters may be
manually overriden to allow tape to be heard. When the STOP button is operated
from this mode, dynamic braking is used to stop tape, then a slight holding torque
is applied to maintain tape tension.
NOTE
Magnetically operated reed switches, operated from
a direction sensitive vane under the takeup reel turntable, control the dynamic braking and electrical
switching when the transport is taken out of
FOR WARD or REWIND mode. This vane is a
sensor to determine the direction the tape is
traveling. The appropriate reed switch then
activates relay control circuits which place the
transport in either FAST, FORWARD, or REWIND,
preliminary to the STOP mode, depending upon the
original direction.
M23 RRM 12-67
41
STOP Button
This button stops all tape motion fr om any mode of operation. It also indicates
when the transport is ready for operation. It is illuminat ed when the transport
power is on and tape is thread ed in the tape path. Without tap e in the tape path, the
unit w ill not operate and this button w ill not be lit. W hen the STOP button is activated
while tape is in the high speed mode, dynamic braking is applied until the tape stops.
Then, t he transp art goe s into the STO P mode and a light holding torque is appli ed by
both motors to maintain tape t ension .
REWIND Button
Tap e may be put into high speed
even from fast forward, without danger
h e ads ope rat e during high speed r ewind
may b e manually overridden if you want
rewind from any other mode of operation,
of tape breakage. Tape lifters on both
and the headshield opens. The tape lift e rs
to hear the tape.
RECORD Button
This button connects the r eco rding c ircuits to the record head. To operate,
the but t on must be pushe d at the same time as the PLAY button is pushed. This
must be done when tap e is either at s tand s till or running in PLA Y mode. Stopping
the tape, or changing the tape mode of operation, automatically deactivates the
record i ng circuits; and the RECORD and PLAY buttons must be pushe d again to
r es um e r ecor ding. To complete the recording circuit, the recording amplifier
switch on the applicable e lectroni c assemblies must be in RDY position.
The remaining controls are mounted in the lower left-hand of the transport.
POWER Switch
AC power to t he en tir e record e r is controlled by this switch .
NOT E
The tape transport wi ll not be ene rgized and
the STOP button will not light until tape is
thr eade d into the tape pat h.
Do not turn the power off when the transport
is in a fast tape travel mode (REWIND or
FORWARD). This could throw a tape loop
because the dynami c braking will not operate.
42
M23 RRM 2-69
r
r:.·; '
f·
r
r
r
A-B OUTPUT Transfer Switch
This pair of pushbuttons provides for simultaneous transfer of the signal
outputs of each electronics assembly from the input line to tape playback, or vice
versa. The A button sets all channels to monitor the input signal. The B button
transfers monitoring of all channels to the output signal.
RUN OUT Switch
NOTE
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
Apparatus associated with this switch is not
normally furnished. It must be specially
ordered.
This switch controls the actions of a photo sensor in the tape path. It can
be set to automatically stop the tape, or to automatically rewind the tape. The
switch circuits will also automatically start another tape machine. To activate
the circuits, punch a 1/4 inch hole in the tape, or remove the oxide with solvent
3/8 inch above the lower edge of the tape at the point where one of the automatic
operations is desired. When the hole passes the sensor, the tape will automatically
stop, or rewind, depending upon the position of the switch. W hen the switch is in
the center (NORMAL position), the automatic feature is inactive. When no hole
is made in the tape, the unit will automatically shut off when the tape runs out.
SPEED Sw itch
The SPEED switch selects either of the two speeds at which the machine
operates. These are normally 7 1/2 and 15 ips; however, other speed pairs are
available.
This switch should not be oper ated with the
capstan motor running. Power must be off
or tape not threaded.
~>
fl.,.:.:
.:.•.·•
I
f.
BALANCE Switch
:::·.·.!..·::··
r
f
This 3-position switch changes motor torque factors to compensate for reels
of different weight and/or size. When both reels are identical, the switch remains
in the middle, or BALANCED position. If the left reel is larger or heavier, the
switch should be in the left position. If the right reel is larger or heavier, place
the switch in the right position.
r
M23 RRM 2-69
43
TAPE TRANSPORT, TAPE HAND LING COMPONENTS
The following tape components are in the capstan handling assembly area.
See figure 19.
Reversing Idler
Tap e is th r eaded around this free - whee ling idler, whi ch he lps provide an
extre me ly sho r t path of unsupport ed tape. Ridges in the idler provide for ai r
passage during high-speed tape movement, so that the tape hugs t he idler.
Editing Index
The tri - co l ored bars and dots on top of the r eve rsing i dler are used for
precision ed iting, as d esc ribed in the sec tion on editing.
Head Assembly
A ll h ea d stacks, e ras e , r eco rd a nd play, are mounted on a sing l e plug-in
prec i sion p l ate whic h is mounted on the transport casting ben eat h this head cover .
The trim plates must be r emoved in orde r to remov e the head assembly .
Azimuth of record and playback h ea ds may be adjusted by removing the head
cove r p l ate located betwe e n the capstan and reversing idler.
Tape Lilters
The tap e lifters automatically move tape away f r om heads during high-speed
tape trav e l to r e duce h ead wear and cut c hatter. They are e l ect ri ca ll y interlocked
with the playback head shield door so that the latter opens to make room for the tape
when lifte r s move it away from heads.
The tap e lift e r may be manually ove rridd e n by pressing the tap e lift e r and
override lever. This r esto r es the tape against the h ead so that it may be h eard.
Head Shield Door
The head shie ld door provid e s for hum r eduction and automatica ll y drops
away from h ead during high-sp eed tap e trave l and w h eneve r tap e is l ifted from
tape path. This allows easy r emoval of tap e for edit in g, e tc.
Capstan
The differential capstan is the basis of th e patented I soloop system for
transpo r ting tap e with extremely l ow flutter and wow . Its function and ope r ation is
desc r i b ed in the Genera l Description Section.
44
M23 RRM 2 - 69
TAPE
SENSOR
LIGHT
TAPE
GUIDES
TAPE-THREADED
SENSOR
INCOMING
CAPSTAN
IDLER
OUTGOING
CAPSTAN
IDLER
TAPE LIFTER
AND OVERRIDE
LEVER '
..:=='-'::-__ PLAY HEAD
=
AZIMUTH
ADJUSTMENT.
ERASE
HEAD SHIELD
DOOR
- ="'"ol;;:;;'"'i
RECORD __--.....
HEAD
PLAY
HEAD
RECORD HEAD
AZIMUTH
I
PLATE
1167
Fig ur e 1 9.
Tape Drive Components
M23 RRM 2-69
45
Capstan Idler (Incoming)
This idler is designed to clamp the tape to the smaller diameter parts of the
caps t an. The capsta n the r eby unwinds tape from the supply reel and fe e ds it into
the l oop . In starting, this idler moves in slowly after initial contact so as to gently
accelerate the tape to running speed. Only aft er tape has had sufficient time to get
up to speed do es the outgoing idler fu nction.
Capstan Idler (Outgoing)
This idl e r pulls th e tape t hrough the head assembly at a slightly higher rat e
than t h e tape is fed in b eca us e it presses the tape to the capstan at its larger
diameters. This maintains a constant tape t e nsion across both heads, but the
tension does not e xce ed the st r etch capab iliti e s of th e tape. It is moved into position
directly without retardation of dashpot as provided on the ingoing idl e r.
Tope- Threaded Sensor
This photoelectric circuit across the tape path provid es both convenience
and safe ty. Whenever the tap e breaks the light b ea m, a slight holding torque is
appli e d to the reels to maintain tape tension. When there is no tape in the path, the
r ee l moto rs are de
Z ~
o
i
:= Q
;()
IAI
OZ
~
ot
'"
t
~
LF. EO. FAST
HF. EO. FAST
LF. EO. SLOW
IAI
IK
t
SAME
~
IK
Z;Z
CO
.. 8
RIGHT BAY
Figure 26.
Electronics Assembly Adjustment Locations
M23 RRM 2-69
71
The p ro ce dure is as foll ows:
I.
Thorough l y d ega us s an d clean all heads.
2.
P lace the 15-ips standard ali gnme nt tape on the tape transport .
sure that card No.7 o r 7 /9 is ins e rt ed into slot N o . 7 .
3.
Set the REC. SELE C T switch to SAFE and the METER switch to CAL.
Be
NOT E
Be certain that the output impedance and termination
switches on the r ea r o f e lectronics assembly are
in the proper position fo r th e co nnected outgoing
li ne.
72
4.
R em ove the head cove r p late to expose the head a z imuth adjusting
scre w s.
5.
Set the transport to operate at 15 ips and press the PLAY button. When
the reference ton e of 700 Hz app e ars, the meter should indicate zero
VU. If it does w it hin 1 /4 VU, proceed to step 6. If not, adjust the
GA I N CAL . control on the board in slot 7 until it do es.
6.
Play the 10 kH z t e st tone. The output shall b e within ±1 / 2 VU of the
700 Hz r efe r ence tone. If not, perform step 9 .
7.
Re w ind the test tape t o the 15 kHz tone, and adjust the playback head
azim u th (figur e 27) fo r peak output.
8.
Con nect the outputs f r om the r e produce electronics correspond ing to
the top and bott om p layback head s to the inputs (Vertical and Horizontal, r es pectiv e l y) of an oscil lo scope to produce a lissajous pattern (any
o ther app r op ri ate method to check phasing may be used). S tart the
alignment tape at 2 kHz and adjust the pla yback head azimuth for zero
phase e rror. Check eac h frequency up to and includin g 15 kHz for phase
e rror. Check each com bination of any two tracks and optimize the
azimuth for a pha se e rror of less than 90 degrees.
9.
Play the 10 kHz test ton e and adjust the HF EQ FAST control on card 7,
if necessary, to obtain the output leve l required in ste p 6.
10.
Run through the r est of the test tap e. Ove rall respons e should
±I V U from 12,000 to 50 H z. 15,000 may b e between +2.5 VU
VU. 30 H z may b e ±2 VU from th e origina l 700 Hz ref e r e nce .
quencies may b e adjusted w ith the LF EQ FAST cont r ol on the
plifi e r board in s l ot No. 7 .
M23 RRM 2 - 69
be w ithin
and ze ro
Low fre pream-
r
r
[.
r
r
PLAYBACK HEAD
AZIMUTH
ADJUSTMENT
r
r
r
1182
Figure 27.
r
r
Record and Playback Head Azimuth Adjustments
11.
After making the necessary equalizer adjustments, rewind and replay
the standard tape to be certain that aLL frequencies are within limits.
12.
Ren10ve the standard tape, preferable "tails" out.
The 7-1 /2-ips playback alignnlent is done in exactly the same manner except
that the initial 700 Hz tone and the frequency run are at 10 VU below zero VU. They
are followed by 700 Hz at zero VU and this should first be observed, as outlined
under precedi~g step 6. Then rewind the tape to the first 700 Hz band, set the METER
switch to SIGNAL, press the B OUTPUT transfer button and adjust the REPRO.
LEVEL control to indicate -5 VU. The REPRO. LEVEL control is now set 5 VU
higher than normal CAL. level, but it permits more accurate readings. Then check
for ±I VU response 12, 000 to 50 cycles and ±2 VU 15, 000 to 30 cps, as outlined in
steps 9 and 10. Adjusting HF EO SLOW and LF EO SLOW rather than HF EO FAST
and LF EO FAST. These are automatically switched in when the tape speed is changed.
The head azimuth adjustment and GAIN CAL adjustment made at 15 ips should not be
disturbed unless 7-1/2 ips is to be considered the speed of primary usage.
r
M23 RRM 2-69
73
NAB Record Alignment
The a li gnment procedur e to follow shou ld be carried out, using a length of
tap e from the supply to be us ed for subsequent recording, whenever possible. The
3M Brand Professional Audio Recorder is factory aligned to use 3M types 201, 202
and 203 tap e . It is essential that the preceding playback alignm en t be checked before
re co rd a li gnment.
15 IPS Tape Speed Alignment
74
I.
Set REC. SELECT switch to RDY., the METER switch to SIGNAL and
pr ess the A transfer button. The RECORD LEVEL controL need not be
adjusted from its normal operating position if it has been Lo cked in
place. The L I NEARIZER switch on the H and NAB Record Board in
slot 4 shouLd be in the OFF position. Connect an audio signal gene ra to r
to the rec o rd er inpu t (JI 0 1).
2.
Set the audio signal gene rator to 1000 Hz and raise the LeveL until the
VU meter indicat es 0 VU.
3.
Check to be sure that meter continues to indicate 0 VU as the osc illator
fr e quency is changed between 30 Hz and 15,000 Hz. If there is more
than ±1/2 VU deviation in these indications, the reasons must be discove red beforE: continuing with the checkout. Possible r easons may be
unstable oscillator out put versus frequency, improper termination,
shunting capacitanc e on the input Line, or capacitive feed (one lead
open between the osci llator or r eco rde r) .
4.
Listen with a monitor speaker or earphones to be sure no strong noise
or hum component is picked up at the input terminaLs in addition to the
oscil la tor tone.
5.
Start the record er in RECORD mode. Turn the METER switch to CAL.
6.
Adjust the BIAS AMP contro l on the Bias and Erase AmpLifier Board
in slot 1 to give a ma ximum indication on the VU meter for the 1000 Hz
signal. The maximum shou ld occur at zero VU. If the meter indicates
other than 0, adju st the input signaL leveL for a 0 indication. Turn the
METER switch to SIGNAL, press the A OUTPUT button and adjust the
RECORD MON. CAL. co ntrol on the Hand NAB Record Board in s lo t 4
until it again indi cate s O. Ret urn the METER s w itch to the CAL position.
7.
Set the oscillator to 7000 Hz. Adjust the azimuth of the record head
stack to give a maximum indication on the VU meter. Reset the oscillator to 15,000 Hz an d again ca r efully adjust the r ecord head azimuth
for maximum. Using a simila r method as in step 8 of the NAB Playback
Alignment, adjust the r eco rd head azim uth sc re w (figure 27) for less
than 90 degrees ph ase e rror between any two tracks.
M23 RRM 2-69
[
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
8.
Make a frequency run from 15, 000 to 30 Hz and observe the VU meter.
If it lies within ±1 VU from 40 to 15, 000 Hz, and ±2 VU at 30 Hz, the
performance may be considered satisfactory.
9.
If the frequency response is not within acceptable limits, adjust the
HF EQ FAST control on the H and NAB Record Board in slot 4 to bring
response within limits.
7-1/2 IPS Tape Speed Alignment
Having checked the playback circuit and adjusted it for flat response as outlined under NAB Playback Alignment, 7-1/2 inch speed, leave the REPRO LEVEL
control set in the position established under that procedure which resulted in the
standard tape signals recorded at -10 VU showing -5 VU on the meter. Then proceed
as follows:
1.
Perform steps 1, 2, and 3 of the procedure outlined under NAB Record
Alignment, 15 ips Tape Speed Alignment.
2.
Reduce the input signal level so that the meter indicates approximately
-10 VUe
3.
Listen with speaker or phones to be sure there is no strong noise or
hum component picked up at input terminals in addition to the oscillator
tone.
4.
Put the recorder into record mode. Press the B OUTPUT transfer
button. The meter should indicate approximately -5 VUe
5.
Adjust the BIAS control on the Bias and Erase Board in slot 1 for
maximum VU indication at 500 Hz. Readjust input signal level if
nece s sary to get -5 VU.
6.
Set the oscillator to 5000 Hz. Adjust the azimuth of the record head
stack to give a maximum indication on the VU meter. Reset the osciLlator to 15, 000 Hz and carefully adjust azimuth for maximum indication.
If primary speed of interest is 15 ips, skip this step.
7.
Make a frequency run over the range of 30 to 15, 000 cycles and observe
the VU meter. If it indicates within ±1 VU from 40 to 12, 000 Hz, and
±2 VU from 30 to 15, 000 Hz, the performance may be considered satisfactory.
8.
If the frequency response is not within acceptable limits, adjust the
HF EQ SLOW control on the H and NAB Record Board in slot 4 to
bring response within limits.
r
l
r
r
M23 RRM 2-69
75
9.
Return the signal generator to 500 Hz. Adjust the REPRO. LEVEL
control to obtain approximately -10 VU indication. Turn the METER
switch to CAL. Raise the input l eve l to obtain a VU indication on
mete r.
10.
Press the A OUTPUT transfer button and turn the METER switch to
SIGNAL. The meter should indicate a VU . If it does not, adjust the
RECORD MON. CAL. control on the H and NAB Record Board, slot
4, until a zero indi cat ion is obtained. If there is a discrepancy in this
adjust=ent between the 7-1/2 and 15 IPS setting, adjust it for the speed
mo'st important to the application.
NOTE
The above procedu re permits frequency response
measurements to be made at a signal level 10 VU
below the zero reference level. This is essential
with low speed tapes (7-1/2 ips or slower) because
of the h eavy r ecordi ng preemphasis used for higher
frequencies.
Dynamic Range Adjustment (NAB)
76
1.
Connect the signal generator to a calibrated attenuator box and terminate the output of the box. Feed this output to the input of the
channel und e r test. C onnect a distortion analyzer and a vtvm to the
output terminals. Use a reel of tape of the type for which the recorder
has been aligned. The tape speed should be 15 ips .
2.
Before beginning noise measurements, it is absolutely essential to
degauss and clean all heads very carefully. Turn off the main recorder
power switch during degaussing. Connect a high gain power amplifier
and loudspeaker to the output terminals of the r eco rder. Short circuit
the input terminals. The METER switch should be set to ERASE with
the B OUTPUT lamp lit.
3.
Advance the monitor gain so that the tape noise is heard loudly.
4.
Remove the 3N card. Press the RECORD button. Adjust the NOISE
BAL. control on the Bias and Erase board in slot 1 to minimize thumping and popping nois e s. Press the STOP button.
5.
Reinstall the 3N board, using an exten der board. Press the RECORD
button. Adjust the ERASE AMP. coupling capacitor on the 3 N board to
attain minimum audible noise. The point of minimum noise will be found
either slightly abov e or below peak erase current, as observed on the
meter.
M 23 RRM 2-69
r
r
r
r
r
6.
Press the STOP button. Remove the extender board and plug board 3N
into its norma 1 positi on. Che c k a gain to be certain tha t noi s e ha s not
increased.
7.
Reduce the monitor gain_to the normal setting. Set the oscillator to
1000 Hz and use a decade attenuator to insert a 19 db loss.
8.
Set the LINEARIZER ,switch on the H and NAB Record Board in sLot 4
to OFF.
9.
Put the recorder into the RECORD mode. The B OUTPUT Lamp must
be Lit. Readjust the input Leve L to obtain 0 VU on the meter.
10.
Measure distortion on the wave analyzer. It should be just under 1 %
total harmonic distortion.
11.
Rewind some of the tape and pLay it back. Observe the distortion. If it
is lower, it means that high-frequency bias current is leaking into the
distortion analyzer during recording and a Ll mea surements wi Ll have to
be made through a low-pass filter or during playback only.
12.
Return to recording the 1000 Hz signal at 0 VUe Remove 6 db from the
calibrated attenuator. The distortion meter should indicate just under
3% total harmonic distortion. Observe the vtvm indication.
13.
Disc onnect the oscillator from the input to the attenuator and record
some tape with this input signal removed, ·(approximately 30 seconds
of tape).
14.
Play back the tape so recorded, and read the vtvm. The difference in
readings between tape recorded in steps 12 and 13 represents the
signal-to-noise ratio measured from the 3% distortion point without
the linearization circuit in operation. Place the LINEARIZER switch
to ON.
NOTE
r
r
r
Noise figures stated in the system specifications
are obtained by the use of bandpass filters. Such
filters exclude all noise outside the stated passband.
Miscellaneous Adiustments and Circuit Arrangements
When the METER switch is set to the BIAS position during recording, the VU
meter indicates a steady leveL, determined by the amplitude of bias current in the
rr
r
M23 RRM 2-69
77
record head. When this current is optimized, the meter indication can be adjusted
to a conve nient reference by means of the BIAS MON. CAL. control on the Bias and
Erase Board in slot I. This provides a ready check of bias at any time.
When the METER switch is set to the ERASE position during recording, a
similar check is provided for the magnitude of the erase current. This may be calibrated to read any convenient level by means of the ERASE MON. CAL. control on
the NAB Erase Coupler Board in slot 3.
The recorder is normally set up to supply a 600-ohm line at the +4 dbm level.
The o utput impedance switch can be set to select either 600 ohms or 150 ohms, and
the t e rmination switch can be set to 600, 150, or open position. If it is desired to
change the working line level from +4 dbm to some other level, it is necessary to
change certain resistors on the Line Am plifier Board in slot 6. A chart of values
is shown in the circuit description for this board.
The use of the PILOT connector and the REMOTE METER connector are
fully described under circuit descriptions.
The linearizer adjustment should be undertaken in accordance with the following outline. If the user feels the adjustment has been misset it may be disconnected
by setting the LINEARIZER switch to OFF until properly aligned.
As delivered, the machine is adjusted for use with Scotch brand low-noise
tape t ypes 201, 202, and 203. Under normal conditions no adjustments should be
necessary. The switch should always be in the ON position except when distortion
measurements are being made. If the machine is to use a different type of tape, the
LIN A DJ. control may requir e trimming. This is best don e with aid of a wave
analyzer. Adjustment is done as follows:
78
I.
Set the METER switch to CAL position.
2.
Make the frequency response and dynamic range adjustments and
measurements outlined above for the type of tape used
3.
Set LINEARIZER switch to OFF position.
4.
Raise record level to give 3% third harmonic distortion.
5.
Set LINEARI ZE R switch to the ON position.
6.
Adjust LIN ADJ. control for minimum distortion.
7.
Adjust input level to again achieve 3% third-harmonic distortion.
8.
Repeat steps 5, 6, and 7 until no change in record level is necessary.
M23 RRM 2-69
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
9.
Adjust record level to provide zero VU playback level.
10.
Press the A OUTPUT button and set METER switch to SIGNAL. Meter
indication should remain at 0 VU. If it is higher or lower, adjust
RECORD MON. CAL. control to obtain zero indication.
If it should be necessary to adjust the linearizer without the aid of a wave
analyzer, a satisfactory approximation to the ideal adjustment c'an be made with a
vtvm as follows:
1.
Set METER switch to the CAL. position and LINEARIZER switch to
OFF.
2.
Using a standard alignment tape establish a reference level on the vtvm.
3.
Using the desired tape type adjust the record level to obtain a signal
6 VU above 0 VUe
4.
Set LINEARIZER switch to ON. Output level should rise 0.8 VU if the
linearizer is properly adjusted. If not, adjust the LIN ADJ. control to
achieve the difference.
5.
Set the LINEARIZER switch to OFF. If output level is changed from
+6 VU, readjust record level to again obtain +6 VU.
6.
Repeat steps 4 and 5 until the 0.8 db difference is attained upon operation of LINEARIZER switch and the indicated operating level is +6 VU
with the switch in the OFF position.
7.
Reset RECORD MON. CAL. control if necessary as outlined above.
Series 400 recorders equipped to provide overdub recording capability should
be set up in accordance with the following procedure:
NOTE
r
r
r
r
r
r
For maximum flexibility, it is desirable to employ
a No.7 board for normal reproduction, and a permanently installed No.7 /9 board in slot 9 to provide
overdub facilities. When furnished in this manner
the recorder is considered having permanent overdub capability.
1.
Place a No.7 /9 board in slot 9. Position the REC. SELECT switch to
the O. DUB position.
M23 RRM 2-69
79
2.
Set the METER switch to CAL. Press the PLAY button. Adjust the
GAI N CAL control on the 7/9 card for zero VU on the meter when the
700 Hz signal is playing from the standard alignment tape. Press the
STOP button.
DYNATRACK ELECTRONIC ALIGNMENT
The Dynatrack system is designed for operation only at 15 ips. Refer to
pages I to 4 for a description of the Dynatrack system. In a normal NAB system,
one track is assigned to each electronics assembly unit and provides for recording
and playback of a separate signal input and output channel. In the Dynatrack system,
two tracks are emplcSyed per signal channel. The heads will have been properly connected to the electronics assemblies of a factory assembled Dynatrack system but
for s y stems delivered for NAB operation, observe the following conversion procedure . It is assumed that the Dynatrack kit has been installed in accordance with the
Dynatrack installation procedure which accoITlpanies the kit.
I.
Reconnect the head cables to the electronic assemblies in accordance
with the assignITlent shown in table 3.
2.
Observe figure 26. Be sure the Dynatrack boards are installed as
shown for electronic asseITlblies to be employed for this operation.
Those not so converted should retain the NAB arrangement, also
shown in figure 26. Figure 26 is reproduced on the inside of the
electronics asseITlbly cover door.
3.
Set the REC. SELECT switch on all nonconverted NAB electronic
assemblies to SAFE and the A-B OUTPUT selector on A. Deactivate
the automatic transfer by setting the AUTO A-B switch on each no. 6
board in the NAB asseITlblies to OFF.
4.
Put the NAB standard alignITlent tape for 15 ips on the transport.
5.
Set the REC. SELECT switch to SAFE and the METER switch to CAL.
Set the MODE switch on the 8D board to the HI position. The pilot laITlp
should go out.
NOTE
Be certain output iITlpedance and terITlination switches
on the rear of electronics ITlodule are in proper position for the connected outgoing line.
6.
80
Put the machine in the PLAY ITlode at 15 ips. When the reference tone
of 700 Hz appears, the ITl e ter should indicate 0 VU. If it does within
1/4 db, proceed to st e p 7. If not, adjust the GAIN CAL. control on the
board in slot 7 to obtain this indication.
M23 RRM 2-69
r
L
L
L
l
L
7.
Play the 15, 000 Hz azimuth check tone and adjust the playback head
azimuth (figure 27) for peak output as indicated on the VU meter.
S.
Play the 10, 000 Hz test tone, and adjust the HF EO FAST control on
board 7 to obtain a VU on the meter. Play through the tape, and adjust
the LF EO FAST control on board 7 so that all frequencies between 50
and 10, 000 Hz fall within ±1 VU of the 700 Hz reference level. 15, 000
Hz shall be no more than +2. 5 VU from the 700 Hz reference.
9.
After making necessary equalizer adjustments, rewind and replay the
standard tape to be certain that the response at all frequencies is within the limits specified in step S.
10.
Rewind the tape.
11.
Place the MODE SWITCH on the SD board -in the LO position. The pilot
lamp should light. Set the equalizer switch behind the extractor handle
to the lower OFF position. (This switch is not shown in figure 26. )
12.
Put the machine in the PLA Y mode. When the reference tone of 700 Hz
appears, the meter should indicate a VUe If it does, within 1/4 VU,
proceed to step 13. If it does not, adjust the GAIN control on board SD
until it is within limits.
13.
Play the 10, 000 Hz test tone, and adjust the HF EO control on board
SD to obtain a VU on the meter. Play through the tape, and adjust the
LF EO control on board SD so that all frequencie s between 50 and
10, 000 Hz fall within ±1 VU of the 700 Hz reference level. 15, 000 Hz
shall be no more than +2. 5 VU from the 700 Hz reference.
14.
Set the MODE SWITCH on board SD to the AUTO position (mid position).
Rewind the alignment tape to permit playing the 5 kHz tone. Adjust the
TRIG control on card SD so that the neon lamp is on the verge of extinction in the pre sence of the tone as indicated by slight flickering.
15.
Set the equalizer switch behind the extractor handle on card SD to the
upper ON position. (This switch is not shown in figure 26. )
L
L
r
r
r
r
r
r
Dynatrack Recorcf Alignment
This alignment procedure should be carried out, using a length of tape from
the supply to be used for subsequent recording. The 3M Brand Professional Recorder
is factory aligned to use 3M types 201, 202, and 203 tape.
The procedure accomplishes the following. It checks the H track for alignment to NAB standards, adjusts the level and frequency response on the L track,
and compares the two tracks for identity of level and frequency response.
M23 RRM 2-69
81
NOTE
Do not upset any of the playback adjustments for
either the L or H track which we re established
above.
H Track NAB Alignment
82
1.
Set REC. SELECT switch to RDY and the METER switch to SIGNAL.
Press the A OUTPUT transfer button. Place the LINEARIZER switches
on the L record board (3D) and on the H record board (4) to the OFF
position. Place the MODE SWITCH on the L preamplifier and switch
board (8D) in the HI position.
2.
The RECORD LEVEL cont rol need not be adjusted from its normal
operating position if it has been locked in place.
3.
Connect an audio oscillator to the SIGNAL IN connector and set the
the oscillator frequency to 400 Hz. Adjust the oscillator output level
until the VU meter reads 0 VU.
4.
Check that the m e t e r continues to indicate 0 VU if the oscillator frequency is varied from 30 to 15,000 Hz. If there is more than 1 /2 VU
deviation in these indications, the reason must be determined befo re
continuing. Set the os cillator to 1000 Hz.
5.
Listen with a monitor speak e r or earphones to be sure t hat there is no
strong noise or hum component picked up at the input terminals in
addition to the oscillator tone.
6.
Put the recorder in the RECORD mode. Turn METER switch to CAL.
The mete r should indicate 0 VU.
7.
Adjust BIAS AMP. control on board 1 to give a maximum indication on
the VU meter for the 1000 Hz tone being recorded on the H track. The
maximum should occur at 0 VU. If the meter indicates other than 0,
adjust the oscillator output level until 0 indication is obtained. Then
with the A OUTPUT lamp lit, turn the METER switch to the SIGNAL
position, and adjust the RECORD MON. CAL contro l on board 4 until
it again indicates zero. Return the METER switch to the CAL position.
8.
Set the osciUatpr to 7000 Hz. Adjust the azimuth of the record head
stack to give a maximum indication on the VU meter. Set the oscillator
to 15,000 Hz and carefully trim the azimuth adjustment for maxirnwn.
M23 RRM 2-69
r
r
r
r
r
9.
Make a frequency run from 15,000 to 30 Hz while observing the VU
meter. If it is within ±1 VU from 40 to 15,000 Hz and ±2 VU at 30 Hz,
the performance may be considered satisfactory.
10.
If the frequency response falls outside these limits, adjust the HF EO
FAST control on board 4 to bring the response within limits. This
completes frequency and amplitude alignment of the H track.
L Track Alignment
Align the L track for frequency response as follows:
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
·,'i",
1.
Set the MODE switch on the 8D board to the LO position. Turn the
METER switch to SIGNAL.
2.
Set the oscillator to 250 Hz and reduce the input signal level by approximately 20 db below the 0 VU level by adjusting the oscillator output
control or by using a step attenuator.
3.
Put the machine in RECORD mode. Transfer the OUTPUT to B.
4.
Raise the signal level by the REPRO. LEVEL control until a convenient playback level is indicated. Lock the control in this position. If
the reading is still several db below 0 VU, an external VTVM fed from
the output of the channel may be useful for making measurements.
5.
Set the oscillator to 1000 Hz. Adjust the BIAS ADJ. control on the 3D
board to obtain a maximum reading on the meter. Should this result
in a higher meter indication, reset' the oscillator output to again obtain
the convenient reference as in step 4.
6.
Make a frequency run from 15,000 to 30 Hz while observing the meter.
If the response is within ±1 VU (db) from 40 to 15,000 Hz and ±2 VU
(db) at 30 Hz, the performance may be considered satisfactory.
7.
If the frequency re sponse is not within acceptable limits at the high
frequency end of the spectrum, adjust the BIAS ADJ. control on the
3D hoard slightly .
I,
r
f
i',"
.L
r
"r,
(
f
!,;,'
i
Combined H-L Dynatrack Performance
To adjust the relative amplitudes of the signals in the two tracks comprIsIng
a dynatrack channel, it must be borne in mind at this point that the playback levels
of both tracks have been properly set using a standard alignment tape and that the
recording level in the H or NAB track has been properly established. This leaves
only the adjustment of the L track recording level to be determined.
M23 RRM 2-69
83
1.
Set the MODE SWIT CH on the 8D board to HI, the METER switch to the
SIGNAL position, and pres s the OUTPUT transfer B button.
2.
Record 700 Hz at a level that will indicate zero VU on playback by
adjusting the output amplitude of the oscillator.
3.
Set the MODE SWITCH on the 8D board from HI to La. The meter
indication should not change. If it does, adjust the GAIN control on the
3D board until meter indicates zero.
4.
The LINEARIZER on board 3D will probably not require adjustment.
It may be check e d and adjusted as outlined for the NAB track. In this
case, however , us e 500 Hz for the alignment procedure.
5.
Unlock the REPRO. LEVEL control knob and return it to approximately
the normal operating position. Return the MODE SWITCH to the A UTa
position.
6.
Check the operation of the trigger circuit as indicated by the neon lamp
on board 8D. Whi l e in the record mode, feed various frequencies into
th e channel. Raise and lower the level slowly by adjusting the oscillator
output in order to cause the lamp to turn off and on. At 1000 Hz, this
should occur at about 0 VU and at low er lev els as the frequency is
raised until a level of about -15 VU causes extinction of the lamp at
15 ,000 Hz. There is no requirement for lamp extinction at any frequency
lowe r than 400 Hz.
7.
Listen carefull y in a high l evel monitoring system for clicks and pops
when making the t es ts in paragraph 6 above. They should be almost
comp l etely i naudib l e.
8.
Return the LINE AR I Z ER switches on the L record board (3D), and on
the H record board (4 ) to the ON position.
Dyn a mic Range Measurement, Dynatrack
1.
84
Connect signal genera tor to a calibrated attenuator box and terminate
th e o utput of the box. Feed this output to the input of the r ecorde r
channe l under test. Connec t a distortion analyze r and a vtvm to the
output termin a l s . Connect an ASA weighting network in accordance
with figure 28 in ser ies with the input of the vtvm. Use a r ee l of tape
of the type for which the recorder has been aligned under the above
paragraphs . Select 15 ips tape speed.
M23 RRM 2 - 69
r
r
2.
Before beginning nois e measurements, degaus s all heads carefully.
Turn off the recorder POWER switch during degaus sing. Connect a
high gain power amplifier and loudspeaker to the output terminals of
the recorder. Short circuit the input terminals. Turn the METER
switch to SIGNAL and press the B button. Set the MODE SWITCH on
8D board in slot 8 to HI. Set both LINEARIZER switches to the OFF
position.
3.
Turn up the gain so that tape noise is heard loudly.
4.
Adjust NOISE BAL control on Bias and Erase Amplifier Board in slot
1 to minimize thumping and popping noises.
5.
Set the MODE SWITCH to La.
6.
Adjust the NOISE BAL control on the L Record Amplifier ·Board in slot
3 to minimize thumping and popping noises. This test will require more
gain in the loudspeaker amplifier in order to be heard.
7.
Set the MODE switch to HI.
"
r
f;
r
r
r
r
r
[
r
r
r
i'
r
r
r
r
,~
~
rr
I:
r
i
·5
0
./
-5
-15
-25
-30
/
20
"'III
V
/
FROM TAPE
PLAYBACK
6000
V
30
.33MF
1/
•33MF
JI
SIGNAL .INPUT -
J
-45
"-
~/
-20
-40
~
/
'
/~
-10
-35
~
...---
~~
1\
>
~6000
?
>18000
~
10 K
AAA
VVv
18000
1
___
'Dj~MF
.- SIGNAL
- OUTPUT
1\
.". r" 2200PF :
>
> lOOK
-<>
?
I - f---
I-f--
1
GNO:
TO VTVM
200,0000
MIN.
I-I--
~GND
I - f---
50
100
Figure 28.
200
500
1000
FREQUENCY IN CYCLES PER SECONO
2000
5000
10000
15000
1181
ASA Weighting Network and Response Curve
M23 RRM.2-69
85
,
8.
Set the oscillator to 400 Hz, and insert 19 db attenuation in the calibrated attenuator box.
9.
Put the recorder in the record mode. The B OUTPUT transfer button
must be lit. Readjust the oscillator gain control (not the attenuator) to
obtain zero VU indication on the meter.
10.
Measure the distortion on the wave analyzer. It should be just under 1%.
11.
Rewind some tape and play it back. If there is a significant
ment in the di stortion reading it means that high-frequency
is leaking into the distortion analyzer dU'ring recording. In
stances measurements must be made through a proper low
or only on playback.
12.
Change the oscillator frequency to 1000 Hz. Check by recording the
signal to be certain that the VU meter still indicates zero level.
13.
Remove 6 db of attenuation from the calibrated attenuator. The VU
meter will be off scale. Readjust the distortion meter to ana lyze 1000
Hz. It should show 3% total harmonic distortion.
14.
Observe the indication on the vtvm which is fed through the ASA weighting network from the output of the recorder.
15.
Disconnect the oscillator by unplugging it from the input to the attenuator,
while the recorder is still in the record mode and short circuit the input
terminals. Continue to record for about 30 seconds.
16.
Rewind the tape far enough so that the 3% level tone will be first reproduced, followed by tape recorded with no input signa 1. Set the
MODE SWITCH to AUTO.
17.
Play back the tape. During the tone the pilot lamp on the 8D board in
slot 8 should be out. Observe the vtvm reading. When the tone runs
out, the pilot lamp should light. Again read the vtvm. The difference
in readings is the weighted signal-to-noise figure. It should be 80 db.
This reading may be attained only after several rotations of the supply
reel since a ce rtain amount of printing from the high leve 1 (+6 VU)
signal to the quiet tape is inevitable in the first few layers.
18.
Return both LINEARIZER switches to the ON position.
im.provebia s current
such inpass filter
l
1
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
1
l
1
1
l
l
,
86
M23 RRM 2-69
l
r
HEADS
This recorder can be obtained with a variety of head configurations. Heads
are mounted on a plate which provides azimuth adjustment of both record and playback head stacks. Erase heads are fixed in position. The plate carries a connector
which mates with another permanently mounted in the tr~nsport. The transport connector has leads attached to it which connect to the electronic assemblies. ALL of
these connectors are physically interchangeable. It is imperative that the number
and letter coding be observed.
~
L
To change a head assembly, first remove the head cover trim, then the transport cover plate, and then the reversing idler (held in place by one screw under the
main casting). See figure 23. Next remove the two metal trim plates (one on either
side of the capstan and idler). Remove the screws that hold the head mounting plate
in place. Insert two screws into the tapped holes at either end of the connector plug.
As these are screwed down, they will jack up the plate and gently separate the connectors. An alternate head assembly may be installed by foLLowing the reverse procedure. Head stacks of various physical heights may be interchanged. On machines
with one-half inch capstan height any heads for up to 1/2 inch tape width may be
mounted in place. For machines with one-inch capstan height, any heads for up to
1 inch width may be mounted.
TAPE GUIDES
r
r.··
L
The function of the tape guides is to cause the tape to be fed into the Isoloop
without lateral shifting, so that the recorded pattern remains within the NAB margins,
and to cause the tape to wind evenly onto the reels so that each turn Lies on top of
the other and does not contact either reel flange.
The prima ry tape path reference is the lower flange of the ingoing guide
which guides the tape into the Isoloop.
When head assemblies are changed to accomodate a different tape width, it
is necessary to change the tape guides. These may be removed by unscrewing them
from the main casting. Replace with guides having the appropriate height. Remember the guides having the narrower opening (a few thousandths of an inch) go on the
incoming (supply) side of the capstan. The wide ones go on the takeup side.
This guide surface is set at a fixed distance from the capstan assembly
machined surface, on which the heads are mounted. The desired guiding is one
that feeds tape into the Isoloop with the edges touching, but not binding on the flanges
of the incoming guides. The outgoing tape guides are wider. Their flanges do not
guide the tape in the normal running mode.
M23 RRM 2-69
87
Tape guides will not normally require adjustment unless the machine is
converted for a wider, or narrower tape. New guides, heads, and reel hubs are
finished as part of a conversion kit. The replacement guides are installed by their
cent e r screws. Proper flange height is established by holding machining and plating
tole ranc e s, and no shimming or threaded adjustment is required.
To assure that tape guiding is satisfactory and that no damage or misadjustmen t has occurred, the following examination can be made.
I.
The lower edge of the tape (inner edge of the tape if the transport is
mounted vertically) registers lightly on the lower (inner) flange of
the incoming guide nearest the capstan. The tape does not move up
or down on the reversing idler as the tape direction shifts from
forward to rewind.
2.
The wear pattern on the heads and guides is straight-sided. (Not
keystoned, which would indicate uneven tension across the tape. )
There must be no evidence of a I /4-jnch groove on I /2-inch guides
and heads, or a 1/2-inch groove in I-inch heads, etc.
REEL HUBS
The function of the reel tables and holddown hubs is to hold the tape reels
in p lane of the tape path, so that tape is fed out and spooled without scraping on
eithe r reel flange. The hub is held in place by a shaft collar on the reel motor
shaft. See figure 29. Position of the collar is secured by two setscrews. After a
reel is installed the finned, spring-loaded top of the knob may be turned a few
degrees clockwise, which will lift the three small bevelled projections up out of
the reel keyway slots to rest on the top of the reel, locking it firmly to the reel
tabl e . Reel table height should not require readjustment unless a reel motor is
replaced.
A small I /4-inch center reel table and hub is available to accommodate
hom e -recorder type reels. To install this reel table, the large coinslot center
screw in the NAB reel hub is loosened, the top lifted off, and three small Phillips
screws removed. The I /4-inch table and hub are then installed, using the three
flat-head screws. The 1/4-inch reels are held in place by turning the top part of
the spindle so that the bevelled keys rest on top of the reel, as in the NAB hub.
88
M23 RRM 2-69
r
r
r
~I
0.488 ±C.0l INCH
REEL MOTOR
REEL TABLE
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
1179
Figure 29.
Reel Hub Adjustment
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
M23 RRM 2-69
89/90
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
MAINTENANCE
Maintenance of the 3M Brand Professional Audio Recorder will normally
consist of adjustment and repair as needed. Adjustments are presented in the
Alignment and Adjustment section. This section contains special notes concerning
maintenance and troubleshooting.
GENERAL PRECAUTIONS
The following paragraphs contain some general precautions which should be
observed when performing maintenance on the recorder.
1.
Do not strike the reversing idler. It is delicate and located in a
vulnerable position at the front of the mechanism. If damaged,
flutter will be excessively high.
2.
Exercise great care in installing head mounting plates. They can be
screwed into place with a head lead pinched between the mounting
plate and the transport casting, thus breaking wire insulation or cutting
a head lead. Be certain no leads will get in the way before installation.
3.
Exercise great care in removing and replacing the mu metal cover
over the playback head stack. The slot at the rear of the cover can
slice head lead insulation, thereby grounding head leads or actually
cutting through them. Be certain that this cover is fully seated so
that the lower lip will not scrape on tape as it passes by. Otherwise
tape edge may be cut and bad tracking over the heads may result.
4.
Do not go from REC. to SAFE when the recorder is operating in the
RECORD mode. First stop the transport. This will prevent a thump
from being recorded in the tape and magnetization of tht~ record head.
5.
Do not remove any of the electronic s cards when the power is on. It
requires only a few seconds to turn off the power, remove a card,
restore power and be ready to operate. Otherwise it is possible to
magnetize a head or damage a mete r.
6.
It is particularly important when moving a 7/9 board from position 9
to position 7 to first turn off the power, then wait about 20 seconds
before removing the board and reinstalling it.
7.
Be certain to remove the power cord from the transport when moving
the recorder. This is to ensure that the capstan motor lockout device
will prevent the motor spud from pounding the rubber tire on the flywheel.
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
M23 RRM 2-69
91
8.
Be ce r ta i n no head cables on t he powe r boards touch the rubbe r tire
on the flywheel at any time, eithe r when installed or in shipment.
9.
The individ u al electronics mod ul e powe r s upplies a r e mounted behi n d
the mete r. They a r e accessib le by pu lling the meter forward. Pull
the meter by the fing e rs app l ying force to the mete r case below the
transpa r ent window, not above, since this may resu l t in a cracked case.
10.
Never car r y an e lectronics assemb l y face downwa r d as the powe r
supp l y module may fa ll out, b r eaking the meter.
1 1.
Do not a ll ow ree l s or flanges to scrape on the painted surface of t he
trim p late as this will ma r k it badly. Scraping can be caused on ly by
bent ree l s o r flanges which, if they cannot be repai r ed shou l d be dis carded .
TRO UB LESHOOTING
Failu r e of the recorder to op e rate p r ope rl y may be caused by a malfunction
in th e recorder, o r b y external caus e s. Before trouble s hooting the recorder, verify
that the power and signa l connections a r e correct, and that a ll of the operational
contr o ls are prope rl y set.
Some of the troubles most lik e ly to be encounte r ed a r e presented in tab l e 9 .
How ev er, th e best troub l eshooting too l is a fam il iarity w i th the equipment and a
thoro u gh understanding of its theor y of operat i on .
Tab le 9.
S YMPTOM
Troub leshooting
CAUSE
CORRECTI O N
TRANSPORT
1.
92
T r anspo r t stops when
l e ader tape passes photo
cell V60, particul ar l y afte r
machi ne wa r ms up.
Photo res i stor V60
is to o s ensiti ve .
M23 RRM 2-69
Tempo r ary: mas k ce ll or
lamp with one o r more
thicknesses of white splic ing tape. Permanent:
change value of R7 1 to a
lower va l ue best determined by t e st. Be ca r e fu l to avoid grounding any
wiring on the circuit board
or ce I I l eads .
f
'·I,.,..,
Ii
J
r
r
r
r,:.'·
r'
r
Table 9.
SYMPTOM
2.
Transport will not stop
when tape runs out.
STOP button lights when
tape is not threaded.
Troubleshooting (Cont'd)
CAUSE
CORRECTION
Lamp DS8 low in
light output.
Replace the lamp. Lamps
blacken after long use.
If type 313 is found in
socket, replace with 1820,
Longe r Life bulb.
Weak photo resistor
V60.
RepLace v60 or try raIsIng
value of R71. Try 40K.
Be careful to avoid grounding any wiring on circuit
board or ph.oto cell leads.
I'!'
i'
3.
r
r
r
Capstan motor will not
start when tape is threaded and the STOP Light
doe s not go out.
V60 damaged by
accidenta l grounding.
Replace V60.
4.
Capstan motor will not
start when tape is
threaded, but STOP
light goe s out.
Plug Pll separated
from Jll.
Connect the two parts,
Pl1 to Jl1.
r
Speed change switch
off normaL.
Operate switch to desired
speed.
5.
Transport coasts to stop
from play mode when
stop button is pressed.
Relay K7 cannot be
operated during stop
sequence because the
reed switch is not
cLosed.
Adjust the flag stops and/
or clearance of magnets
from the switch to re store
operation.
6.
Transport coasts to stop
from the FORWARD mode
when the STOP button is
pressed. Possible tape
breakage.
Same as 5, above.
Same as 5, above.
7.
Transport coasts to stop
from the REvVIND mode
when stop button is pressed. Pos sible tape breakage.
Same as 5, above
except K6.
Same as 5, above.
r
'fI'·:
I
r
r
r
M23 RRM 2-69
93
Table 9.
SYMPTOM
Troubleshooting (Cont'd)
CAUSE
CORRECTION
8.
Tape continues in
REWIND when the stop
button is pressed. Res t ores to normal after
tape runs out 0,.. POWER
switch is turned off and on.
Tape motion direction sensor flag
binding against forward direction stop
post.
Check height of flag to be
sure it clears screw head
and loc king nut of the
post.
9.
Tape continues in REWIND
w hen the stop button is
pressed. Does not clear
after tape runs out or
POWER switch is turned
off and on.
K7 hung up. Contacts
5 and 9 sticking.
Replace K7 with another
r e la y . Interchange with
K 2 afte r burni s hing c ontacts 5 and 9 if no other
relay is available.
10.
Ta pe continues in FORWARD
when STOP button is pre ssed. Restores to normal
after tape runs out or
P OWER switch is turned
off and on.
Same as 8, above.
Same as 8, above.
Damaged CR33 or
CR 34 giv ing ha If wave
power.
Check diode sand replace defective unit.
Low Line Voltage.
Arrange for higher input
voltage. Use auto transformer or Variac if
necessary.
Ingoing Solenoid,
capstan idler, dash
pot needs adjusting.
Adjust so that dashpot
piston is completely at
end of cylinder when at
rest position. Dashpot
load should be picked up
just as puck builds up
sufficient tape pressure
on capstan to cause tape
to move forwa rd. Then
da s hpot will a llo w pre ssure to increase as tape
is accelerated to running
speed. Solenoid must seat
instantly when power is
app li ed, coupling spring
allows gradual buildup of
puck pressure adjusted by
Phillips screw in solenoid
arm linkage. Dashpot adjusted by bending two
tangs on fork linkage .
11.
94
T ransport throws loop
w hen starting in Play
mode, generally worse
n ear end of reel rather
t han beginning.
M23 RRM 2-69
r
Table 9.
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
SYMPTOM
Troubleshooting (Cont'd)
CAUSE
CORRECTION
12. Sluggish Solenoid operation; Ll, L2.
Misalignment or in
need of lubrication.
Try lubricating first with
graphite or silicone.
Loosening to improve
alignment may change
absolute position of
linkages when plunger is
seated necessitating their
further adjustment.
13.
Tape lifter hangs up.
Mi salignment or in
need of lubrication.
14.
Tape lifter difficult to
override manually.
Plunger approaches
full sea ted position
too closely.
Plunger must not drag
too forcefully against
c ore of solenoid. Body
should be so positioned
to avoid such side drag,
and to provide best compromi s e of depth of
travel to satisfy easy
override yet adequate
Lifting powe r.
15.
Tape lifter fails to lift
tape from heads.
Plunge rope ra ting too
far from seated position.
Loosen two mounting
screws, lubricate plunger
and shift body (holes are
oversize) to achieve
above requirements.
16.
Flutter and Wow
excessive.
Numerous sources
pos sible. Most likely
are: a) Head cables
dragging on flywheel
ti re, b) Ins ufficient
capstan idler pressure
either ingoing or outgoing, c) Defective reve r sin g i d 1e r , d) Di r t y
spud on motor shaft,
e) Dirty flywheel tire
or f) Speed adjustment screw too loose.
Remedies are obvious;
also see transport alignment for more details.
~-----------------------------------------~---------------------------------------~--------------------------------------
M23 RRM 2-69
95
Table 9.
SYMPTOM
17.
18.
T ransport appears
complete ly dead.
A ll lamps excessively
b right and short lived.
Troub leshooting (Cont'd)
CAUSE
CORRECTION
Blown fuse FI.
Replace with 5 amps slow
blow.
Inte rmittent ope ration
of power switch S6.
Pre s s a few time s to
observe if lights corne on .
C66 charged to greater
than 30 volts but no 27
vo lt dc at collector of
Q60 or at test point
means Q60 is defective.
Replace Q60 after checking load resistance from
collector to ground for
short circuit defect.
Clear defect before again
applying power.
Regulator Q60 and
associate circuit, Ql,
Rl4, Rl5, and CR50
not functioning.
Replace Q60. Catche r
diode CR5l will also require replacement if
con dition perSisted for
more than a few seconds.
Check resistan ce of 27
volt load to be certain
Q60 will not be overloaded. Transport may
be operated without CR5l
until replaced .
ELECTRONICS
1.
Meter lights but no
signal. Record light
wi ll not light. Regulator
t ransistor in power
supp ly abnormally warm.
Short circuit on plus
28 volt bus.
Remove one plug-in board
at a time and r e insert to
determine if fault is in
cards or module wiring.
C4 on powe r supply unit
possible shorted. System
may operate without C4
until replaced.
2.
P layback preamp in slot
7 or 9 distorted or n9
output.
Bia s of Q2 imprope r.
Co ll ecto r of Q2 should be
per schematic. See figure
46. Defective Ql or Q2
causes drift.
96
M23 RRM 2-69
Table 9.
SYMPTOM
J
Leaky capacitor CIS
in output of record
monitor amplifier on
board in slot 4 or at
output of preamp in
slot 7 or 9. Also can
be leaky input capacitor to Line amplifier
in slot 6 (C9).
If REPRO. LEVEL pot is
noisy when turned. fault
is in output of board in
slot 7 or input of board
6. Extract board 7. If
still noisy card 6 is at
fault. If pot is not noisy
when turned. trouble is
probably at output of
board 4 (CIS). Replace
fa u lty ta nta lum ca paci tor.
4.
Los s of signal in record,
reproduce or monitor
circuits.
Broken leads on black
tanta lum capacitor,
likely on any board.
These capacitors are
somewhat vulnerable
since they project higher
off the board than other
components and their
leads are not flexible.
Replace with identical
item.
5.
Loss of signal in record
board.
Defective Field effect
transistor Q2. Easily
damaged by static
charge from soldering
iron or tool held in
hand.
Replace Q2. Be very
careful to avoid static
charges. Ground soldering iron tip by flexible
lead to ground bus of
record board.
r
r:.
I"~
r
Always use insulated
screwdriver or plastic
blade to adjust eq. cap
C 18 or C 19.
6.
Noise or intermittent
operation in any area of
electronics module.
Dirty contacts at base
of card at plug.
Remove and reinsert
card. Use ink eraser to
clean contact surfaces of
cards. Sockets are gold
plated. They should be ok.
7.
High distortion
Insufficient bia s.
Adjust to peak per instructions in this manual.
f
i."
"I
1
r
r
CORRECTION
A-B transfer causes bad
clicks in output (moves
meter pointer).
r
"
CAUSE
3.
r
f,,·(
Troubleshooting (Cont'd)
r
f
M23 RRM 2-69
97
Table 9 .
SYMPTOM
7.
8.
98
(Cont'd)
Poor nois e figure.
Troubleshooting (Cont'd)
CAUSE
CORRECTION
M agnetized head,
e ither record or
reproduce.
Degauss heads .
N oise ba lan ce contro l
mi sadjusted .
Adjust for minimum
noise after degaussing
all heads .
F aulty record or
pla yback amplifier
biasing.
Check voltages per
s c hematic. If drastically
different at any point,
find cause and remedy.
N oisy Ql or Q2 in
preamplifier .
Substitute another preamplifier to compare
noise and replace transistors.
Head cables bad l y
routed , near hUn!
fi e lds.
Reroute for mininlum
noise. Keep away from
power cord. This can be
very important.
H e ad cal)les rubbing
on flywheel.
N oise arises from microphonics of cables under
vibration. Must be rerout e d to clear fl y wheel.
De fecti v e pla yback
h e ad requiring ex ce ssive gain.
Rep lace head . Tr y break in tape if head appears to
be smeared over by
magnetic material.
Lack of good s y stem
Connect frame of re-
g round can produce
corder to good effective
h um or buzzing. Third
w ire in powe r c ord
not always effe ctive
as good ground.
g round .
M2 3 RRM 2-6 9
r
r
r
r
Table 9.
SYMPTOM
9.
Wrong output level.
r
r
r
10. Meter lights brighter
than nor rna 1.
r
r
r
r
r
11. Meter lights, A-B
lights not lit. R13 on
power suppLy hot.
Troubleshooting (Concluded)
CAUSE
CORRECTION
Improper choice of
line impedance or
termination.
Set switches SI05 and
SI06 to proper arrangement for line being fed
by recorder.
VU calibrated to
wrong line level
for specific application.
Check value of resistors
RI, R2, R3, on board in
slot 6. See table 10.
Meter light socket
touching ground.
Move socket slightly,
and cover with insuLating
tape.
Defective Lamp.
RepLace Lamp.
Ground on brace to
terminaL 18.
Remove cLamping screw
and insert mica insuLating
washer. RepLace screw.
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
M23 RRM 2-69
99
FIELD SERVICE
Regular scheduled maintenance service is available from the Mincom
Division service office on a contract basis. If immediate service is required, it
may be obtained on an emergency basis. Every e{fort is made to furnish the needed
repa ir as soon as possible. For a complete d esc ription of 3M s maintenance service
plans and their costs, contact the Mincom Division service office.
FACTORY REPAIR SERVICE
If desired, the re corder or major assemblies, may be returned to the
factory (transportation prepaid) for r epai r. When recorder or assembLy is returned:
1.
Indicat e the symptom of defect. State as comp Letely as possible, both
on an instrument tag and on the order form, the nature of the problem
e ncount e red. Too much information is far better than too little. If the
trouble is intermi ttent, please be specific in describing the instrument's
performance histor y .
2.
Give special instr uct ions . If any ch anges in the instrument or assembly
have been made, and it is desired to retain the modified form, please
indicate this specificaLLy.
3.
To facilitate expeditious repair, your Contract or Purchase Order
authorizing the work should be directed to Mincom Division - 3M
Company - 300 South Lewis Road - CamarilLo, California 93010 Attn: Co ntracts Department.
4.
Pack securely and label. Proper packaging saves money. The small
amount of extra care and time it takes to cushion a part or instrument
properly may prevent costly damage"" ile in transit. Make certain
that the address is both Legi ble and compLete; failure to do so often
results in needless deLay. Address all shipments and correspondence
to :
Mincom Division
3M Company
300 South Lewis Road
Camarillo, California
Attn:
5.
100
93010
Receiving Inspection
Show return address on repair correspondence. Please clearly indicate
the exact address the equipment should be returned to after repair is
completed. Terms are net 30 days - f. o. b., Camarillo, California.
M23 RRM 2-69
[
PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
INTRODUCTION
The 3M Brand Professional Audio Tape Recorder is an advanced audio
recording instrument that incorporates the best techniques available at the present
state of the art. A tape recorder consists basically of a tape transport (deck) and
record and reproduce (play) electronics. The signal to be recorded is amplified
and applied to a magnetic record head, which impresses a magnetic pattern in the
oxide coating of the magnetic recording tape in accordance with the variation of the
input signal. During reproduction (play) the variations in magnetic flux that were
impressed on the tape during recording, are sensed by a reproduce head, amplified,
and applied to the recorder output.
In order to record a nd reproduce with a mInlmum of distortion, a highfrequency bias is mixed with the input signal at the record head so that recording
takes place in the portion of the magnetization curve that is essentiaLLy Linear.
The signal recovered by the reproduce head must also be equalized by circuits
that compensate for the response characteristics of the reproduce- head at low and
high frequencies.
The high-frequency signal that is used for bias is also used to erase signals
that may have previously been recorded on the tape. The erase signal is applied to
a separate erase head, which is similar to the record head but applies the highfrequency signal at a much higher leveL. The signal applied to the erase head drives
the magnetic material of the tape to complete magnetic saturation to obliterate any
signal, or noise that may have been previously recorded on the tape.
The patented Isoloop tape drive maintains differential tension within the
loop of tape passing over the heads and ensures that the tape remains in close
contact with the heads during tape traveL. This ensures that the magnetic flux
impressed by the record head penetrates the oxide material uniformly and eliminates
variations in amplitude that can result if the close head-to-tape contact is not
maintained. Similar amplitude variations can take place if the tape is not maintained
in close contact with the play head.
Tape Drive Components (See Figure 30)
Components of the tape drive system consist of a capstan drive motor, two
reel drive motors, and control relays tha t determine the mode of operation. When
in pLay and record modes, the tape is moved through the Isoloop by the capstan.
The reel drive motors maintain constant tension on the tape as it enters and Leaves
the loop. ·When in fast-forward or rewind, tension is released within the Isoloop
and the reel drive motors move the tape through the loop independently of the
M23 RRM 2.-69
101
TAKEUP
REEL
SUPPLY
REEL
INCOMING
OUTGOING
CAPSTAN
CAPSTAN
IDLER
IDLER
BIAS
AND ERASE
OSCILLATOR
Iii ]1------1 AI""'''"....... >---~ OUTPUT
SIGNAL
INPUT
SIGNAL
RECORD HEAD
PLAYBACK HEAD
REVERSING
IDLER
Figure 30 .
102
Tape Recorder, Block Diagram
M23 RRM 12-67
liB)
[
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
capstan. Before entering and after leaving the Isoloop, the tape passes over
stationary guides to ensure that is properly aligned with the magnetic heads.
When the transport is in the play and record modes, solenoids press the
capstan idlers against the tape, clamping it to the capstan to prevent it from
slipping. The tape is moved past the income idler and capstan, past the erase and
record heads, and around the reversing idler. From the reversing idler, it passes
the play head, and the outgoing idler and capstan. During fast-forward and rewind,
solenoid-actuated tape lifters hold the tape away from the tape so that signals on
the tape will not be played back, which would cause an annoying squeal. The tape
lifters are inactive in play, record, and stop modes.
The play head is enclosed in a magnetic shield to avoid pickup of noise from
surrounding equipment and bias-frequency energy radiated by the erase and record
heads. A solenoid-actuated cover is positioned over the tape as it passes the play
head and serves to complete the shielding of the head. During fast-forward, rewind,
and stop, the hinged cover is moved away from the head to allow the tape to be lifted
by the tape lifters and allow easy threading of the tape. The cover is closed during
play and record.
TAPE TRANSPORT CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS
The following circuit de scriptions relate to figure 31 which must be used to
follow the discussions. In the schematic, connector terminals are shown as small
rectangles with the connector and terminal numbers inserted.
Power Circuits
A standard, three-wire power cable is provided, which must be connected
at J 1. The third, or ground, lead must be connected to a good earth ground;
otherwise the recorder will not meet dynamic range specifications in regards to
hum, harmonic buzz, or radio-frequency fields. The power is normally 60 cycles,
105 to 125 volts, but 50 cycle models for the same voltage range are available and
entail only a change of capstan motor characteristics. The schematic otherwise
remains unchanged. For 220 volt operation an external line transformer must be
used.
The POWER switch, 56, when operated, closes both sides of the input line
activating a number of circuits. These are as follows:
1.
Bridge rectifier CR46 through CR49 charges capacitor C6S through
R60 approximately 165 volts in the absence of a load. This voltage
is applied through J7-2 and J9-1 to the fields of the takeup and rewind
motors. Field returns are through J7-1, and J9-2 through J6-4, and
K 1 contacts 6 and 10. Relay K 1 operates as soon as power is turned
on unless the transport has been previously threaded with tape.
M23 RRM 2-69
103
104
2.
Power is supp l ied from terminals J4-11 and J4 - 12 to the various
e l ectronics modu les through an interconnecting cab l e .
3.
Power is supp lied to step-down transformer T60 from termina l s TB3-2
and TB3-1. The low - voltage secondary feeds terminals J5 - 2 and J5-3.
A ful l- wave bridge on the board, consisting of CR37 and through CR40
supplies charging current through terminals J5-5 and J5-1 to C66 and
regulator transistor 060. Zener Diode CR50 is supplied from R14
and establishes a voltage reference of 27 volts, applied through R15
to the base of amplifier transistor 01. The collector of 01 is directly
coupled to the base of 060 and the output col lector potential of 060
estab lishes the emitter voltage of 01. The two transistors thus act to
r egulate the bus potential (approximately 26.5 volts). When power is
applied the bus potential lights POWER indicator D56, and the tape
senSing lamp D58. If fail-safe brakes are furnished, L6 operates to
re lease them. As the solenoid approaches the end of its stroke, 515
is opened to reduce current in L6 by insertion of R73. Without tape on
t he machine, light from D58 fa ll s on photo sensor V60. The base of
061 is thereby held near ground potential. The collector at 061 is then
at a re lative l y high potentia l causing 062 to increase conduction. Cur rent flows through 062 to relay K 1 through J6-7 to operate relay K 1.
Through Kl contacts 11 and 7, voltage is applied through J6 - 9 to J3 - N,
to light an indicator lamp on the Remote Control; if used, to show that
the machine is on but inoperative due to the absence of threaded tape .
The playback head shield cover door is caused to open through CR - 25,
J6 - 14, and TBl-l with a return path through TBl - 2. Also at this time,
K 1 contacts 12 and 4, and 11 and 3 are open and the 27 volt bus can
perform no further function. Because of this, the machine may not be
put into any mode of operation until tape is threaded on the machine .
4.
A path is p r epared through J5-F to J5-D and Pll-2J to furnish power
to the capstan motor, but this is kept open by K 1 contacts 1 and 9 when
tape is not threaded. The capstan motor is energized through J8-7
and 58 to either J3 - 8 or J8 - 4 . The quadrature winding of the motor is
supplied through C64 and R63 and through 58 to either J8-5 or J8 - 6.
Motor return l eads, depending on the speed selected by 58, are through
J8-1 and J8 - 2, or J8-1 and J8 - 3 back to switch 56 through PII-Jl.
When power is supplied to the capstan motor it is a lso supplied to
bridge rectifier CR42 through CR45. The dc output of the bridge is
applied through J5-J, R68, and TB2-3 to a so lenoid, which pu l ls the
motor pulley phYSica lly into contact with the capstan flywhee l tire.
Return path of the solenoid is through TB2-2 and J5-7. Filter capacitor C68 prev!,nts induction of hum from the solenoid into the playback
heads.
M23 RRM 2-69
r
r
5.
Power is applied to J3-c and J3-d for application at the remote control
position, if required.
6.
The fan is normally connected across TBI-4 and TBl-6 where it is
operated only when the capstan motor is running. By removing the
fan lead on TBl-4 and connecting it to TBl-5, the fan will run whenever
the power switch is on.
Threaded Tape Condition
When a reel of tape is placed on the supply hub, the free end is passed
through the incoming side of the Isoloop, past the capstan and record head, and
around the reversing idler, then between the outgoing side of the capstan and its
idler. When the tape is dropped into position at this point, light is cut off from
V60 causing relay Kl to release. CR-l is cit surge protective diQde.
When K 1 contacts 11 and 7 open, the head shield cover is closed because the
door solenoid is released and the remote TAPE RUNOUT lamp goes out.
r
r
Closure of K 1 contacts 11 and 3, and 12 ana 4 applies bus potential through
K7 contacts 11 and 3, K6 contacts 12 and 4, K8 contacts 11 and 3, and K5 contacts
12 and 4 through J5-14 to light STOP lamp DS3; and a path through CR13 and R5
charges C3, and operates K4. Several other paths are likewise made ready.
Opening of Kl contacts 10 and 6 inserts R9 in the return path of the reel motor
fields and the voltage developed across this resistor is applied through K5 contacts
land 9, K6 contacts 1 and 9, K7 contacts 1 and 9 through J6-A to the armature
of the rewind motor. A similar path applies the same voltage to the takeup motor
through K5 contacts 2 and 10, K6 contacts 2 and 10, K7 contacts 2 and 10, and J6-2.
The torque so generated is very small; sufficient to remove slack from threaded
tape but not enough to cause motion of the tape from a large-diameter reel to a
smaller one. When the end of the tape is threaded into the takeup reel, the transport
is ready to be put into motion from its standby condition.
From Standstill to Play
r
r
Bus potential exists on switch S5 through J6-D, J2-9, and J2-10. Closure
of the PLA Y pushbutton applies this through J6 -18 and CR4 to operate relay K3
momentarily. Through K7 contacts 11 and 3, K6 contacts 12 and 4, K8 contacts
11 and 3, and K3 contacts 8 and 12, K5 is caused to operate. Release of the PLA Y
pushbutton releases K3 but K5 remains locked up through K5 contacts 8 and 12, K8
contacts 3 and 11 J etc. PLA Y lamp DS5 remains lit through J6-17 since it is in
parallel with the coil of K5. This same supply immediately operates the ingoing
capstan idler solenoid through TB2-1, clamping the tape gently, under control of a
dashpot, to the capstan. The break at K5 contacts 12 and 4 removes bus voltage
from C3 and the coil of K4 so that after approximately 0.5 second, K4 releases.
Closure of K4 contacts 11 and 3 applies bus power to J6-12 and TB2-3 and operates
the outgoing capstan idler solenoid. This occurs after the tape has accelerated to
M23 RRM 2-69
105
running speed under control of the ingoing solenoid. In one-inch capstan machines,
C3 is rated at 500fJ.F to delay the operation of the outgoing solenoid an additional
0.4 second.
When K5 operates, the transfer of K5 contacts 2 and 10, to 6 and 10, applies
full dc power through K4 contacts 6 and 10, K5 contacts 6 and 10, K6 contacts 2 and
10, and K7 contacts 2 and 10 to the takeup motor armature and a reasonably high
hold-back torque to the supply motor through K4 contacts 6 and 10, RS, K5 contacts
5 and 9, K6 contacts 1 and 9, and K7 contacts 1 and 9. After the tape is up to speed
and K4 releasea, the break at K4 contacts 6 and 10 inserts resistors R6l and R62
in th e armature paths to establish proper winding and holdback torques since
acceleration conditions are replaced by constant-velocity operation.
From Play to Stop
Directly beneath the takeup r e e I hub on the take up motor shaft is mounted
a ball bearing. The outer race of this bearing is not rigidly mounted but is
cente red in a light-weight vane. The vane would rotate with the take up motor shaft
but is prevented from doing so by two posts. The vane rests against one post when
the motor turns in one direction and shifts through an angle of about 15 degrees to
rest against the other post when the motor turns in the other direction. The vane
carries a small magnet, which causes operation of reed switch S13 when the motor
runs in the forward direction. Switch S13 is released and S14 is caused to close when
the motor turns in the reverse direction.
With the machine in the play mode, if the STOP pushbutton is pressed, the
following takes place: Bus voltage is applied from K3 contacts 10 and 2 through
J6- l l, J2-l2, J2-ll, and the closed contacts of S3, through J6-S to operate relay
KS. Bus power from J6-D is applied through S13, which is closed in the forward
dire c tion, through J5-lS, KS contacts 6 and 10 to operate K7. Relay K7 closes a
holdi ng path for relay KS through K7 contacts 12 and S, KS contacts Sand 12, to
KS t e rminal 14, so that K5 and K6 both remain operated after pressure is removed
from S3. The REWIND lamp is lit through K7 contacts 11 and 7. The break at
KS contacts 3 and 11 opens the holding circuit for K5 and it releases, extinguishing
the PLAY lamp and dropping out the capstan idler solenoids so as to unclamp the
tape from the capstan. Operation of K7 provides full torque power through K7
contacts 5 and 9 and through J6-A to the rewind motor, while the break at K7 contacts
2 and 10 removes all takeup motor torque, bringing the tape to standstill and
attempting to start it in the reverse direction. Motion of the tape in the opposite
dire c tion, however, causes the vane in the sense switch assembly to Leave its
former position against the for w ard stop and swing toward the reverse stop. When
the magnet moves away from S13, this switch opens, dropping out K7. This applies
a light holding torque to the tape. When K7 releases, it releases KS by opening K7
contacts 7 and 11. Relay K4 is held closed through K7 contacts 11 and 3, K6 contacts
12 and 4, KS contacts 11 and 3, K5 contacts 12 and 4, CR13 and R5. It was previousl y operated through K7 contacts 12 and S, CR14 and R5. With the exception of
K4, all relays are de-energized and STOP lamp DS3 is lit.
106
M23 RRM 2-69
[
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
From Stop to Rewind
With the machine in standby, pressing REWIND pushbutton S2 causes bus
voltage to be applied through K3 contacts 10 and 2, J6-11, J2-12, J2-11, S3, S2,
J5-R, and K8 contacts 2 and 10 operate K7. The relay applies rewind torque
through K7 contacts 5 and 9 as outlined above, and K7 locks up to the power bus
through K7 contacts 11 and 7, and K8 contacts 2 and 10. The tape accelerates in
the rewind direction with full power on the armature of the rewind motor. 5ince
this is a dc shunt motor, it would reach a certain terminal velocity at which time
tape would be loosely wound except for the following feature. As the tape comes
up to speed in rewind, the armature of the takeup motor is open circuited because
of the break at K7 contacts 2 and 10. It operates as a dc generator without load
until a definite terminal voltage is reached, the voltage rising as the speed increases.
Zener diode CR53 will not pass current until the potential across it reaches 75 volts.
Therefore, when the generated voltage reaches this level, current flows through
J9-4, J6-S, CR32, CR53, J6-2 and J9-3 to act as a load and effective brake on the
takeup motor, limiting the maximum speed at which it will supply tape and thereby
providing a controlled tension in the reel being filled. Closure of K7 contacts 12
and 8 provides a path through CR24, J6-14, and TBI to open the head shield door and
through J6-15 to operate the tape lifters.
From Rewind to Stop (Tape Moving in the Rewind Direction)
Pressing STOP switch S3 operates relay K8 through K3 contacts 10 and 2,
J6-11, J2-12, J2-11, 53, and J6-8. Since tape is moving in the rewind direction,
the sense switch vane has caused SI3 to open and S14 to close. Therefore, K6 is
caused to operate through J6-D, 514, and K8 contacts 5 and 9. Relay K8 is locked
up through K6 contacts 11 and 7, K8 contacts 8 and 12, and K6 is held up by S14.
Relay K7, however, is released by the break at K8 contacts 10 and 2 and the fact
that 513 is open. The power that was supplied to the rewind motor through K7
contacts 5 and 9 is removed by its release and transferred through operation of
K6 through K6 contacts 6 and 10 to the takeup motor, which now operates to bring
the tape to standstill and attempts to reverse it to the forward direction.
As soon as the sense switch vane moves away from S14 toward S13, 514 opens
releasing K6 and placing all circuits in the standby condition. During the stopping
interval, the REWIND lamp goes out and the FORWARD lamp is lit from release
of K7 and operation of K6. In standby, the tape lifter solenoid is released and K-8
is released by the break at K -6 contact 7 and 11. The head cover door remains
operated through 5-12, J6-M and CR-26 unless manually overriden to break S-12.
Relay K4 remains energized throughout the above action, either through K7 contacts
12 and 8, CRI4; or through K6 contacts 11 and 7, CRI4; or through K7 contacts
11 and 3, K6 contacts 12 and 4, K8 contacts 11 and 3 and K5 contacts 12 and 4 and
CRl3.
M23 RRM 2-69
107
From Rewind to Stop (Tape Moving in Forward Direction)
It is possible while shuttling the tape at high speed to have the tape moving
in the forward direction but to have th e controls in the rewind mode. 1£ the STOP
pushbutton is pressed at this time, KS is energized in the manner described above;
how e ver, K7 is not released in favor of K6 because the sense switch vane is in
position to cause SI3 to be clos ed and S14 open. Thus K7 remains energized and
the t ape comes to standstill and attempts to reverse at which time the sense switch
opens S13, releasing K7 and putting the machine in standby. At this time the tape
lift er s are released and KS is rel ea sed by the break at K7 contacts Sand 12. The
doo r solenoid remains energized thr o ugh S12 unless overridden manually to break
S12 .
From Stop to Forward
With the machine in standby, pressing the FORWARD pushbutton causes bus
voltage to be applied through K3 co ntacts 10 and 2, J6-11, J2-12, S3, S2, S4, J5-S,
CRI7 and KS contacts 1 and 9 to operate K6. Relay K6 applies full torque to the
takeup motor thr o ugh K6 contacts 6 and la, K7 contacts 2 and la, J6-2, and J9-3,
cau s ing tape to accelerate in th e forward direction. Relay K6 locks up to the power
bus th rough KS contacts 9 and I, K6 co ntacts Sand 12, and K7 contacts 3 and 11.
Motor speed is limited by the action of Zener diode CR52 as described before.
Closure of K6 contacts to II a nd 7 provides a path through CR24 to open the
head shield door and through J6-15 to operate the tape lifters.
From Forward to Stop (Tape Moving in Forward Direction)
Pressing STOP switch S3 operates relay KS through K3 contacts 10 and 2,
J6- l l, J2-12, J2- I I, S3 and J6-S. Since tape is moving in the forward direction,
the s e ns e switch has caused SI3 to be closed and SI4 to be open. Thus, K7 is
operated through J6-D, S13, J5 -1S , and KS contacts 6 and 10. Relay KS is locked
up through K7 contacts 12 and S, a nd KS contacts Sand 12. Relay K6, however,. is
r e l e ased by the break at KS contacts 9 and 1. The power that was supplied to the
tak e up motor through K6 contacts 6 and 10 is removed by its release and transferred through closure of K7 contacts 5 and 9 to the rewind motor, which now operates
to bring the tape to standstill and attempts to reverse it to the rewind direction.
As soon as th e sense switch m ov e s by reversal of tape motion, it releases S13,
r e l e asing K7 and placing all circuits in standby. During the stopping interval, the
FORWARD lamp goes out and the REWIND lamp lights because of the release of K6
and operation of K7. In standb y, the tape lifter solenoid is r e leas e d . KS is released
by K 7 conta c t Sand 12. The door sol enoid r emains energized through SI2 unless
manually overridden to'break S12.
lOS
M23 RRM 2-69
[
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
From Forward to Stop (Tape Moving in Rewind Direction)
It is possible, while shuttling tape at high speed, to have the tape moving in
the rewind direction but to have the controls in the forward mode. If the STOP
button is pressed at this time, K8 pulls in inthe mannerdescribedabove. However,
K6 is not released in favor of K7 because 514 is held closed by the sense switch vane
while 513 is open. Thus, K6 remains operated and the tape comes to standstill
and attempts to reverse, at which time the sense switch opens 514, releasing K4
and putting the mechanism in standby. At this time the lifter solenoid is released,
and KB is released by the break at K6 contact 7 and 11. The Door solenoid remains
operated through 512 unless ma·nually overridden to break 512.
From Forward to Rewind
Considering the tape to be in the forward mode regardless of its actual
direction, relay K6 is energized. Pressing the REWIND pushbutton closes
a circuit to operate K7 through K3 contacts 10 and 2, J6-11, .53, 52, J5-R,
KB contacts 2 and 10 to K7-14 through K7-13, CR19 and R6 to ground. Relay K7
operates, opening the holding path for K6 at K7 contacts 3 and 11, which releases,
further breaking its holding circuit at K6 contacts 8 and 12. Torque power to the
reel motors is therefore reversed. Relay K7 locks up through KB contacts 10 and
2, and K7 contacts 7 and 11.
From Rewind to Forward
Considering the tape to be in the rewind mode regardless of its actual
direction, relay K7 is energized. Pressing the FORWARD pushbutton closes
a circuit to operate K6 through K3 contacts 10 and 2, J6-11, J2-12, J2-11,
53, 52, 54, J5-5, CRI7, and KB contacts 1 and 9 to K6-14. Because J5-5 applies
bus potential to CR20 as well as to CR 17, the coil of K7 is effectively shorted, since
the total voltage appears across R6. This releases K7, K6 remains operated over
the path K7 contacts 11 and 3, K6 contacts 12 and 8, and K8 contacts 1 and 9.
Torque to the reel motors is therefore reversed.
From Rewind to Play
In the rewind mode, regardless of actual direction of tape motion, relayK7 and
K4 is energized. Pressing PLA Y pushbutton 55 causes bus power to flow through
J6-D, J2-9, J2-10, 55, J6-18, and CR4 to operate K3. A holding path is established
through K7 contacts 12 and 8, K3 contacts 11 and 7, Rl, CR8 and CR7 so that K3 will
not release when 55 is released. Relay K3 contacts 10 and 2 open the paths to 53,
52 and 54 pushbuttons to .render them inactive at this time. The potential from K7
contacts 12 and 8 through K 3 contacts 11 and 7, and through R 1 also feeds through
CR9 to terminal 14 of K8 causing it to operate. Because this action opens the
holding path of K7 through K8 contacts 10 and 2, and K7 contacts 7 and 11, an
unstable condition could arise, but this is prevented by the charge in C12, which
continues to hold K8 until the transfer of K7 is completed if need be. Whether K7
M23 RRM 2-69
109
continue s t o hold or to transfer to K6 is determined by the direction the tape is
moving as outlined above. In an y event, operation of K8 fun c tions to bring the tape
to standby co ndition. When K6 or K 7 is rel e ased by the sens e s w itch as the tape
reac he s standstill and attempts to reverse, the break at K6 contacts 7 and 11 or K7
contacts 8 and 12 r e leases K8. No rmally, the machine would now remain in standby,
but at this time K3 is still operate d even though its supply path through K3 contacts
7 and II is open . This is because it is held by the charge in Cl for sufficient time
to perfo rm an additional function. When K8 releases, bus power is supplied through
K7 contacts 11 and 3, K6 contacts 12 and 4, K8 contacts II and 3, a nd K3 contacts
8 and 12 to op e rate K5. The fun c tions from here on are as described und e r "From
5tand still to Play. "
From Forward 10 Play
In the fast-forward mod e, r ega rdl e ss of actua l directi o n of tape motion,
r e l ay K6 and K4 is e nergized. Pr ess ing PLAY pushbutton 55 causes bus power to
flo w through J6-D, J2-9, J2-10 , 55 , J6-1 8 , and CR4 to operate K3. A h o lding
pa th i s established for K3 through K6 co ntacts 11 and 7, K3 contacts 11 and 7, Rl,
CR8 , a nd CR7 so that K3 wi ll no t r e l ease w h e n 55 is rel ea sed. R e lay K3 opens the
paths to 53 , 52, and 54 pushbutto ns to r e nd e r the m inactiv e at this time . The
po t ential from K7 contacts 12 and 8 throu g h K3 contacts 11 and 7 and Rl a lso feeds
thr oug h CR9 to terminal 14 of K8 ca u s ing it to operate . Because this action opens
the ho lding path for K6 through K8 co ntacts 9 and 1 and K6 contacts 8 and 12, an
unstable co ndition co uld aris e but is prevented by the charge in C12, which
cont i nues t o hold K8 until the tr ansfe r of K6 is completed, if need be. Whether K6
con tinue s to hold or to transfe r to K 7 is d e termined by the directi o n of tape movement. In any eve n t , operation of K8 functions to bring the machine to a standb y
condition. When K6 or K7 is r e l e ased by the s e nse switch as the tape reaches
standstill and attempts to re ve rs e dir ec tion , the break at K6 contacts 7 and 11, or
K7 c ontacts 8 and 12, releas es K8 . No rmally , the machine would no w remain in
sta nd by but at this time K3 is still ene r g ized even though its supp l y p ath through
K3 co nta c ts 7 and 11 is open. This is because it is held by the charge in Cl for
sufficient time to perform an additional function. When K8 releases, bus power is
supp li e d thr o ugh K7 c ontacts 11 and 3, K6 contacts 12 and 4, K8 contacts 11 and 3,
and K3 co nta c ts 8 and 12 to e n e rgiz e K5 .
Tap e Runoul
W h en the ta pe runs out f r om a ny mode of operation, th e li g ht from lamp D5 8
falls up on ph oto diod e V6 0, causing K l to e ner g i ze . This action opens the bus supply
to all other r e lays. All power is the r efo r e r emove d fro m the armatur es o f the takeup an d r ewind moto rs . A short circuit is app li ed to the armature of e a c h motor.
One s u ch circuit is through J9 - 4, J6 - 5, KI con tacts 10 and 6, J6-4 , J2-1, J2-2,
J5- P, K5 co n tacts 2 a nd 10 , K6 co nta c ts 2 and 10 , K 7 co nta c ts 2 and 10 . J6-2 and
J9 - 3. The ot h e r c i r cu it is through J7-4, J6-5 , KI contacts 10 and 6 , J6 -4 , J2- I,
J2 - 3 , J5 - V , K5 con ta cts 1 and 9, K6 con ta cts I and 9, K7 conta cts I and 9, J6-A,
and J7-3 . Sin ce the fields are fu ll y exc ited, this s y stem act s to brake the moto rs
to a standstill s in ce t hey operat e as dc ge ne rators operatin g in to a short c ir cuit.
110
M23 RRM 2 -6 9
r
L
L
L
r
L
r
r
r
r
L
r
L
r
r
r
r
r
r
Record Mod. Operation
The record mode can be selected only when the PLA Y lamp is lit, indicating
that the machine is running at normal speed. It is then necessary to press both the
RECORD and RUN pushbuttons simultaneously. Bus power is applied through
J6-D, J2-9, J2-10, 55, 51, JS-13, and K3 contacts 7 and 11 to operate K2, which
then locks up to the holding path for KS. This path is KS contacts 8 and 12, and K2
contacts 8 and 12. The path established to hold K2 then lights D51 through J6-3
and supplies positive bus voltage to the electronics power cable through connector
J4-9. Relay K2 contacts 11 and 7 also supply ground potential to the same connector
through J6-T to J4-10. The positive potential is also applied through R16 and CR29
to the bias oscillator. Capacitor C7 is provided both for decoupling and for delayed
decay after power is removed. Transistors 02 and 03 operate as a low power,
push-pull oscillator to provide a high-frequency signal to terminals J6 - U and J6 - V.
The electronics assembly cable conducts high-frequency bias to all bias boards in
the electronics through J4-1 and J4-2. The oscillator is tuned to 120 kHz by
capacitor C 11.
Speed Change Switch
Speed change switch 5 selects windings of the capstan motor to provide
either of two speeds. These are related by the ratio 2: 1 and therefore can be
provided for tape sp~eds of 3-3/4 and 7-1/2 ips, 7-1/2 and 15 ips, and 15 and 30 ips,
etc. Dc bus potential is supplied to either J4-6 or J4-7 in the electronics power
cable, depending on the motor speed, in order to control equalizer-select relays
in the electronics circuit boards.
Reel Size Switch
Reel size switch 57 provides for adjustment of torque in fast forward or in
rewind when one spindle carries the normal large reel and the other carries a
light-weight reel. If both reels are the same size, the switch is left in the center
BALANCE position. If the large reel is on the tape takeup side, the switch is
moved toward the right, or toward the large reel (in the direction of the arrowhead
on the panel). If the la rge reel is on the left, or supply side, the switch is moved
to the left. In the center position, 57 connects JS-N to J6-1 and JS-IS. If K6 is
energized, putting the machine into fast forward, heavy dc current flows through
the takeup motor, returning to the negative supply through R60. Thus JS-L is a
few volts more negative than J6 -So This negative potential is applied through
CR30, S7, and Rll to the rewind motor, causing it to develop small torque in the
same direction the takeup motor tends to turn. This aids acceleration. Similarly,
in rewind, RIO supplies reverse torque to the takeup motor, assisting in getting
the tape up to high speed. When a small reel is on one side, however, this
assistance is not desirable since it may tend to unwind tape faster than the other
M23 RRM 2-69
III
ree L c an spooL it. Thus S7 provides for breaking the negative Lin e throu gh RIO or
R I I as needed. This feature is on Ly appLicable to 1 / 2 and I-inch machines. The
swi t c h , although provid e d, is in a ctive in I /4 -in ch machines.
TORQUE CONTROL RELAY !'i4-inch machines only)
Due to the light weight and ine rti a of the smal l p lasti c reels commonly used
on I /4-inch machin es, there is a te nd e ncy for a loop to form in the tape between the
outgoing tap e g uide and the r ee L r ece iving the tape if negative torque is app li e d through
RIO or RII before the tape has come to rest and started to move in the opposite
dir e c tion . To prevent revers e torque from being applied until the tape has begun to
traveL in th e direction of the se l e cte d mode, KI3 is installed in th e socket provided
on the transport near the re w i nd moto r. Ree l size switch S7 is not co nn ec ted as
sta t e d above .
Consider the t a pe to be in motion in the fast forward dire c tion with K6 energiz e d. Pr ess ing the REWI N D pushbutton energizes K7 and reLeases K6. Drive torque
is immediate Ly t ransf e rr ed fr om the take -up motor to the re w ind motor. Due to the
momentum of the reels travelin g in the forward direction, the tape does not come to
a n immediate stop but continu es to t raveL in the forward direction until this momentum is overcome by the dynami c braking action ca used by the reverse torque applied
to the r ew ind moto r, which is attempting to pull the tape in the oppos it e direction.
Du r ing this slow down period, dir ec tion a L sense switch SI4 is open, which maintains
KI3 in the d ee nergized position . The refore, the c ir cuit path to the take -up moto r
a r matu re is broken at K 13 contacts 5 a nd 9, c ausing the motor to coa st to a stop
und e r th e braking action of th e r e wind motor onL y. As the tape mot i on co mes to
r est and starts to rev e rse its dir ect i on, SI4 closes. Buss power is applied to KI3 ,
prov idin g negative torque power th roug h co nt acts 5 and 9 , RIO, etc . , to t he tak e -up
motor and ca using it to turn in the same dire c tion as the r ewind motor . This action
r educes th e dra g on the r ewind moto r and aids acceleration a s des c ribed under ' ·Reel
Size Switch." Thus, KI3, in con ju nct ion w ith dir ect ional sensin g swit c h SI4, prevent s negative torque power from being applied to the appropri a t e r ee l moto r ui'l'il
the tape has come to r est and starts to acce lerate in the opposite dire c tion .
Ma n itor Switch in"
T wo pushbuttons on the transport , S10 and 511,
are arranged to transfer the
output Li ne amplifier and VU meter of e ach e l ec tronics ci r cuit board from the incom ing signa L source to the pLayback a nd vic e versa. P r essing A switch SID applies
bus vo ltage from J6-D th rough J 2 - 9, J2- I O, and S ID to J4-5, w hich is in the eLectronics power co nn ec tor, causihg operation of tr a nsfer rela y s in each moduL-e.
Simi l a rl y B switch SII applies bus potentia l to terminal J4 -4 to cause reverse
op e rat ion o f the transfer r e lays. These sw it ches are momentary-contact types and
a r e not Lighted.
112
M23 RRM 2-69
r
L
l
L
Runout Switch
The runout switch is provided on all models of the machine. The sensing
circuits associated with the switch are furnished on aLL series A transports but are
furnished on B transports only on special order. When connected, it provides for
automatic stopping of the tape before runout, automatic rewind at the end of the tape,
and automatic starting of a second machine under either of these conditions. The
circuit is actuated when light from an exciter lamp faLLs upon a photo sensor through
a "window" in the tape.
Fail-Safe Brakes
r
r
For certain applications, it is desirable to include self-energizing mechanical
brakes on the transport to prevent a tape spiLL if power fails. The faiL- safe brakes,
which are provided on special order, are released whenever power is on and are
applied when the machine is turned off or power interrupted. Solenoid L6 is energized directly from the low-voltage dc supply. When it operates to lift the brakes,
microswitch SIS is opened, inserting ISO-ohm resistor R73 into its path to prevent
overheating of the solenoid winding.
L
SIGNAL ELECTRONICS FUNCTIONS
L
r
r
r
r
L
r
r
Signal electronics consist of record amplifiers, which raise the input signal
to a level required by the record (heads), a bias and erase frequency power supply,
and equalizer circuits and amplifiers to reproduce the signal recovered by the playback heads. Each complete electronics assembly includes a power supply, controls,
and a volume indicator (VU meter).
Signal processing is either in conformance to NAB standards or Dynatrack
operation. In Dynatrack recording and playback, two tracks are used. One track
records at the standard NAB level, this is the H track; and the other track records
the identical information, but records high frequency signals at a higher level (more
recording gain), employing a pre -empha sis curve rising 15 db from 400 cyc le s to
15,000 cycles. When the tape is reproduced, the output is switched between the L
and H tracks depending upon the amplitude of the recorded signal. When the recorded
signal is at a low level the L track will provide the signal output and, of course, deemphasis of the previously pre-emphasized signal. When the amplitude of the recorded signal increase to where the distortion of the L track approaches 1 percent,
the output wiLL switch to the H track. Switch over from the L track to the H track,
and vice versa, is automatic during the reproduce precess. The switchover is fast
enough so that no discontinuity is apparent to the listener.
The overdub feature allows a record head to be used as a playback head so
that a second track can be recorded in synchronism with a pre-recorded signal. This
feature avoids the time lag that would occur if the playback head were to be used for
monitoring during overdub operation.
M23 RRM 2-69
113
NAB ELECTRONICS
One electronics module is e mployed for each compatible NAB equalized track.
Thu s , in a 1 /2-inch machine having standard four track heads four channels of NAB
equalized signals may be record e d. In this case four electronic assemblies are requir e d, equipped with the proper board for NAB service. If it is desired to employ
the Dynatrack system, two tape tracks are required to each channel. Therefore. the
four-track configuration permits a two channel Dynatrack system and only two electronic assemblies are employed, equipped with the proper cards for Dynatrack
operation. Electronic Assembli e s are readily converted from Dynatrack to NAB
and v ice versa by rperely changing boards and head cable connectors at the rear of
the a ssemblies. The following d e scribes the operation of a complete electronics
a ss e mbly arranged for NAB service.
Th e indiv idual plug-in boards will be fully described after an outline of their
fun ction in relation to their servi c e in the overall operation . Refer to figures 37 and
38 during the following discussion. The rectangular dashed areas represent plug-in
unit s . The numbers in ovals r e present connector pin numbers.
NAB Recording
The signal to be recorded is applied through connector Jl 0 1 to the primary
of transformer Tl, which reflects an impedance of 20,000 ohms to the signal source.
Input is through a two-wire shielded cable with the signal lines ungrounded. The
sec ondary of Tl is connected across RECORD LEVEL control RIOO, which
establishes the level of the signal applied to the record amplifier. This amplifier
provides pre-emphasis, equalization, and linearization to the signal, and sufficient
gain to drive the record head. A relay on the board selects equalization networks
for t he two tape speeds used. Linearization is selectable by means of a switch on
the circuit board and is adjustable. The degree of linearization required depends
on t he signal level, and corrects for distortion that occurs as the signal level
approaches the saturation level of the tape.
A pilot tone, used for tape-speed control, may be introduced by way of
connector JIll-I, and terminal 16 of the H and NAB Record board, to be mixed with
the normal input signal. The pilot tone may be either supersonic or subsonic.
A separate amplifier is included on the H and NAB Record Board to bring the
input signal to sufficient level to apply to the monitoring circuits so that this signal
ma y be listened to and observed on the VU meter. A variable control RECORD
MON. CAL. enables the meter to be adjusted so that, without the linearizer in
service, 30/0 total harmonic distortion on playback results at 6 db above zero VU.
114
M23 RRM 2-69
r
l
i;.'
.r·
r
r
r
r
r
Ii
r,
i
.•;
i
I,~
r'·;
r
r
r
~..,I
r·.',:·
r,
r
r
The maln signal from the record board appears on the record relay KI0l at
terminal 9. It is normally grounded through KIOI contact 9 and 1 but when KI0l is
operated the signal is applied. through KIOI contact 9 and 5 to the H Bias and Erase
Board (1) in slot 1. ~7henever the RECORD button on the transport is activated,
an oscillator in the transport is energized and provides 120kHz from JII0 terminal
1 and 2 to terminals 14 and 15 of this board and all other identical boards in the
other electronic assemblies of a multi-channel recorder. A power amplifier feeds
the 120 kHz bias signal through a variable resistor BIAS AMP to provide the proper
rnagnitude of bias to the record head through terminal 1. The audio signal from
terminal 22 is also passed to terminal 1 through. a bias trap circuit which has no
effect on the audio signal, but prevents drainage of bias power back through the
record amplifier board. A noise balance control is provided which injects an
adjustable DC component into the record head to correct for external fixed magnetic
fields in the vicinity of the record head gap.
In order to monitor the bias and audio signal mixture by means of an
oscilloscope or vtvm, the record head is returned to terminal 2 which is removed
from ground by 10 ohms. Monitoring is at the TP BIAS test point and a variable
control permits the VU meter, when connected to terminal 3, (set to BIAS) to be
calibrated to a fixed number on its scale (-5 VU for example~
A second power amplifier, also driven by the 120 kHz signal, applies its
output through terminal 21 to terminal 20 of the NAB Erase Coupler Board (3N) in
slot 3. The signal passes through an adjustable capacitance to terminal 11, and
from there to the erase head. There is a feedback path through board 3N terminal
19, and board 1 terminal 19, to control the amount of drive of the erase amplifier.
The amount of feedback is controlled by the feedback resistor. The amplitude of the
erase current may be monitored at the TP. ERASE test point on board 3N. The
VU meter may be calibrated by varia ble resistor ERASE MON. CAL. which is
feeding via terminal 22 to the VU monitor. Typical calibration provides a VU
when erase current is adequate.
In addition to transferring the record amplifier output from ground to the
bias amplifier board, relay KIa 1 also causes indicator lamp DSI03 to light through
contacts 12 and 8 and applies +28 volts to energize the bias and erase amplifiers at
terminal 12 on the H Bias and Erase board (1). Another pair of contacts is used
during Dynatrack operation and is discussed under that heading. Inductive surge
from the coil of KI0I is suppressed by diode CRIal.
r
r
r
r'·,
f(
i
M23 RRM 2-69
115
NAB Reproduction
Signals recorded by the H and NAB record circuits described above are reproduced from the corresponding playback head and applied to the H and NAB preamp lifier board in slot 7. The pr eam plifier board -contains high-frequency and
low- f requency amplitude equalizers for two tape speeds. The proper equalizers are
sele cte d by a relay on the board, which is energized by a voltage introduced through
terminal 20. High-frequency and low-frequency equalizer networks are provided
for each tape speed. Phase correction networks are selected by another relay with
a separate network for each speed. This relay is energized by a voltage introduced
through terminal 19. The phase correction networks are not adjustable .
At the pilot connector JIll all signals may be fed out on terminal 2 with
return on 5, in order that the pilot , if any, may be extracted free from gain variations occasioned by adjustment of the GAIN CAL . potentiometer which feeds the
main audio signal out on terminal 22.
A jumper loop is provided on the terminals 17 and 16 of slot S when machines
are furnished from the factory with only NAB boards . No card is then provided for
slot S and the signal bypasses the slot directly to the REC. SELECT switch 103.
Since it is necessary to provide a preamplifier and electronic switch card in slot S
when the Dynatrack system is employed, this l oop must be clipped open and later if
conv e rted again to NAB operation an NAB conversion card (SN) must be inserted in
slot S when the Dynatrack card is removed. This card is blank except for a jumper
loop between terminals 17 and 16, to again close the loop previously clipped. It is
furnished with the Dynatrack conversion kit.
When the REC. SELECT switch is in the RDY position, the record head is
connected to the output of the H bias and erase board; +2S volts is supplied from the
pow er and meter assembly in slot 5 through terminal 12 to this switch, to terminal
13 of the r eco rd relay so that it may be operated by grounding its terminal 14 through
diod e CRI02; and to terminal 10 of JIIO at the tape transport.
The signal from terminal 16 of slot S is routed through the REC . SELECT
switch to the REPRO. LEVEL control and an attenuator comprising RI04 and R105.
With the METER switch in the CAL. position, the signal from the attenuator is
rout e d to the line amplifier circuit card in slot 6, where it is ampLified and applied
to the outgoing line . A selector switch at the output of the line ampLifier normaLLy
connects the output through terminal 2 L to transformer T2, w hich is provided with
imp e dance matching resistors RIOS and RL09. The output impedance may be set by
means of switch Sl06 to 150 or 600 ohms. Switch Sl05 is a three position switch
providing 150 - ohm, or 600 - ohm termination of the outgoing line when it is not terminated externally. The outgoing lin e connects to connector JI02. When the seLector
swit c h at the amplifier output is set to route the signal to terminal 20, an S - ohm
lous d peaker may be driven directly from terminal 3 of PILOT connector Jill.
116
M2 3 RRM 2-69
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
f',:·.;"
(
r
r
r
r
Speaker return is to terminal 6. Earphone monitoring is provided by jack JI03.
This jack is "floating" and headphone leads should not be grounded. The output
signal from T2 is applied through terminals 2 and 4 of the line amplifier board to
an attenuator which supplies the attenuated signal for the VU meter through terminals
3 and 4, through the METER switch in positions 1 and 2, to terminals 14 and 16 on
the power and meter assembly. Resistors in the attenuator may be changed to modify
the working level from the +4 dbm normally provided. See table 10. Choice of 150ohm or 600-ohm output does not appreciably modify the VU meter reading.
Since the meter attenuator is fixed for any given operating line level, and
the fixed gain attenuator R 104 and R 1 05 is selected in the CAL. position of the METER
switch, it is only necessary to adjust the GAIN CAL. potentiometer on the playback
preamplifier board (7 and 7/9) to assure that a standard reference level tape is reproduced at the proper indicated level. Typically, such tapes provide a reference
tone of 700 cycles which should read zero VU, attainable by adjustment of this control.
Having been so calibrated, the METER switch may be turned to the SIGNAL
position. The REPRO. LEVEL gain control is then substituted for the calibrated
attenuator, to provide convenient adjustment of playback level. When in this position,
the signal output may be either the tape playback or the input signal. This transfer
is provided by KI02 contacts 8, 4, and 12 under control of pushbuttons S101 and S102,
the A-B output selectors.
Note that when the METER switch is in the SIGNAL, ERASE, and BIAS
positions, the audio signal is always fed in the same manner to the output, although
the meter is connected to various circuits.
The Meter and Power Assembly, located in slot 5, is powered from the
transport through JII0 terminals 11 and 12. It provides regulated +28 volts at
terminal 12 of all electronics. Non regulated dc is provided at terminal 18 to power
the coil of KI02 and the A and B lamps. 24 volts AC is provided at terminals 2 and
3 for external use, if needed. A resistor may be replaced with alternate values to
provide control of the girghtness of the lamps in a remote meter fed from terminals
3 and 7 through the remote meter connector JI09 terminals 3 and 6.
One position of the REC. SELECT switch, S103, has been discussed, the
RDY position. In the SAFE position the coil of K 101 is opened so that the record
electronics are locked off to provide maximum protection for previously recorded
tapes. All other circuits remain normal. In the O. DUB position the record head
is completely disconnected from its normal feed and becomes a playback head.
When the record head is so connected, it feeds terminals 10 and 14 of the
Overdub Preamplifier (7/9) in slot 9. This preamplifier is identical to the Hand
NAB preamplifier previously described except for the addition of an input transformer. When the record head is used in playback it matches closely the frequency
response and gain of the normal pLayback head. Due to its wider gap, however, the
extremely high frequencies suffer some attenuation depending upon the tape speed.
M23 RRM 2-69
117
If the overdub feature is desired, it is highly recommended that a separate
preamplifier be employed in each position; a 7 board in slot 7 and a 7/9 board in
slot 9. It is not necessary that the user have both the H and NAB Preamplifier and
the Overdub Preamplifier since the latter may be extracted from slot 9 and reinser t ed in sLot 7. The input transformer is then bypassed and operation is identical
to the normal preamplifier.
DYNATRACK ELECTRONICS
Read the above description of the NAB electronics for more details of certain
aspects of the electronics common to both systems. Refer to the electronics block
diagram, figure 34.
As in the description for NAB above, the signal is recorded directly on the
H or NAB track. There is a tap in the H and NAB Record Board which is not used
for normal NAB recording, but which feeds out the signal fully equalized for NAB
operation on terminal 2. This is applied to the L Record and Bias Board (3D) in
slot 3 . No te that this replaces the NAB Erase Coupler Board (3D) used for NAB
reco r ding. Board 3D provides a r eco rd amplifier to driv e the second, or L, record
head; and it includes the special equalizer required by the Dynatrack system. It
includes a linearizer as previously described. Its output through terminal 15 is fed
to the r eco rd relay KIOI, whe re it is normally grounded by contacts 10 and 2.
During recording, the signal is fed from KIOI contacts 10 and 6 back to
terminal 16 where it passes throug h a tuned bias trap, and picks up bias injected at
terminal21. The signal goes out on terminal IS to the record head for the L track.
The record head return lead is to g round . TP. BIAS provides a test point and the
BIAS MaN CAL. control permits calibration of the VU meter to indicate proper bias
current for the L track when the meter switch is in the ERASE position.
Terminals I I and 20 have no connection on this board; these were used to
furnish power to the erase head in the NAB configuration. When Dynatrack is
employed no erasing facility is provi ded. Instead, the erase power ampLifier on
the board in slot I is used to feed power on terminal 20 to terminal 21 on the L
Record and Bias Board, where the BIAS ADJ control provides adjustment of bias
current in the head. The feedback resistor feeds from terminal 19 of the H Bias
and E rase Board and in this case a lower resistance holds down the excitation of
the am plifier to a greater degree than when it is used for erase power.
The LEVEL control on th e Dynatrack L Record Amplifier board provides
for p roper adjustm ent of the r eco rded level of the L track with respect to the H
track, for any given frequency. On playback the H track is reproduced in the normal
manner by the board in slot 7 as described abov e . The L track, on the other hand,
is r ep roduced by the L Preamp and Switch Board (SD) which must be inserted in
liS
M23 RRM 2-69
,·
f
(
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r·.'
r
r·.· ,
r
r
"
I
r
r
r
r
slot S. As described above, when this is employed the NAB conversion board (SN)
must be removed from slot S to break the connection between terminals 17 and 16.
H this board was not previously provided the link between terminal 17 and 16 behind
the connector must be cut, since it is necessary for the signal from the H track to
pass through the electronic switch on the L preamp and Switch board.
In addition to providing a preamplifier, it is necessary for this board to
provide equalization to deemphasize the specially recorded characteristic of the
L track. Thus at terminal 16 the signal is identical in frequency response and level
to that from the H track coming in on terminal 17.
Since the L track is recorded at a much higher revel than the H track for
some frequencies, it is necessary to switch from "L" to flHfI at high signal levels,
and this is done by the electronic switch under control of its Schmitt trigger. The
switching level is determined by the setting of the TRIG. control. Following the
switch an output amplifier feeds the signal to the line amplifier, etc., in exactly the
same manner as previously described. The L preamplifier and switch board also
includes variable equalizers to permit adjustment of overall frequency response,
and phase equalization for 15 ips, since the Dynatrack system is designed to be
operated only at this speed.
DETAILED CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS
The following paragraphs contain detailed descriptions of each of the circuit
boards, and the Meter and Power Supply Assembly.
H and NAB Record Amplifier (4) (See Figure 39)
The input signal to be recorded is applied at terminal 14, after it has pas sed
through the input transformer and level control. Cl couples it to Ql, which is
biased to the proper operating point by R 1 and R2. After amplification the signal
is coupled by C3 to an equalizer network, producing a preemphasis characteristic
at the high and low frequency extremities of the spectrum in accordance with standard
NAB practice. This is accomplished as follows.
Consider R6 and R7 as an attenuator network, with RS short circuited, as it
effectively is at high frequencies because of C4 and C5. This attenuator network
reduces the voltage swing at the junction of R6 and R7 from what it was at collector
of Q1. However, if a bypass capacitor CIS or C19 is connected across R6 it permits
the high frequencies to suffer less attenuation. The degree to which this is true
depends on the setting of the variable capacitor. Practical values of C IS and C 19
make it necessary for the junction of R6 and R7 to appear always as a very high
impedance. Current cannot be drawn from this point without upsetting the equalization characteristic. Thus, the junction is used to drive a field effect transistor,
Q2. C4 and C5 show increasing impedance as the signal frequency is lowered;
M23 RRM 2-69
119
therefore, the voltage at the junction of R6 and R7 would continue to rise as the
frequency drops, except that R8 provides a shelving off to prevent unnecessary
sensitivity to subaudible frequencie s.
Relay K 1 automatically changes the high frequency equalization when tape
speed is changed. The output of Q 2 is applied to terminals into which may be
inserted values of C8, C20, Rll, and Rl2 to adjust for any requirement arising
for shelving equalization in addition to the normal NAB equalizers just described.
All four components may be eliminated in many instances, a jumper being furnished
acros s the R 11 or C20 terminals.
After this network the signal is fed to the base of Q3 whose bias is set by
Rl3 , RI4, and R15. This operates with Q4 in a Darlington circuit to provide gain
and low impedance output at C II to drive the NAB record head. R 18 normally
prov i des a degree of degeneration, determined by the setting of R20, and R 19 in
seri e s with CI2, and C21. But the degree of degeneration can also be reduced by
conduction of Q5 and Q6 when 51 is closed. Q5 and Q6 act to change the degeneration
with instantaneous signal amplitude, thus they tend to deform the signal whenever
its amplitude attains a value sufficient to overcome their contact potential. This
results in a distortion, inverse to that which overload of the tape normally introduc e s. By employing Q5 and Q6 in this manner, and properly adjusting the overall
degeneration by means of R20, the LIN ADJ. control it is possible to introduce the
prop e r corrective distortion into the recording process so that the normal 30/0 tape
dist o rtion point shows somewhat l e ss than 10/0.
Cll feeds the record head connected at terminal 22. R22 is a resistor in
seri e s with the head to establish a constant current characteristic. R23 provides
a hi g h resistance path to ground so that the ground side of Cll will always be discharged, even when no head is connected to terminal 22. This is a menas of preventi ng accidental record head magnetization.
The signal effective in driving the record head may be extracted at terminal
2 to be applied to the L track record amplifier when the Dynatrack system is employed .
Terminal 16 provides a point for injecting a pilot frequency for playback
tap e speed control. This is useful in motion picture synchronization. The pilot
for e ither a high or low frequenc y s ystem may be employed. C 14 couples the input
sign a l to Q7. The gain of Q7 is adjusted by the combination of emitter resistors
R27 and R28, which is bypassed by CI6 to provide the proper range of signal levels
to R 3 0. This control, RECORD M aN CAL., can be conveniently adjusted to serve
the input signal audio monitoring and input signal VU meter monitoring circuits.
R2 9 a nd C 17 are provided to give a slight rise in output at 15 kc to make up for
los se s in the input transformer, w iring, and meter sensitivity occurring at the
extr e me end of the spectruIT).
120
M23 RRM 2-69
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
1.(
r'
!
[
r·.
i'
f
r
r
L Record and Bias (3D) (See Figure38)
Signals to be recorded are first applied to the NAB record board (H and NAB
Record Amplifier) (4), and after proper equalization to obtain the NAB recording
characteristic, the signal is fed to this board at terminal 2. Since this amplifier
must adequately record signals of extremely low level, it is essential that it contribute a minimum of self-generated noise. Therefore, 01 which must be fed from a
comparatively high impedance source, is a field effect transistor. Its output feeds
the LEVEL control whose output feeds 02. Since R9 is a relatively high resistance,
510 ohms, degeneration is high in this stage. It is bypassed by the network R7, CS,
and C6; and these capacitors begin to take effect above 400 Hz, causing the gain of
the stage to rise. R7 provides a limit to the rise so that the gain of 02 shelves off
at 15 kHz, 8 db above its 400 Hz value. The outp'ut of 02 is coupled to 03 where a
similar operation occurs with about 7 db lift at 15 kHz. These two equalizer amplifiers provide a rising frequency response starting at 400 Hz and shelving flat at 15
kHz with a total of 15 db rise. This gives the distinctive record equalization of the
Dynatrack system. Ll and C8 constitute a series resonant bias trap (120 kc). The
signal from 03 is applied to the Darlington amplifier 04 and OS, and the output and
linearity features are the same as described above for the NAB record board.
The signal output from this record amplifier goes from terminal 15 to the
record relay, then returns to terminal 16, going through the bias trap L2, C19 to
terminal 18 and then directly to the record head. Bias power from the bias and
erase board is applied at terminal 21. C 16 tunes the output stage of the bias amplifier to resonance through the return lead on terminal 13. R3I, fed from CI8 provides
feedback control of the bias power amplifier by connection to terminal 19. R32 BIAS
ADJ. adjusts the amount of bias applied to the record head.
CRI and CR2 feed both ends of the NOISE BAL. potentiometer R28. Consider
the wiper run up to the top. CR 1 then supplies a positive potential directly to R29.
R30 allows some current of positive polarity to leak through R32 and the record
head. If the wiper is run all the way to the bottom, CR2 supplies a negative polarity
and the DC current in the head is in the opposite direction. By varying the position
of the arm more or less DC current can be permitted to flow through the head in
either direction to balance out residual magnetization of the record head or strong
external constant magnetic fields, during the recording process.
Terminals 14, 17, and 22 provide connection to the VU meter when the
METER switch is in the ERASE position. R26, BIAS MON. CAL., provides for
calibration of the monitoring meter when it reads the bias strength. When the recording circuit is adjusted to provide proper bias to the head for optimum performance, this control should be adjusted to read -5 VU, and then left without further
adjustment for refer ence purposes.
r
r
r
M23 RRM 2-69
121
Bias and Erase Amplifier (1) (See Figure 36)
Whenever the transport is put into the recording mode, a 120 kc signal is
gen er ated within the transport, and applied to all electronics assemblies where it
appe a rs on terminals 14 and 15 of e ach Bias and Erase Amplifier. TI operates as
a bridging transformer. It has t wo secondaries. One of these feeds the base of
Q2 through resistor R4. This resistor is employed to permit insertion of a feedback
signa l from R2i\ . QI amplifies the 120 kHz signal and provides sufficient power to
driv e the push mil amplifier Q5 and Q6. CI3 and CI4 tune the secondary of T4,
and C l6 and CI7 tune the primar y of T5 in order to minimize harmonic distortion .
Eve n order harmonics are particularly objectionable since they result in increased
bac kg round noise recorded into the tape.
The output of 05 and Q6 is fe d through T5 and CI8 to RI9 and R24, the latter
vari a ble to control the amount of l20 kHz bias signal fed through terminal I to the
rec o rd head. The audio signal comes from the record amplifier and is applied at
ter m inal 22. It passes without loss through the tuned circuit L2, C19, and C21
sin ce this is only tuned to present a high impedance to 120 kHz, thus preventing loes
of bias power back into the record amplifier.
CR2 and CR3 each operate as half wave rectifiers. If the arm of R23 is run
to t he end connected to CR2, then the upper end of R21 will have an average negative
potential. Conversely, if the arm is run to the other end, then the upper end of R2l
will have an average positive pot e ntial. R20 allows current set up by such potential
to flow through R 19 and R24 to the record head, thereby making it possible to inject
a v e ry small but adjustable DC current into the head in addition to the audio and bias
frequencies to allow minimization of noise resulting from strong external magnetic
field s or even order harmonic distortion from the bias supply.
These circuits are activat e d by application of potential at terminal 12. In
ord e r to prevent a recorded thump w hen the record button is depressed, R27 and
C20 are provided to permit the DC bias on the base of QI to rise slowly, and Cl5 is
prov ided across RI7 for the sam e purpose on Q5 and Q6. The bias envelope therefor e grows to operating level in a m atter of about 10 milliseconds. When the recording
mode is deactivated another thump or click is avoided by allowing reservoir capacitor
C2 t o permit the bias waveform to decay to zero over a period of about 60 millisec onds. R I allow s C2 to charg e at a reasonable rate when the circuits are activated
wit h out causing a surge on the po we r supply, but CR I permits the capacitor to be
connected directly to the load during discharge. LI and CI constitute a filter to stop
bia s frequency ripple on the pow e r bus connected to terminal 12.
The amount of drive applied to Q5 and Q6 is controlled by feedback resistor
R2 6 , which also improves the wavef orm at the output by cancelling out internally
gen e rated distortion products.
122
M2 3 RRM 2-69
r
r
r
r
r
The second winding of T 1 feeds the 120 kHz signal to an almost identical
circuit except that the output transistors 03 and 04 have a higher powe r rating in
order to supply the erase head with sufficient drive to completely erase a saturated
tape. The description above applies except for a few points. The secondary of T3
is tapped to provide two output impedances. One of these, connected to terminal 21
supplies erase power in the case of a NAB setup. In Dynatrack operation no eraser
is excited and power is fed from terminal 20 to the record head of the L channel.
This amplifier then operates as a bias supply rather than an erase supply. The
feedback resistor, which in this case is external to the board, is connected between
terminals 21 and 19 in the erase setup and between 20 and 19 in the Dynatrack setup.
The resistor values are naturally different for the two cases. Erase or L bias
current is monitored across the 10 ohm resistor R29 between terminals 16 and
ground. The NAB or H bias current is monitored from terminal 2, the record head
return lead to ground, with R25 providing the meter calibration. This bias current
is read on the meter when the meter switch is in the BIAS position.
Meter calibration for the monitoring taken across R29 is accomplished by a
control on the L Record Amplifier Board when Dynatrack is employed, or by a
control on the NAB conversion board which fits into the slot occupied by Dynatrack's
L Record Board (slot 3) when the electronics are converted to NAB operation. In
the Dynatrack system the meter then indicates bias for the L track. In the NAB
system it reads erase current. In either case, the reading is obtained by putting
the meter switch into the ERASE position.
H and NAB Preamplifier (7) (See Figure 42)
This plug-in printed circuit board assembly provides the required signal
amplification of the playback head signal to drive the output line amplifier. In
addition, the as sembly performs the necessary frequency equalization and phase
correction for two tape speeds.
The playback head for the NAB or Dynatrack H track is connected to the
assembly through terminal 4 which provides the signal path through C 1 and R2 to
the base of 01, the first amplifier stage.
The collector of 01 is direct coupled to the base of 02, providing a signal
path and DC bias to the second amplifier stage. The output of Q2 is direct coupled
to the base of 03. A feedback path is also provided from the collector of Q2 through
one of two RC frequency equalization networks to the emitter of 01. Relay K 1 in the
normal or deenergized condition (as shown for high speed tape operation) places C7,
RlS, R19, and R20 in the feedback path. When K1 is energized, CS, R21, R22, and
R23 are placed in the feedback path, providing the proper frequency equalization for
slow speed tape operation. C7 (or CS) with R20 (or R23) controls the point where
the customary 6 db per octave correction becomes no longer effective at higher
frequencies. R 19 (or R22) controls the point at very low frequencies where the
relation again no longer holds true and the amplifier shelves off. The proper operating point for Q1 and Q2 is maintained by the dc bias established at the junction of
M23 RRM 2-69
123
R8 an d R9 in the emitter circuit of Q2 . This dc b ias is applied through R5 to the
bas e of QI, thu s providin g a con tro ll e d amount of negative feedback to QI in relation
to th e input signal lev e l. C 4 filt e r s out any ac component present at the junction of
R8 and R 9 .
Q 3 op e rat e s a s a phase di sto rtion c orr e ction stage . Considerable rotation of
ph ase nor m ally occurs i n the ov e r a ll process of recording and playing back tape, th e
situa tion b e ing incr ea singly pron oun ce d at shorter wave l engths . In copying tapes ,
th e eff ect is compounded . Q3 and i t s asso c iated circuits provid e an effective cor recti o n for such distortion.
A paraph a s e signal output con dition e xists betw een the emitt e r and collector
of Q 3; th a t is, e qual amplitud e w i th 18 0 degree phase differenc e . C5 , which couples
th e co llec tor s ignal to th e bas e of Q4 , pr e sents a hi g h imp e dance to the low frequenci e s c ontained in th e recorded s i g n a l. RI3 (or Rl3 in series with R14 , depending
upon t h e state of K2) feeds the emi tte r si g nal directly to the base of Q4. As a result
of this action, the l o w fr e quen c y ph ase co mponents present at the emitter of Q3 predomi n at e at the bas e of Q4 and a r e 18 0 d e grees out of phas e with the same signal at
the c o ll ec tor of Q 3 . C onv e rs e l y , c a pa c i t or C 5 pres e nts a ver y low impedance to th e
high e r si g nal frequenci e s a llowi ng t h e m to pass readily to the base of Q4.
At intermediate frequ e n c ie s , the vector sum of RI3 (R13 and R14) causes the
sign a l to be applied to the bas e of Q4 at some intermediat e phase angle between zero
and 18 0 d e grees while the amplitud e remains constant throughout the entire frequency
ran g e .
The r e sult of this frequ e n cy/ phase shift action cancels the inherent phase
di s t o rti o n on the signal c aus e d b y th e ma g netic transfe r characteristics when the
sign a l was recorded on th e tap e .
In fast tape speed oper a tio n , Kl is deen e rgized as shown . During slow tape
speed op e r a tion K 1 is en e rgiz e d wh i c h r e moves R 14 from the circuit.
Emitter follower Q4 pr o vi des th e requir e d Signal isolation and imp e dan c e
outpu t r e quir e ments . C 6 coupl es the signal from the emitter to the g ain control R 17,
and then out to the A - B switchin g r e lay through terminal 22 . R 16 and terminal 21
prov i de a n outlet for signals bypa s s ing the gain c ontrol. This output is provided for
the e xtraction of any pilot sign a l m i xe d w ith the audio . Filtering of the pilot from
the r e maining signals must b e ac com p li shed externally of the signal e lectronics
provi ded with the Series 400 equip me nt.
Q5 is a seri e s voltage r eg ul a tor which provides regulated power frOlTI the
input bus terminal 12 to ~he four t r a nsistor stages in this assemb l y . R 24 and R25
est ab lishe s the proper ope rating p oint for Q5, thus e stablishing a fixed voltage drop
acr os s Q5. CIS provides filt e ri ng of an y pow er supply ripple on the regulated
volt a ge. C9 filters any ripple at t h e bas e of Q5.
124
M2 3 RRM 2 -69
r
r
r
r
H and NAB Preamplifi.r with Overdub (7/9) (5 •• Figur. 44)
This unit is exactly the same as the IIHII and NAB preamplifier described
above and is interchangeable with it. It includes an input transformer which is
employed when it is desired to monitor a recording using a record head as a playback head for synchronizing purposes. In this application the record head is
connected to terminals 14 and 17.
The output of T1 at terminal· 16 is automatically connected to input terminal
4 when this card is inserted in slot 9.
r
r
r
L
Maximum convenience is afforded if a conventional H and NAB preamplifier
or an overdub preamplifier is inserted in slot 7 and an overdub preamplifier is also
inserted in slot 9, since it is then only necessary to"employ the record select switch
to change from normal record to overdub operation. Economy but less convenience
is obtained with a single overdub preamplifier, changing its location from slot 7 to
slot 9 when changing the switch from normal record to overdub. Great care must be
exercised to turn off the machine completely before moving the 7/9 card from slot
9 to slot 7 since the playback head may be magnetized from a charge residual on C 1
unless sufficient time is permitted for it to discharge completely.
Line Amplifier (6) (See Figure 41)
This is a full-spectrum flat response amplifier which provides sufficient gain
and output power to adequately drive an outgoing line at up to peak level of +28 dbm
(600 ohms) or to drive a loudspeaker with up to one watt peak excitation (distortion
1% THD).
Ql is an emitter follower accepting an input impedance of 10, 000 ohms or
lower, and providing low impedance excitation for Q2. Q2 drives Q3 and Q4
(complementary symmetry types) to result in push-pull excitation of Q5 and Q6.
A required static potential difference between the bases of Q3 and Q4 is established
by the contact potential drop across CRI, CR2, and CR3.
CR4, R20, and C 12; CR5, R 19, and C 11 are drift compensation networks
to stabilize the operating points of Q5 and Q6. DC operating point for these two
transistors is set by RI3, RI4, and RIS; and Q2, Q3, and Q4. A feedback path
through C 13, R21, and R22 assures minimum distortion for all signal frequencies.
CIS and R23 provide a stabilization network to reduce the pos sibility of high frequency oscillations (parasitics) when certain types of loudspeakers are connected
through 51 to terminal 20, and ground. In the alternate switch position the amplifier
feeds out on either terminal 21 or 22 to the matching output transformer mounted in
the main module, whose purpose is to match the amplifier to a 150 or 600 ohm line.
R24 provides a small impedance in series with certain type transformers which
would otherwise approach a short circuit at extremely low frequencies and thereby
upset the stability of the amplifier at frequencies in the order of one cycle or 1es s.
M23 RRM 2-69
125
R I and R3 are fixed resistor s which may be readily changed to alternate
valu es to change the working line l e v e l as indicated by the VU meter . The amplifier
is no r ma lly equipped with the prop e r values for reading a plus four dbm 600 ohm
line. To operate from a +6, +B, or + 14 dbm, 600 ohm line, se l ect ±5% calibrating
resis t ors according to the following table 10.
Table 10.
Lin e Op e rating Leve l Ca libr ating Resistors
LI N E OPERATING
LEVEL - 600 OH M S
' .'
VALUE OF
CALIBRA TING
RESISTORS
dBm
Rl
R3
+4
3 . 9K
7.5K
+6
4.7K
6.2K
+B
6 . 2K
4.3K
+14 ':'
7.5K
3 . 3K
Operated in 150 ohm position with R 1 09 on
switch SI06 r emoved.
CR6, CR7, CRB, and S2 a r e associated with the automatic A - B transfer
s wit c hing system. CR6 and C R7 a r e isolating diodes permitting a ll modu l es to
be o p erated from pulses originatin g in the transport, but preventing the transfer
butt ons on any single modu l e from simu lt aneous l y activating the transfer circuits
of other modules. CRB is an indu c tive suppression diode effective l y ac ro ss the
coil of th e A-B transfer re l ay.
L Preamplifier and Switch (80) (Se e Fi gure 43)
The p l ayback head for the L t ra ck in the Dynatrack system is connected with
the s ignal l ead at termina l 6, th e signa l return at terminal 7, and the shield of the
conne cting cab l e w hich covers the s e two conductors is connected to B. By the shortest p ossible physical path the signal is coupl ed through Cl to the base of Q1. The
signal and dc output of Q l ar e a ppli e d to the base of Q2 where they are amplifi ed .
The signa l is fed back to the e mit te r of Ql through the equalizer network Cl l , R47,
R4B , and R49 . Cll with R49 contro l s the point where the customa r y 6 db per octave
correction becomes no longer e ff ec tive at high f r equencies. R48 controls the point
at v e ry l ow frequencies where the re l ation no longer holds true and the amplifier
shelv e s off.
126
M2 3 RRM 2 - 69
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
:. ·. ·.:,·
f .
r
r
r
r
r
Q1 and Q2 are at all times properly biased due to the feedback path from
emitter of Q2 to the base of Q1 through R5.
The signal is passed on to Q3 which is a phase distortion correction stage.
Considerable rotation of phase normally occurs in the overall process of recording
and playing back tape. The situation is increasingly pronounced at shorter wavelengths. In copying tapes the effect is compounded. Q3 provides a very effective
correction for such distortion through C5 and R 13. Note that the signal voltage at
both the collector and emitter are identical but IBO degrees out of phase.
For low frequencies C5 is a very high impedance, and R 13 feeds its signal
directly to the base of Q4 which presents a high impedance since it is an emitter
follower. At very high frequencies, on the other hand, C5 has a very low impedance
and consequently it feeds its signal to Q4 at a phase displacement of 1BO from that
of R13. At intermediate frequencies the vector sum of the R13 and C5 signals result
in a signal at Q4 of some intermediate phase angle between these extremes, but the
amplitude remains constant which is most essential.
0
Emitter follower Q4 feeds the signal to the gain controls R15 and R27. The
output of R15 is applied to the deemphasis network R16, R17, C7, RIB, R19, and
CB. Its output at C9 represents an equalization characteristic which is exactly the
inverse of the preemphasis curve generated in the Dynatrack record board. In
some cases C7 and CB are trimmed by small parallel capacitors. The signal from
C9 is applied to a double emitter follower circuit, Q5 and Q6. This is to provide a
conveniently low impedance at the output signal terminal 16, yet provide a very
high impedance to the output of the equalizer at C9. Switch S2 removes the deemphasis equalizer from the circuit so that playback from a standard NAB
alignment tape may be used for aligning the adjustable equalizers. It is then only
necessary to operate S2 to insert the network in order to convert the board to
Dynatrack equalization.
Under normal low signal level conditions the preamplifier feeds directly
through Q6 to the output. The output of the second or H track is applied at terminal
17. R50 is a photo resistor unit. The lamp is normally dark so that resistance of
the photo element is very high (approximately 100 megohms). When the lamp is lit,
however, it drops to a very low value, (less than 500 ohms). When this happens
the high or H track provides the signal source and short circuits the high impedance
junction of RIB, RI9.
The lamp in the photo resistor unit,R50, is controlled indirectly by the signal
level at the output of Q4, as follows:
R27, TRIG., provides an adjustable amount of this signal to a transistor
amplifier QB. Q9 is normally conductive in the absence of an input signal from R32
because its base is connected to the positive bus through R33. This causes the
collector to be at a low voltage due to voltage drop across R34, and since the base
of Q10 is direct coupled through R36, QIO is cut off.
M23 RRM 2-69
127
If the peak exc ursion of the audio input signal exceeds a certain criticaL vaLue
in the negative-going direction, th e 09 collector current is reduced. The collector
poten tial rises , bringing OLO int o conduction. This causes the eITlitter potentiaLs to
ris e further cutting off 09 and driving OLO int o saturation. There are thus two stabLe
states for the collector of OLO. When the peak signaL aITlpLitude drops beLow a certain
criticaL vaLue, OLO c uts off by the saITle process in reverse. 09 and OLO constitute
a Sc hITlitt trigge r .
In its norITlaL nonconductive condition 010 applies zero voLts potentiaL through
R39 as ITleasur e d froITl base to eITlitter of 011. 011 is therefore nonconductive and
the junction of CIS and R40 is at zero voLts potentiaL above ground. Whenever 010 is
r end ere d conductive, and this can b e just a few degrees of a single cycle of any
frequency up to 15 kHz, 011 is also rendered conductive. It iITlITlediateLy charges
ClS. This capacitor does not los e its charge for about 5 ITlilliseconds through R41.
The instant a charge is placed on CIS by conduction of 011 this above ground
potential is appLi e d through R42 to the base of 012 bringing it into fuLl conduction.
Whe n CIS is discharged, 012 is fully cut off. 012 is a high voLtage transistor
op e rating froITl the 120 V DC suppLy at terITlinaL 15. When 012 is conductive the 120V
supp l y furnishes c urrent through R4S and RSI to the neon LaITlp in the photo resistor
unit in paralleL with R43. The LaITlp lights and causes the resistance of the photo
r es is t or eleITlent to drop, perITlittin g the signaL froITl the H track, terITlinal 17, to
b e applied to 05 instead of th e signaL froITl the L track since it shorts out the Latter .
When Ol2 is cut off the collector potentiaL ris e s, perITlitting the pilot indicator LaITlp
DSl to light. R43 causes the voltage across the laITlp in the photo resistor unit to
drop we ll below its extinction voltage so the r esistance of the photo resistor rises to
its dark value.
When 011 becoITles conductive, CIS charges very rapidLy causing the LaITlp
in th e photo resistor unit to Light within one ITlilLisecond after a signaL cOITlponent
aITlp li tude exceeds the triggering Leve l. When 011 cuts off , however, CIS discharges
over a considerable period of tiITl e ass uring that the LaITlp is not extinguished until
th e succeeding cycle of signaL is obse rved to see if it is of sufficient aITlpLitude to again
trigg e r the SchITlitt and keep the LaITlp lit. The Lowest frequency of interest in this
r egard is about 400 Hz.
Sl has three positions. In the center AUTO position the photo resistor is
controlled autoITlati ca lly by the in coITl ing audio signal. In the HI position the base
of Oll is connected to ground, so as to keep DSI off at all tiITles and the LaITlp in
RSO on. In the LO position the base of 011 is co nnected to the positive suppLy,
cu tti ng it off, turning on DSI and cutting off the lamp in RSO.
07 is a r eg ulator transistor intended to drop the input bus voltage by a fixed
aITlount deterITlined by thl' values of R2S and R26, and to fiLter out any powe r suppLy
rippLe by ITleans of C18 and C1 7.
128
M23 RRM 2 -69
r
Meter and Power Supply Assembly (5) (See Figure 40)
r
r
r
r
r
L
r
l
This unit contains the power transformer, a large filter capacitor, the VU
meter, and a regulator circuit to assure that the output of +28 volts is maintained
within a few millivolts under varying load conditions.
Line voltage is applied to terminals 5 and 20, through the 1/2 ampere fuse
Fl to the power transformer. The transformer secondary feeds a bridge rectifier
CRl, CR2, CR3, and CR4 charging Cl through surge Limiting resistor Rl. QI is
the power regulator transistor. R2 has a very low resistance and is used to monitor
the load current. Its action will be described below. The regula ted dc output is
taken from terminal 12, positive, and terminal 9, negative and ground. R7 and R8
are in series across the output terminals. Any variation in output voltage is therefore monitored by the base of Q3 which amplifies the base voltage variation because
the emitter is kept at constant potential by zener diode CR6. The amplified variation
is applied to the base of Q2 where it is further amplified and applied to the base of
01, thus compensating for the initial variation.
If the power supply is loaded too heavily, so as to possibly damage Ql, the
voltage drop across R2 causes a potential difference to occur across the base and
emitter of 04. However, this is only after the drop across R2 is sufficient to
exceed the contact potential of CRS, and CRS becomes conductive. Thus this circuit
is inactive until a definite Load is exceeded. When Q4 becomes conductive, it takes
control of the regulator circuit and causes the output voltage to drop with increasing
load, thus protecting the control transistor Ql.
Terminals are provided for R9 which may be jumpered out for maximum
brilliance of the meter Lamps. RIO is a similar resistor or jumper for the lamps
of an external remote meter.
Resistors R 11, R 12, and R 13 are part of the A-B transfer circuit, other
components of which are wired into the main assembly.
NAB Erase Coupler (3N) (See Figure 37)
This is a very simple board which connects the erase power amplifier on
board 1 to the erase head and permits monitoring erase current. When switching to
Dynatrack this board is replaced by the Dynatrack record amplifier which fits into
the same slot and rearranges connections so that proper bia s is supplied to the L track.
When this board is used, 120 kHz power from the erase amplifier is supplied
to terminal 20. Cl forms a resonant circuit with the erase head to provide maximum
head current. Rl is the feedback resistor controlling the overaLL erase amplifier
drive. Terminal 17 is connected to the head return which is isolated from ground by
10 ohms in the erase amplifier chassis. This point and the test point connected to it
becomes a monitoring point for 120 kHz current. R3 permits erase meter calibration.
r
r
M23 RRM 2-69
129/130
SCHEMATICS
r
r
r
r
This section contains schematics of the tape transport, electronics assembly,
and each of the circuit boards used for NAB and Dynatrack operation.
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
M23 RRM 2-69
131/132
This 3M M23 manual
was
"scanned by the klettster"
as a GIFT*
to those who have these machines
and want to keep them operational
The 3M M23 was the first 3M iso-loop
tape recorder for professional use
3M M23 machines were around 45 years
old at the time this scan was made
enjoy this...
keep the reels turning
*if some opportunist charges you money for this pdf he's making money from no
investment other than his time, trolling around on the interweb finding this and other docs,
downloading and flipping multiple copies for cash - like a money machine... whereas the
klettster has several hours and $36 in costs (for scanning the larger pages) invested in to
this... and is asking nothing... other than that you use and enjoy... maybe I am the idiot
and the trolling pdf reseller is the genius...
I'll leave that for others to debate.
" MONITCIt
B
5f~ECr ·
"RECOR.D"
"PLAY'
A
~I
S5
51
• 5TOP"
• "R'tJD"
':>2.
DS5
052
53
DS3
510
~Ol~t:l ~ ~:'IQ~
J I I i4P...:T IY; w€.R
J .2. EDIT FJc:T 5 .J I T~H
J ' ~ q:; fv':On C L' N~ ROL
J ' 4 EL ECiR';NICS
J .}J6
LO~lf':
J7
f< .:;: . '1)"::'~O~·
, i)~ I :
J
~ ( A P~T I'.: ,
J
9
J
T't, ~ E
'J,'
M r; -, ~.
IV:)" :. R
10 FOC"fll.GE (OU ~TER
J - I! ( A? " L/ j P ~ WE P.
:r-+---..
r(f~&.J.1.::..
__ -,
'J<.
Let
Z"'~91 I
'O
st~~ :
. 1620
----.
-J
,-
tl-- ---=-~- ~ -~;,-- ~
~
-;
---------
~
t
+-t--i~-~
QhZL{">t-
.
I' . L' E 230'3 B.27~
. ~
---{~::.-
--It---il'
:
1/60;~~~
~~~:1
A-;5
IJI-r-..-.-----------+-------.-.-.--.,- tf ---- ------
,':
CRI
0
(KBI ;
ro.
..
RUNOUT
Sf~!OA
~
~,
J 3 ·'f'1.--I-I--1Jb-
59
l
L----l-I--l J6-13 Ne
~ ~ .::<>-'+,-,------+---..J
J6. £ He
~ ~ -;
•
ci
J5-, Ne
~
I
. i',
e
IN 1}aIN. t-II>CH
REtU>'c.-. 1II:1o.~
WITH
t!tt1
200n.!DW
E 2;3013BO'OO
Figure 31.
"V
D
Tape Transport Schematic
M23 RRM 2-69
133/134
--------------------~
CONNECTlNG PLUG-J5
CONNeCTING PLUG -
TOP
~clm 1~_C5--,1 :~ 8~
~CR.2
-
J,.=6~===~----__,--~
\J
"
K8
STOP
K3
K2
RECORD
K7
REWIND
PRESET
\t)
,2.
[ID @R6
-I-R-'-'-
-
~
v
A
en
K6
FAST FWD.
K5
K4
ACCEL.
KI
RUN
CUTOFF
tRIO
230.38060
G!
\J
~
ell
«
~~--...I
~lt]
~ t
~CRII
C.4
~
-
CI
@
CRUa
-=f"
~~
I~
14 w
"1 CR2.S
CRS3
@
B01TO,""
LAYOOT
0
F COMPONEI\J"S ON
V,rw£o
La Gle: BOA~D
FRO'" COMl>ON('NT
,2~O 13 Bo,O
5,o£
Figure 32.
Tape Transport Circuit Board Layout
M23 RRM 2-69
135/136
;;
~ ~
liLli
'"
~ ~
011 .
I/J ~
>!!..1
3
~
.(
::I
III
'til
J
.(
'j
I:: a ~ l
2~
J
-J~ ';
1, oJ
1
:111F 1'1>.;'
2~ 2
"' :Oa","'W -:J:- .... '!'
1", - i-r "",$'f'
~\l ~1 '1J '11 1 J I
-j
'll vWO.J
~-i d~O '
~ ~ kJ/- Z~ ~~~'"
~ ~JI ~~ J.JIV~5
oil
~ ~~ ,j;~ ~4t · D
.n"'<"' n
i
,
~8~
+ '
u.
N
+"
"'0>
. ,~
v.~
I'
I"::
'" '"
~~
I
-
I
1
1
~
I
,I
.~
,~
'1
~ I
!
~I
~,
~ ,
r- - ------,
w
I
-1
••
•
J
I
<
~
~W-
I
~
I;£.,
~g3"
<'N
R~
~~
~iI
~.
,.
0'
~tj
-$
_ 0
~~
, - - - -- -
I
....•
;1.-
,.,
.)
,
I
'Ll~
~~
~2
•
!
!,
!.
!
~
~
uI
~
I
i
.
~
L
I
I
I
,
I
I
I
I
r
"',
&.
~
~
•
"2
~
>-..GL "
~ - l!J - !
"
••<
~
>
o
~,
v ~
i~
•
n-t~
:
t
I
1
t
~
~
I
I
g
i
•
I.
~
.ii
'.
I~
I·
I ~
10
1:2
"I~
___ J~
'4--'
J
lJ~di~I~
~~
,..-
1 '.
;;:--"1
-- ~-------
'4/
..
r-- -- -- ---------,
,,
1
L
I
,•, 1
!
:U~d:~
>HM
"''''
· I _~~
fiJ,
•
,
!I-1·
,
..."
ih·
.,,
~au.
1 ,1\
.
.. ~
~
§.
~
.-,
I
,~
~
,,51-=--.,i
O I l'
"" r
e·o,r
... ·0'"
~
-;' 01'"
It
~~
~1
L
_ _ _ _ _. ~-J_ _ _
, '-v'\1V'-;4
r- -
·
9
;-
I
~d
Lr : Let
"tr
N
• L _______ _ __ .-1
_ l.,-g..l
'OJ'S.''
w.
••
~~
J
_- .J ~
t::::J "
"
,.,
..
1-~8.J.
-C
9:
:::8?;~
fJ -:- ~
~ ~I
;jS~ ~
v
"
I
'"~2
..
0
~on!)::
.... _N - 19 .1.
7-090
I - S;SJ
.., - Hill.
.t. !ill'
a ·51" · ... -.til
'_lOr
I- "'I ' ~
,·W.
" -/n
G-Lf'
' -11
"R1
"'-B d
j!'i'
7 - l a ' 't ·lIr
~ - £r:~-'iir ;
'8- IQ '".'0 1'"
.u.
1:<;1"><:'
!~==============~~====~.~.<~=---
J
"
+
..J
...,~-'~r'-------
~~
JI
l
~J -.
of'
1 -,
•
•
1 .(\ 1,
i ,);
e
,".I
1
1
,
01
I ~\
~,
~
' ~ 1 "'9
I.J
-1
,
I.
I~I
.,
~!
•
~,
~ I ",
cy-c:r
L l -'ir
Q- "l("6 ·,r &
' - L(" to -"H '
'II-I"'l!I'1 -U'
L - <;io;
Ol-'il~
I-II':
. .... 61'
..•
"'e-."
-"or. "£
" -'i~ OS
?:-IIr:J
<;-ti,.-e•
•
1 - ~r t
'!>- '!or 9
Q l~ 'S(' S
.,.- Lr''$· 'H' "
1-' I>t
(-,IS " ::)
•
r.-
..!
1
....-.. r ..
"l-ir ' 1-1('
(f l '1:J 1-6(' 1I_,.r
:I-'H'
';1 - '1' · 'E:-IQJ..
9 - 'S;O 9-f r
11'-£'50 "2:-1:1$
. -'41'"
I\-Sf'
1
.,
"
:[
I
6.
ir - E.S ,
§.
6r
,i
!
S- III.L
~_~
I_Lr
,,-'t'3
Lf/
1-.,..
I
I
,j
+-'51.,
!i-~s ' g _ 91'
EI - f;r
.1.",..
E'
&ti
I
(l
£ V- £!'
g J.-'l r
1:- 6('
E- L (,
l-"lr
E'-"l(,
I ~ -EI),
't/
1\
d
"_~I'"
8, S-for
U
" - rt f'
~ S~6S
'!i
C1
,S
" ~ 09.J,.
Z -.IJ{'
",
..,
~
~
1 ( -"'9:1
/-I/r.
~-':J
Ti . · OSl~
J-t-t'
II '-1'1'"
II
'tI-,r< 'f"-IN
.L-,r
1-9S
1--H
01
L
S ~ £r'S , i.''''
.,
~ ""-tt' '- OIS
., d-rr' ! -u'S
t
"l
5·H'I..L
-'o9:I
~-1:r ' o /-Z'"
n-9 r
.... -')('
IT:'~
S-Oll"'
,tI"-""!, ,
Z
A
~
~
'i- all'"
n "'-olr
~ -rtz.J. ~tI·, ,,
J.. Q -!J('I
!
::-:,::
.,-,r
d
10'1.
" ~·'9r
u .,zr
,
~
r-'1s
" -tor
""·SSq ~ · l':fU
Z- I $
r ~ ·-r ~ 7:sr., .f;r
"' - to!' ' f>- ~r
~ "'-t>SCI ", ·'Or
3 ' - 'I I'" '.,.,.<;,..
q
j
'I!
'i
'i r
l -I8L
.,
.. ~::~
- S
O"-'tt'
f"'
, .n l ~
~ : -~ ~
vr
so
"
. ' I
3
r-
.., • 3- "
o
, •• : o" .-<>
2
~<
~
2
"
,"
•JO =.J . . . -----.
t;
~ j ~ ~~~6S~1~~;
.
N
..
l&I«i
w
.•
'i
I
~
;"
E
QO
'..."
bIl
i:S'"
.....I':
........
~
...o
..,
P.
I':
til
'..."
f-<
Q)
p.
'"
f-<
Q)
'"'"
...::s
.....QO
~
co
'"
'"
('-
---
C1'
...,,
N
~
""""
~
N
'"
RECORD
itlOI
"!lE C'
RED
D5 :03
5 LOT I
r.H"BIAS :;.[RASf AM PlIFiERs'1
I
• RE( SELECT"
5103
"RECORD
HEAD "" HI"
Jlo5
BeAto I
J-lo2
• SIGNAL OUT"
" RH) R~PUCE
'5LOr 7
HEAD-'HI" r;;--- - - - - - -- - - JI07
I "W A~o NAB Pf---l!.5-'I-RP~~
(-
o. ' Vf'l.P........,
I.BY {t"
cs
1.2VR.P R4
12K
0
~
1.oo,B
"
~
1CI4
.01
2.N3053
~
O.Zy
_~~sv:;.flf>::.:..j..f
RI7~.
T
+
PF
3 . 3 WlH
" 1T2Z.
ISV
5
6
7
a
REC. ORD HD OUT
.-------13
>
81AS MOI-J OUT
2. 2.
Q"
2N ~ OS3 J.c2::;.7=-y~f-_""'_ _
CIS
100 '-
lOV
L2
RIB
L....._+-_-+_.....
e.9
2 2
.
no
4
22,VP·P
""_"'+_..J
11
--~~----~----~--"--~--4-----~~~------------~--------~----4-----~----------------4-~~--~--~---4
2
18
RS
rn
~ IK
CRI
~ R9
IS K
+
F'
C3
IS
3SV
20V~P~
(
RI3
~ ~Z: ,. ov ~t"v ~'
I.ev
.\..~
.01
1.;: 5 \]""'
~ . Z.K ..
+
19
FEED
12
+ 2.8 V
BACK
IN
LI
8 2 UI-1
0.1
100
(~--+------+------.~
RII
47 •
1"
OSC .IN
l5Y
~
Rfo
100·
IS
T31
+ C,
~~~~.[----------4---4---+---------~~
J
QI
2"3053
{V
"
27Y 35V FlP
OSC IN
3.9K
S60
O. SVFlP ~
RI
1+
':6
2.a
aov
RI100
t
...
CIa.
az.
ISV
'. , 1'1.29
10
SCH nlAT IC
Figure 36.
NO. E230~ 9A 020 REV. F
Bias and Erase Amplifier Schematic
M23 RRM 2-69
143/144
2.
II
( I
~
"' RA 55; I'EA!)
.3
7IiC·ZIIOl'rI
1.0
(I]
E RASO;;:
P CWER
4
R.
\ooK~
S "h
\9
TP ,
1=="S ED eA.CK
!:>
\,
R3
'!5K
ERA SE. f'EA.O Re"U ~>-l
~
.Ao
I O~
r-~ cw
l----l
Z"l
M ETER 1V\0 N I' O R
7
I~
8
12.
,5
16
1&
3
N
SCHEMATIC N0. E23059A030
Figure 37.
REV 0
NAB Erase Coupler Schematic
M23 RRM 2-69
145/146
UOT(~
c" · II t:;-. •·/Ic::.. '~
vNL[ e... :;
~F'~ Cl r il:'l-
I. ~"rA_ I I A U c..S
AkC.
:I?
n.
R8
4 .1 K
R 2.
S . 2."-
R~8
I U.
C1
"?
..
CI
C; 4
l.Z.,z.oV
I. U:.
13 V
'" I
5 .1 "
Q 5
O.7 V
R~
2.V'~
(
<'
R"7
300
.
"2.1..1
3.6Y
R'l
c..a
RII
SIO
500PF'
10'::
RI3
SIO
R I4
300
<
RII
910
R2.4
<, I SO
~
0
I
2.~V
I.IYIY
+
~t ' ;:
~r:
5::-''IV' '_-1~------'''-i411 ZoO"
~Oy
0.2.
C. 3
.150
10V
_
ts ·~/•
C 14
~t.l~3'l1
2.'I~~'l~
~ .....':L
> R.I'l
15 V
.----'i+ ! - --
\
1/2 WAT T
IK
R
I .l-K.
z.z.,
r AN Lf:
c.r"u'''':a l
~ A\.. l.:L:.· ....
"'\ I .t;J(o. \,;{''''P t... \) ~
C. I:;
---'o-'(~----...,
0
t----jl!:>
2.2. 0 , loY
~405 +-1.c.:oc..V
'---Ii+ t----.....-...J
<'
I
. 2.0
."~
)IH.I
R 2.0
< 8 2.
41
':> Ie. TO 1'.101
.( RlS
( 41'::
A.,
~t. 14
GF1.0UIJD
l./oJ2.t. 14
-
C!>
.02.2.
~
c..r..
LI
0. 1
3 .31/1H
"f
foZ2..
s
c.. 10
0.1
R2.1.
100
10"10
>oc.
w
GRO UI-.lD
rwJ1
l..!:!!LJ
C. ROUI-IO
..---I
10
G Ii1OU \.lD
~..................................~............~. . . . . .~............~....................................R6................................~..........~. .~. . . .~ 1\
~ROU \.lD
r-----~-----------------___I Ib
I
C.I;'
i.I
Co R 2.
I WOISE I
11-1 2.10
~'"'-V'/lvN'-------,c.::-w-:-< ~
R2.'l
4 .11(.
i
3
o
8
107-
C.R I
1'12.10
SCHE MATI C NO. E 230 59« :3 0
Figure 38.
REV E
Dynatrack L Reco r d Amplifier Schematic
M23 RRM 2 -69
147/148
/v O TE 'j :
\ ). . c
'J-Y"
'I
,
7
I
v
-
K'2-~
0\1
~ 1/~, c.. '\
v
u Rrod,-
,,)0
cv
~Y
V'
(..,
UIJLE. ":J::"
C TH[R YVI SL
,::>PE.Uf l [D
I . CAP/, l I TAIJ C.E. VALJt:.'; II,(£.
z.
~£ S\~\ A.H f _f-
1/2. WAT T )
V ~l
VA'_l-.:.. ....;,.
~S 'l...
,,~ ~I IU>. vfAI-'
AkE.
I t-J
G:l ~I:" , <:. 2.0, C; 2.1 !!. R II ARE 'J I.lT
'URIJISHLD. R II 15
J U LAPI:.Ri:. D
+. PIP VO LTS AT O VU I KG
\1 (
r----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4 I~
A.u ,=>
':"'HI\",S J
OU "{ .
IN pUT
Rio
20V
27. 5Y
4,:'1.':
r-----~----------------------------~~--~------------------~-vV,~v~--------------------------------------~~~--0V~--~------------------~ I~
C.Cl
"-<\ ,
..
RI:,
'LOV
+
> Ril
"' 8IC.
1.2.1(.
(,11
(;1
OIV p~ 2+, ,cOY
I
u.~
RII Ga
2.U
ill
"
1<1:)
'2.2.0 , ('V
~
f---i;1<-~
'
Ct. 1
~
~I
RIB
R I'I
41
>
~
La
100
r-t
t..----+---------------------l
0
2. 2.
a/O
a5
R 2.~
2 U 2. (,14
-
..
+-------~------~----~--~-------------4--~~--~-- --4-----~{]~
RI o;,
1. 9
I(
RI 4
'--_-""'-.8
.'1
• ""'
•. " - " - - - - - - -..
"i(
OU T
T P2
~--------~I------------------------+-----------~'L
, lOOk.
R[ ~ ORD
0
O ''''SV~
>I.!lVR ~O >I..W
~t )
~ ~8
TPI
LI 2.
~
0.:)2.
'2.0 Y
~~5 V
10K
0. 1
4l
0 4
21J ~4 05
o.,V""
> R I2.
c.~
+1/
~~f~
~~I A~~--4r--~~~------------------~---------+----~--~~----~
( Ra
:iy
C;
a4SV~
7V
..
<:' 4
+2.8
LO RE. CORD
C. 10
PI"
15 Y
''''
~--~~.~AV~------------_ir_------------------------------------------------------------------~---+------------------~a
P ILO i
EQ
1"1
RELIIo-,(
R5
? '10 ___
<
R2.4
• l. 10K
(
R2."
I.o .I!K
+
Ql
2.t.J~~ ~ !5V
+
t--------------------------------------------------------------------------.--~~
c.,:;
4 .1
2.0 V
c.Rou.m
C.ROU IlD
C .7'1~
C.RCi UND
~
C, ,4
l.2. ,I!lV
.
I.
"V
Pots
Q
'l. 1
"- t'l
2.2. 1(
'2. 't o
4 .11:.
I'2.!;
~ 3! C
+'m"
.
f
J..
(,11
,Ca l
,
4
<:.w
~~--------------------_J------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------~4'
.,. R ~o
L "
IGI(.
18
IAONlOOR
OU T
':. H IE. L.D
SCHE MA TI C NO: E23059BJ 40
Figure 39.
R::V F
H and NAB Record Amplifier Schematic
M23 RRM 2 -69
149/150
r-J OT E S, U NL E S S O T H E RWIS E ~ P E C I F I E D :
I . ALL CAPAC I TA I-J ~ E VA:"' v' E ~ AR E IfJ ~11 ~ RO FAKAD 5
2 . A L L RE 5 1S TA N CE VALUES AR E I N OHI-; S I/z.w ts
3 , ALL 01 0 0£ 5 ,\RE IN4 00L ,
.
o/.
12.
2.8 V REC,
IB
TR A I-J ~FER
Z
V U MET E R LI G >4 T
7
vv
RI3
,A
R ELA V
+
2 2. 0: IW
R 2.
R IO
28V
y
Q '~
LS i !. W
2N
C. R5
ME T ER LlC. H T
,,\9
~o
- 2SV\t::
R5
.
.A .A
•
;>
q ...
1.1J!411
OR
+f
RI
I ,IW
10'7.
OR
'
2!JV R4
3S V
,\/'
5
I
39 ¥
OR
z. "I.~?:.ql "
p
,
A( It-!
115 V A C. IN
-tel
I
~ HIElD
R7
~ U K
l 8V
~
~
,
C3
, 001
+
3
VU M ETE R LIGHT R E. TURN
14
VU
M ETE R
VU
M E. T E. R
C 2.
47
3 5V
-
CRb
IN7S4A <,:
19
2. 1
I'll
z.z.
~
~
~)
16
')
1
~
R I2.
3 30
$-
8
9
10
R 1\
-? 270
IW
\I
IW
4
RE. LAY R£TU R N
~
L tGHl
RE.TU RN
.-
SCHE MATI C NO. E 2 3 05 9A050
Figure 40.
RE V B
Electronics Assembly (Mete r and) Power Supply Schematic
M23 RRM
2 ~ 69
151/152
N OTE !>: d NLE S;, OTHER Wl 5E SPEc..IF"IED
I . CAPACITAN C. E VAL V 1i.S ARE IfJ MIC.R O FA R ADS
RE SI .o· TAN C E.
VAL U E:' ARE 1\..1 OHMS ) I / Z. WATT , -:I: 5%
a.
3. ALL
DIODE~
ARE 1\..140 0 2.
~
~H
'Vvv
I
PI-IO'-.lE
Z
LINE IN
3
VV METER
4
VU
2.ZK
RIll!
•
RIO
)0 100
R5
101<.
. ..
R 1-7
14·.,W
.." 'v
2.00
IK
\...~
RII
C~
•01
C4
ISO
50'1
CI
-.I+1
+
'v
cs
IK
Q~
ISO
sov
+;
UI3!>'l\A
R3*
.. A •
'v
(,7
47
20'1
CRI
15 35'1
'''.ev
eR2.
,
R I2.
100
CR-4 l.q
.....
" IV .
Q5
52
f---Nv'750
ew
•
C.II
'750
2.K
CRS
.001
COli
fv'
~
.Z5V
+ca
+" ~
35V
SOPF
1
R9
'V
;. Re
(
10K
+
~
22~OV
\3.0V
T
1 '!v
I.~
>430K
A
+
a
8
B IN
12.
+271/
SI
fi.
0
2.0
LOUDSPEAKER
}-
500,25'1
fP
'>
iI
2N3638
Ol5'1
ClI.?
lNJ3SIA
IV
R2.+
2.7
R21
Q6\b
> RI6
OUT 2.
NO.Q
O\J1' f'VT
16
~: P.AI-
IN. €, LE'IE.L'S A'l' O U TP LI T OF
LEVEl' db~
+4 ,.
OUT I
BOARD
'IALUE
Rt
3.9K ..
OF
VAL.llE
O F R~
7.
SK'~
.... eK
... «>
4.7K
+8
'''.'2.~
4·3K
'}\4
7.5K
?. '31(
18
19
R'Z.2-
•
OUT
RE5IJ!,TO~TO BE SEL.EC.TEC
17
IK
2N:!>o54
OVT
FOR V ARIOU5 L I N ;:
22
, ea
G14
IN
K
Rb
27K
R IO
1+ U
33K
120
2.0 "
R3
270K
'rR~' ~R~'w
!
I
I
3I04W
%
1""'£&
3t
10
10'1,/0
R ZO
RI9
20 K
IMEG
201<.
F?'5
R4
3 30 <
ID
7'0
2 N33~f?
, A
-v~~,
'e ~.I~ K .~
~
Q3
~
'l2.vJ
5"'.
EEC:::VJ.
-,
~~ 7
3/:'\,W
.0 1
~
3~
<
1/2 VV
.cite-
AI
1
~
Hi~ K
':0 t+
rov
>R<;!>
b8K
.
K'
It
AMPL
+
~V
"
Z7K
IS
Z
RI3
:g
I . BK
I
+C \,'
R) '"
2.cv
';>
1<2
21
P ILOT
Z2
516 OUT
.p l<.
~c
R I,
\.8 1(
I
I
> \·S "',
RIZ
IS
~Q'l:"~' ~ ."
"Z
<
20
R ~4
1L5
.O~t;-
.t CWIC~i
Q. I
.ME'" >
IS"
C8
3/4""
10°/0
R I
IME""
I. BK
zov
2 N33i?
li~
2~t;,;-
>
+ CI S
:
35v
1(1
~;±~~
22
R II
RI7
5K
•
CW
r6~'1. t
r"
HD SHLD
7
&RD
8
GRD
~
GRO
\0
OYE RI>U B 11 0
SHLD
II
OVE-R OUe liD
oRt>
S"
1<0
6Rt:>
'--
7
SC HEMATIC
Figure 42.
NO. E 2305 9AI 70
REV B
H and NAB Reproduce Preamplifier Schematic
M23 RRM 2-69
155/156
N OTES : UNLCS .....
~
6
L
~~''''''
R 2.5
l.ll<
11.7
160 K
II. l&
CI8
27K
15,~5V
RI O
,'K
CI7
1 5, '~~
+
f+
R"
27
r-
C,
" . 2 0V
c,
.;.;L
~ )Q 2
R 2..
+
120
tv
CI
Z2 ~ 2.0 v
RI
IME&
C"Z.
L
210PF
R.
,30
R3
2.70 K
2. N33" A
C II
.0 0 '6
Q I
2N~391A
.lew
R49
2.0K
~t:'
R'"
IMEG
~
Q3
tN33',,,,
..
I
R43
IM EC;
~S,~
2N 33"91A
+
C ,"
Z 2. , 2.0V
Ril
I.U
-
RI S
"'.V4W
19
K
12C
Q&
22
2.N 339 1"-
R I7
6 .6 I(
RI9
'6 K
CI O
RI2
1.8 K
RH
180 K
RI 4
I . ~K
So 2.
, /4 W
lOy..
+
~
R9
4 .8 K
C7
.0047
T R IM
'2.2.2 0 V
~ TRIM
62.0 PF
+
R21
R22
IOME.G
I'll'
3.H,
41 0 K
L---..:....
R'2
16
n o.
R3 3
IOC K
R·' O
2.7K
~.~K.
2 .2 K
51
0
...1.6
"K
1>.,"
1.8K
1>.3 2
10K
CI2.
!,/4V1
10~
CVI
.O3 ?
~
<:13
.0. 7
~
IV
Q9 _~ )
2N3391A
2.N~~'l'
A..
IU·-t;
0
f? )
\.b QII
2.N3'-'3 &
10K
0."
12.0
.,
CI 4
2..2.,35'1
" 60
+
REO
R4,
47K
t:
R37
b.~K
R41
10K
WHT
.
QI2..
C I5
0. 1
II
21
SWIT~H
18
SWITCH
15
+
17
" HI
GR O
+
12.0 V
R4 S
12 K
rul
WH T
r?~~'
2.N~
9
10
~
L-!'l£
lfl
1>.35
5.6K
C. I<. II OI
(E;5
11.40
47
2""3~'1A.
RZ,
RS I
121(
· R'S
OUT
22 K
R 34
Rl S
SIG NA.L
RH
~ . \K
R4'
470
11.2.7
SI<
+
R 16
100 I(
RI6
10 K
CVI
Ra
3'0
C4
22 0, 6 V
AMPL
G R OIJNt>
14
!vi
Q4
lOr.
c"!l
Rl O
I.' MEG
tV
~
8
1-10 SHIELD GR.D
3
4
5
13
.0 I
IV'
HE.A D
I
RII
+
S~ E C.\F\EO
2
1.8 K
C5
. 01
7
12
C THE...1- "''''bE.
ALL PES1S'TA t IC.E. V A.LI.IF:" A \.. E. \ \ I
OHMS" 1/2. WAi T ± ~ 'Y...
.
2. . ALL C.APJ..C.IT}.l IC E.. VALUE.<::. ARL
IN
MICF. ("j l· A.~. J-\.s. .
R44
5' K
CI "
0 .82
IN
~
'-
5CHOl AfiC NO. E2 3CS9A I4 0
Figure 43 .
REV
C
Dynatrack L Pr e amplifier a nd Switch Schematic
M23 R RM 2-69
157/158
NOTE S ;
I.
UNL[5S OTHER W ISE 5 PE.CIFIE.D
A L L RE. 5 ISTANCE. VALUE.S
ARE. IN OHMS , 1/2 WATT,
CO MPO NE NT VALU E
TABU LATION
CAT. NO .
DA S H N O.
- I
2°/.,
CON FI G
2.
VALUE
R 13 '1 RI4
ALL CAPACITANCE. VALUE..S
ARE IN MICROFARADS.
83- 4 93 0 -2 180 7.5 - 151 P 5 I.S K I.SK
8 3 - 4930- 25 11 15 -30 IPS 910 Jl.i91 0JL
-2
r----.~----------------------------------------------------------------------~----------------------__1
4
IN~
3
SPARE.
2
SPA RE.
R/
180K
R6
27K
>
ql+
F'+ c ia
15
65
KI
H '+
22
2.0v
R2
"', 20
2 N33i?
QI
4~
C2
2}t-PF
I J~1 C~tR22
1'I [.
I
R:
t - - - + - ----+--o...'
'Rv23
1M
2 0K
4 3 /4 W
10"
3/4 W
R20
2 0K
3/ 4 W
,6
RI
1M
5'/'
R3
Z 70K<
10 %
R IB
IB DK
1/ 2 W
10!0
'[w Icwt
~
( V--
Q3
5%
C7
.Jts
C4
220
6V
+
1"
R
6 .9
8 K
5%
'+
I
I
R I3
,.
2
SE E T AB. >
K2
3. 3M H
<
12
AMPL
IS
S PARE.
1
S PARE.
18
SPARE.
19
,",2
+
I
LI
~
Q4
"3_ .&
...
CII
eOOPF
1/2W
5 '7.
3 /4W
...
Co\ 2.
R2 1
18DK
RI9
1M
N33
2 N 3 3 91 ~
JV\/'o.
2.2K
-tl)
~ Q5 2N 3391 A
O~I--~~rR-'-4--------~-~~ I (~C3
?R25
SE.E. TAe.I~
L.S-' ',~ f
;:>27K
+-__
4
3 5 11
C5
• 6 50
.0068
It!>?h
2N3391~
.( R 26
C8
1<. \
3 5V
~
ZOV
20
12.
> R1, 81-<
<
~:J
RIS
~ \·8K
?
c y.,
3 /4 W
21
PILOT
Z2
5 1<:' OI.J\
ICOk
to
HD !.H L D
7
GI'I D
8
Gilt>
'!>
GR D
10
OvERDU e 1-10 SHLD
/I
OVF'<:DU5 \0\0
5
1-1 0 GR t>
13
SPA RE
oR o
B R O WN
OVERD Ue
OUT
"
14
OVERDU e
IN
BLACK
17
OV ERDV&
6R.D
7
9
~
SCHE MATI C
Figure 44.
NO. E230 598090 REV
B
H and NAB Preamplifi e r with Overdub Schematic
M23 RRM 2 -69
15 9/16 0
r
1---------------
3 . 00
I ":l. 00
----~1;----------I
JI
r--
II~B~R~~~-------------r----------------------------------------------------------------~
r -
I
I
-- -- -
- -
---,
~::: ~II ~ SLK~:: :~'!-_--_+-------{
I
12
- , - - "MFA.
- - - -1 TI
-- .- - - -
L _ _ _ _ _ _ --l
El
AC
IN 1\l0. 1
E'Z. r:.. c.
1~ tJO . Z
PI
I
RED
I
I
I
,-._--<-------,
CRe.
AC. OliT NO. I,
E
AC OU T NO.2
I
Ell
c. 'Z.
±5 /o
2. 0 .... F
0
+-
I DO Y
+ 7~ "!.
- 10 0/0
+120 DC. OUT
~
+
________________________________
~O
~
R~
N
~~
15
I
I
Cl
2.0 .... F
I OOV
t 7 5%
-10%
E3
I
ORN
1 5 r-------------~--------~--------------------------~
e
II
I '-------------------------------------~~ IZ
ISOK
IfZ W
I
I
E.5
RI
I
I
BRt\!
r-------------------------------------4
REO
CRI
::'I' 1~400£
.,. IN400Z
I
,.--
GR6UND
I~
r -__________________________________
~B
~
L
~K
~
a
BLK
I
I
L
L---------------------------------------------.......-----------.{E.7
______ __________ _ _ _
G R O U ~ID OUT
Z.305~A~2B
P c. El 0
YEL 4-
VE L
S
GR I\J
GR IJ
Ii>
BLU
BLU
-,
V IO
VI O
-,
10 GRY
GRY
10
I
P
..
BLU
BLU
r'\
I I RE O
RE D
I I t
r'\
:u
~
, P
5
CD
I
-
SCHEMATiC NO .E20359A925
F igure 4 5.
REV
A
Dynatrack Pow er SuppLy S c he m atic
M23 RRM 2 -69
16 1/16 2
PARTS LISTS
INTRODUCTION
This section contains parts lists for the 3M Brand Professional Audio
Recorder. Drawings for mechanical assemblies are included to aid in parts identification. Electrical parts are identified by reference designators on the assemblies
of which they are a part.
The parts List are arranged in alphanumerical order according to their part
number which is in the upper right corne r. ~T hen an a ssembly drawing is included,
it follows immediately after the parts list. The parts List and drawing numbers are
the same for aLL assemblies with one exception: parts List 23013B990 is for drawing
23013BOOO.
ORDERING REPLACEMENT PARTS
Parts should be ordered through one of the Mincom Division service offices
listed below. 3M recommends that whenever possible, and particularly when an
instrument is used in a critical application, the user maintains a minimum stock of
spare parts. The Mincom Division has specialized personnel ready to assist the
user in making a selection of spares. Any additional information required can ·be
obtained by contacting the service offices Listed below.
VV estern U. S.
Eastern U. S.
3M Company
Mincom Division
300 South Lewis Road
CamariLLo, California
(805) 482-1911
93010
3M Company
Mincom Division
1750 Pennsylvania Avenue
Suite 1100
Washington, D. C. 20006
(202) 298-9200
. "'. hen ordering parts the foLLowing information should always be supplied:
1.
A description of the part, obtained from the parts list.
2.
The 3M catalog number.
3.
The manufacturer ' s part number.
4.
The schematic reference designator, if applicable, given on the
applicable schematic and on the parts list.
M23 RRM 2-69
163
5.
The part or type number of the major assembly as shown on the name
plate, and the serial number of that assembly.
6.
The 3M sales order number applying to the complete system or order
The following table lists eac h of the parts lists included in this manual. To
locate a parts li st, determine the p a rt number or assembly name and locate it in the
follow i ng table. The referenced pag e number may then be used to find the parts list.
Table II.
Part N o .
23000 B OOO
23000 A OIO
23000 A O15
23000A 030-1
23000 A 030-2
23000 A 310
23000A 900-1
23000 A 900-2
23000 A 900-3
23000 A 900-4
2300 0A 900-5
2300 0A 900-6
2300 0A 900-7
2300 0A902
2300 0A 905
2 3000 A 940
23000 A 950
23000 A 951
23000A952
23000A960-1
23000A960-2
23000 A 970
2300 4 AOOO
23004BOIO
2300 4 A030
2300 4 A050
2300 4 A900
23007 C OIO-I
23007CO I 0-2
2300 ?C OIO-3
23007COIO-4
2300 7C OIO-5
23007A030-1
164
Parts List Index
Description
Professional Audi o Tape Recorder
Interconnecting Ca b le Assembly
Interconnecting Cable A.sseTnbly
4 Track Reproduc e Head Cable Assembly
8 Track Reproduce Head Cable Assembly
Film Sync Head Cable Assembly
Preplay Head Ac ces sor y Kit
2 Track 1/4" Prepl a y Head Accessory Kit
2 Track 1/2" Prepl ay Head Accessory Kit
3 Track 1/2 " Pr e pl ay Head Accessor y Kit
4 Track 1/2" Prepl a y Head Accessory Kit
4 Track I" Prepl ay Head Accessory Kit
8 Track I " Prepla y Head Accessory Kit
E lee tronic Mountin g Ins ta lla tion Kit
Preplay Reproduc e Head Mounting Assy.
N arrow Cover and Trim Kit
Tape Editing Swit c h Assembly, Foot
Operat e d
Foot Switch Chassis Assembly
Relay Brack e t
Head Mounting Pl ate Conn e ctor Kit, 1/2"
Head Mounting Pl ate Conne ctor Kit, I"
Transport Tilting K it
Takeup Reel Motor Assembly
Direction S e nsor Printed Circuit Board
Assembly
Fail Safe Brake A c tu a tor Assembly
R e el Motor R e wind Assembly
Brake Kit Assembl y, Mechanical
3 3/4 - 7 1/2 IPS Ca pstan Motor Assy.
7 1/2 - 15 IPS C apsta n Motor Assy.
15 - 30 IPS Capst a n Motor Assembl y
50 Cycle Capstan M otor Assembly
15 - 30 IPS 50 C ycle Capstan Motor Assy .
Tape Transport H ea d Cover Door Assy .
M23 RRM 2-69
Catalog No.
Page No.
83-4570-0389
83-4570-0390
83-4570-0465
83-5990-0267
83-5990-0568
83-5990-0569
83-5990-0570
83-5990-0571
83-5990-0572
83-5990-0573
83-5990-0416
83-4320-1751
83-5990-0440
168
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
18 l
182
183
184
83-4550-5298
83-3310-1135
83-3320-1677
83-5990-0474
83-5990-0475
83-5990-0580
83-4560-0090
185/186
189
190
191
192
193
194
83-4930-1496
83-4550-5402
83-4560-0092
83-5990-0556
83-4560-0149
83-4560-0150
83-4560-0151
83-4560-0158
83-4560-0159
83-4330-0241
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
83-5990-0565
83-4570-0345
Table 11.
Part No.
23007A030-2
23007A050-1
23007 A050-2
23007 A060-1
23007A060-2
23007A070
23007C410-1
23007C410-2
23009AOOO
23010A910
23012AOOO
23013BOOO
23013A030
23013B030
230 13A040-1
23013A040-2
23013B050
23013B060
23013A070
23013B075
23013B080
230 13A090-1
23013A090-2
23013A095
230 13A 125-1
23013A125-2
23013A125-3
23013AI60
23013A900
23013A905
23013A910
23013A915
23013B920
23013A930
23013A935
23013B940
23013B945-1
230 13B945-2
23013B950-1
23013B950-2
23013B955
23013B960
Parts List Index (Cont'd)
Description
Tape Transport Head Cover, Door Assembly
Right Hand Actuating Idler Arm Assembly
Left Hand Actuating Idler Arm Assembly
1/2" Tape Transport Capstan Assembly
Tape Transport Capstan Assembly
Capstan Drive Motor Mounting Bracket As sy
30 - 60 IPS Capstan Motor Assembly
60 - 120 IPS Capstan Motor Assembly
Transport Electronics Power Supply Assy
Edit Switch Assembly Kit
Vernier Speed Adjust Bracket Assembly
All Versions Tape Deck Assembly
Transport Distribution Panel Assembly
Transport Distribution Panel Assembly
Transport Tape Lifter Arm Assembly
Tape Lifter Arm Assembly, 1" Tape
Harness Assembly, Tape Transport
Bias Osc. and Logic Circuit Board Assy
Incoming Sensor Printed Circuit Board Assy
Printed Circuit Board Assembly, Outgoing
Tape Sensor
Chassis Assembly, Transport Wrap Around
Left Hand RoLLer Idler Arm Assembly
Right Hand Roller Idler Arm Assembly
Head Cover Door Actuator Arm Assembly
Tape Guide Assembly, Preplay
Preplay Tape Guide Assembly, 1/2"
Preplay Tape GUIde Assembly, 1"
Reel Hub Assembly, 1/4" Tape
Capstan Area Parts Kit, 1/2"
Capstan Area Parts Kit, 1"
Capstan Tape Guide Kit, 1/2", 1 /4 "
Capstan Tape Guide Kit, 1/2", 1/2 11
Capstan Tape Guide Kit, I"
Capstan Tape Guide Kit, 1/4", I"
Capstan Tape Guide Kit, 1/2", 1"
Speed Kit, 3 3/4 - 7 1/2 IPS
Speed Kit, 71/2 - 15 IPS
Speed Kit, 50 Cycle 7 1/2 - 15 IPS
Speed Kit, 15 - 30 IPS
Speed Kit, 50 Cycle 15 - 30 IPS
Speed Kit, 30 - 60 IPS
Speed Kit, 60 - 120 IPS
M23 RRM 2-69
Catalog No.
Page No.
83-4330-0271
83-4210-0232
83-4210-0256
83-5920-0819
83-5920-0833
83-4320-1476
83-4560-0152
83-4560-0153
83-5920-0820
83-5990-0839
83-4930-1002
83-5920-1344
83-4930-1003
83-4930-1685
83-4210-0206
83-4210-0242
83-4570-0459
83-4930-1716
83-4930-1046
83-4930-1691
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
223
225
226
83-5920-1332
83-4210-0230
83-4210-0231
83-4210-0237
83-3240-0440
83-3240-0442
83-3240-0443
83-4930-1884
83-5990-0426
83-5990-0427
83-5990-0428
83-5990-0429
83-5990-0558
83-5990-0431
83-5990-0432
83-5990-0559
83-5990-0560
83-5990-0582
83-5990-0561
83-5990-0581
83-5990-0562
83-5990-0563
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
165
T a b l e II.
Part No.
23013A970
23013A986
23013B990
23017AOOO
23017AOIO
230 17AIOO
230 2 8A020
230 2 8A050
230 2 8A055
230 2 8A060
230 2 8A065
230 2 8A070
230 2 8A075
230 2 8A080
230 2 8A085
230 2 8A090
230 2 8A250
230 2 8A350
230 5 9AO I O
230 5 9A020
23059A030
230 5 9B040
230 5 9A050
230 5 9A055
230 59A060
230 5 9B090- 1
230 5 9B090-2
230 5 9A I IO
230 5 9A I 30
230 5 9A 140
230 5 9A I 70
166
Parts List Ind ex (Cont' d )
Desc ri ption
B r ake K it , Hi gh Speed Capstan
1 /4" C i ne Ree I Hub Base
Tape Deck Common P ar ts K i t
Opti o n a l Remote Cont r ol Assemb l y
Cab l e Assemb l y, Remote Cont r o l E x te r na L
Sync Remote Contro l Assemb l y
Basic Cabinet Conso le Assemb l y
C a b l e Assembly, 36 " 4 Track Power
Cab l e Assembly, 66" 4 Track Power
Cab l e Assemb l y, 36" 8 Track Powe r
Cab l e Assemb l y, 66" 8 Track Power
Meter Display Assemb Ly, 4 Bay
Ha r ness Assembly, Remote Mete r
Housing Assemb Ly, 4 Track Signal E l ec tr oni cs
Cover Assemb Ly, Disp lay Pane l
Housing Assembly , 2 Track Si g na l E lect r onics
Cab l e Assembly , Reproducer Power
Ca b le Assembly, Film Sync Power
HOUSIng Assembl y , Signa l E lectronics Audio
B i as E r ase Printed Circuit Boa rd Assy
NAB Erase CoupL e r Printed C ir cuit Boar d
Assem bly
NAB Reco r d Printed Circuit Boa r d Assy
Signa l E Lectronics Power Supp ly Assemb Ly
W /Mete r
Signa l Electroni c s Power Supp ly P ri nted
Circuit Board Assembly
Signal E l ectronics Line Amplifie r Pr i nted
Ci r c u it Boa r d Assemb l y
Ove r dub P r eamplifier Printed Ci r cuit
Board Assembly
Overdub Preamplifier Printed Circuit
Boa r d Assemb l y
Extende r Printed C ircuit Board Assemb l y
Record Dynatra c k Printed Ci r cuit Boar d
Assemb Ly
Reproduce Dynatrack P r inted C ir cuit
Board Assemb l y
Reproduce NAB P reamp lifier Printed
Cir c uit Board A ss emb ly
M23 RRM 2-69
Ca ta l og No.
Page No.
83 - 5990 - 0438
83-3240 - 0455
83 - 5990 - 0564
83 - 5920 - 0823
83-4570-0428
83 - 5920 - 1493
83 - 4310 - 0998
83 - 45 7 0 - 0346
83 - 4570 - 0380
83 - 4570 - 0347
83 - 4570 - 038 1
83 - 5920 - 1126
83 - 4570-0387
83-4310- 1000
83 - 33 10 - 1 1 57
83 - 43 10 - 0999
83 - 4570 - 0420
83 - 4570 - 0466
83 - 5920 - 0842
83 - 4930 -1 121
83-4930 -1 117
249
250
25 1
251':
259
260
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
28 1
283
83 - 4930 -1 214
83-5920 - 0822
284
286
83 - 4930- 10 14
289
83 - 4930 - 109 1
290
83 - 4930 - 2 180
292
83 - 4930 - 25 11
293
83 - 4930 - 1746
83 - 49jO - I006
295
296
83-4930- 1964
298
83 - 4930 - 1940
301
r
r
r
r
Table 11.
Part No.
23059A210-2
23059A330
23059A390
23059A920
23059A950
23059A960-2
Parts List Index (Concluded)
Description
8 Track Reproduce Only Signal Electronics
Housing
Record Film Sync Printed Circuit
Board Assembly
Reproduce Film Sync Printed Circuit
Board Assembly
NAB to Dynatrack Printed Circuit Board Kit
Signal Electronics Film Sync Kit
NAB Reproduce Signal Electronics Kit,
8 Track
Catalog No.
Page No.
83-5920-1261
302
83-4930-1711
307
83-4930-1712
308
83-5990-0425
83-5990-0541
83-5990-0567
310
311
312
r·'"
)
r
r
r
M23 RRM 2-69
167
PAR T S
TIT LE
TAPE RECORDER ASSY-PRDF AUDIO
MA T E R
REF . DES . DR F I ND NO.
1
2
5
6
10
11
12
13
14
15
20
2I
22
,
IV
'"'"
24
26
27
28
29
35
36
37
38
40
41
42
43
44
45
50
51
53
54
55
56
57
59
61
62
63
70
71
72
DRA WING NUMBER
- MFGR PAR T NO .
23000A940
23000A970
23028A I 00 -1
23028A I OO- 2
2302BA046
23028A020
23028A0 90
23028AOBO
23028A070
2 3000A902
23 059AOOO
23059 A920
23059A I7 0
23059A950
23059A960- 1
23059A960 - 2
23059A I 40
BX2BN2 . 5 - 2
2302BA05D
23028A060
23028A05 5
23028A065
23000AO l 5
23000AO I O-I
23000AOIO - 2
23000AOI0 - 3
23000AO I O-4
2 3000AO 1 0 - 8
23000A 960-1
23000A960 - 2
2300 0B020-1
23000B02 0-2
23000B 0 20 -5
230 00B0 20-3
23000B020 -4
23000B020 -7
23000B020 -9
23000A040-1
23000A 040-2
23017 AOOO
230 17 AOIO
23000A950
A L
PL 230008000
REV E
CA TALOG NO . 83-5990 - 0565
R E QU I REM E N T S - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
MFGR NAME
A MINCOM
C MIN COM
MINCOM
B MI NCOM
MIN CO M
E MINCOM
C MINC OM
C MI NCOM
o MIN COM
C MI NCOM
C MINCON
B MINCOM
B MI NCDM
B
LIS T
MI~lCm~
B MIN COM
B MI NCDfl
C MIN CO M
ACOC ELECT S
B MINCOM
C MI NCOM
B MINCOM
B MI NCOM
MINC OM
MI NCO M
MI NC O r~
MI NCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
B MINCOM
B MINC OM
C MJNC OM
C MINCDM
C MI NCO M
C MINCOM
C MINC OM
C MINCOM
C MINCOM
C MJNCOM
C MINCOM
B MI NCOM
A MINCOM
D MINC OM
DES C R
P T I ON
KIT-COVER & TRI M, NARROW
KIT-TILTING, TRANSPO RT
CASE ASSY - CARRY I NG,3 TK MOD 23
CASE ASS Y-CARRYING,4 TK ELEC T
PANEL-BLANK, CAR I NET , 5 . 2 I B WD
CONSOLE ASSY - CAR , BAS I C
HOUS IN G ASSY-SIGNAL ELEC, 2 TRK
HOUSING ASS Y-SI GNA L ELEC 4TRK
DI SP LAY ASSY-METE R, 4 BAY
KIT- I NS TALL ATI ON , MTG, ELEC T
S I G ELEC ASS Y-MOO 23 , NAB
KI T- P . C .BD,N AB TO OYNA TRAC K
P.C.SO ASSY - PREAMP, NAB , REPRO
KI T- F IL M SYNC , S I G ELEC
KIT-N AB REPRO , S I G ELEC , 4 TRK
KIT-N AB REPRO , SIG ELEC , 8 TRK
P.C.OO ASSY - OYNA TRA CK,REPRO
POWER SU PPLY-2 8VO LTS 2 . 5 AMPS
CABLE ASSY -PWR, 4TRK , 36 IN
CABLE ASSY - PWR , 8 TRK , 36 IN
CAB LE ASSY - PWR, 4 TRK,66 I N
CABLE ASS Y- PWR , 8 TR K, 66
CAR LE ASSY -I NTERCONN ,H OS
CAB LE ASSY -INT ERCONN ,H O,I TRK
CABLE ASSY-INTERCONN,H OS ,2 TRK
CAB LE ASSY- INTERC ONN ,HO S ,3 TRK
CABLE ASSY-INTE,CONN,HOS,4 TRK
CA8LE ASSY -INTE RCONN ,H OS , 8 TRK
KIT-HO MT G PLA TF./CONN, I/ 2 IN
KIT -H O MTG PLATE/CONN, I IN
HO SE T ASSY-REC/REP/ERASE,I TK
HO SE T ASSY-REC/REP/ERASE,2 TK
HO SET ASSY -REC/ REP/ERASE , 2 TK
HD SE T ASSY - REC/REP/ERASE , 3 TK
HD SE T AS SY-REC/REP/ ERASE,4 TK
HO SET ASSY-REC/REP/ERASE,4 TK
HD SE T ASSY-REC/REP/ERASE,8 TK
HO-MT G ASSY 4TK RE P ONLY
HD-MTG ASSY 8 TK REP ONLY
CON TRO L ASS Y-REMOTE,OPTIONAL
CARLE ASSY -E XT, REMOTE CONTROL
SW ASSY -T APE ED ITI NG, F.T OPER
PH CA TALOG NO .
83 - 5990 -044 0
83- 5990-0580
83 -413 0 - 0069
83 - 4 1 30 - 00 7 0
83 - 3360- 1101
8 3- 43 10 - 0998
83 - 43 10 -0999
83-43 10-1000
B3 - 5920-112 6
8 3-5990- 0416
83 - 5920 - 0944
83 -59 90-0425
83 - 4930-1940
83-5 990- 054 1
83 - 5990- 0566
83 - 5990- 0567
83 -4 930-1 964
83 -1 930- 16 7 2
83-45 70-0346
83 -4 570-0 34 7
83 - 45 70- 0380
8 3-4 5 70- 0 381
83 - 45 7 0 - 0345
83-4 570- 0382
83-4 570-0383
83 -4 57 0- 0384
83 -4 5 7 0-0385
83-4 57 0- 0386
83-5 990- 04 74
83 - 5990- 0475
83- 5950-1 22 7
83-5950-1228
83 - 5950-1 23 1
83-5 950 -1 229
83 - 5950-1 230
83- 5950 -1233
83 - 5950-1 235
83-5950-1162
83-5950-1163
83 - 5920-0823
83 - 4570-0428
83 - 4550- 5298
QTY.
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
PAGE NO.
PAR T S
2
TITLE
--
-- -- - --
REF. DES. OR FINO NO.
~
N
l.oJ
~
~
~
N
I
0'
...0
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
TAPE RECORDER ASS V-PROF AUDIO
---
MAT E R I A L
DRAWING NUMBER
- MFGR PART NO.
23013A122-1
23013A122-2
23013A121
23013A120-1
23013A120-2
23000A900-1
23000A900-2
23059A960-2
23000A900-4
23000A900-5
23000A900-6
23000A900-7
23013BOOO
23013A986
23013A901
23011A100
23011AIIO
23059A905
23013A700
23010A910
2300A990
A
A
A
A
A
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
D
A
A
B
A
A
A
A
PL 23000BOOO
REV E
CATALOG NO. 83-5990-0565
R E QUI R E MEN T S - -
MFGR NAME
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
L I S T
- - - - - -------
DES C RIP T ION
COVER-TAPE DECK,10 1/2 REEL
COVER-TAPE DECK,12 REEL
COVER-TAPE DECK,PORTABLE
COVER-IDLER,PREPLAY,1/4&1/2 IN
COVER-IDLER,PREPLAY, 1.00 INCH
KIT ACCESSORY,PREPLAY HEAD
KIT-ACCESS,PREPLAY HD,2 TRK1/4
KIT-NAB REPRO,SIG ELEC, 8 TRK
KIT-ACCESS,PREPLAY HD,3 TRK1/2
KIT-ACCESS,PREPLAY HD,4 TRK1/2
KIT-ACCESS,PREPLAY HD,4 TRK 1
KIT-ACCESS,PREPLAY HD,8 TRK 1
TAPE DECK ASSY-ALL VERSIONS
BASE-REEL HUB,1/4 CINE TOP HAT
KIT-AUTO REWIND OR STOP,SENSOR
CONTROL ASSY-REMOTE,SYNC
CABLE ASSY-AOAPTER REMOTE SYNC
KIT-REMOTE SYNC,SIGNAL ELECT
TAPE DECK ASSY-MOO 23,150 MIL
KIT-EDIT, SWITCH ASSY
KIT-ACCESS,BASIC, MODEL 23
PH CATALOG NO.
83-,3310-1137
83-3310-1138
83-3310-1139
83-3310-1131
83-3310-1156
83-5990-0261
83-5990-0568
83-5990-0561
83-5990-0510
83-5990-0511
83-5990-0512
83-5990-0573
83-5920-1344
83-3240-0455
83-5990-0669
83-5920-1493
83-4510-0585
83-5990-0114
83-5920-1581
83-5990-0839
83-5990-0868
QTY.
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
1.0
PARTS
TITL E
CABLE ASSY -I NTERCUNN , HDS,8 TRK
MAT E R
REF. DES . OR FIND NO .
5
6
7
TYPE YOE-91
4
A L
DRAWING "UMBER
- MFGR PART Nfl.
MRAC - 25 - G7
100 - 2022S
23000AOll
OOOOOA499 - 57
23000AOl5
I
2
3
LIST
PL 23000A0 10-8
CATALOG NO . 83 - 4570 - 0386
R E QU I REM E N T S -
MFGR NAME
REV
- -
-
- -
DESCRIPTION
WINCHESTER
CONN-RECP,RECTANGLR,42 CON
WINCHESTER
SOCKE T-C ON,CONN ,.7 66 LG, 22 GA
B MINCoM
BRKT MTG-HEAD CONNECTOR
LLOYD I'ES T C MARKER-IDENT,CA " LE,U NMARKED
MI NCOM
CAB LE ASSY -I NTERCONN,HDS
NATL WiRE
WI RE -T YPE B, 22GA RLU NY LON JKT
BlJRNDY
SP LI CE-ELECTRICAL CONDUC TOR
-
- - - - -
- -
PH CATALOG NO .
83 -1 6 10 -0 8 17
83 -1 610- 08 1 8
83- 3320 -14 68
83 - 3550-1 271
83- 4570 - 0345
83 - 79 10 - 0044
83- 9630- 0470
OTY.
1 .0
2.0
2.0
24 . 0
B. O
AR
2.0
PAR T S
TITLE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
DRAWING NUMBER
- MFGR PART NO.
3106A10SL-3S
100-2022S
AN-3057-4
NB1934N2SJ
202-3932
RA853
GSB134C
GSC194C
PL 23000A015
REV
CATALOG NO. 83-4570-0345
CABLE ASSY-INTERCONN,HDS
MAT E R I A L
REF. DES. OR FIND NO.
LIS T
R E QUI REM E N T S - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
MFGR NAME
CANNON
WINCHESTER
AMPHENOL
NATL WIRE
NATL WIRE
MICRODOT
THOMS & BETS
THOM & BETTS
THOMAS&BETTS
DES C R I P T I 0 N
CONN-PLUG,ELEC,STR,
3 SOC
SOCKET-CON,CONN,.766 LG,22 GA
CLAMP-ELEC,STRAIN RELIEF,10,12
WIRE-TYPE B,22GA BLK NYLON JKT
WIRE-TYPE B,22GA RED/BLU 2 CON
\-11 RE-SH I ELDED, TWIST. PAIR
TERM-LUG,
INSlJL,R TG,.26WO
FERRULE-RF CABLE GNO
.13410
FERRULE-RF CABLE GROUNDING
PH CATALOG NO.
83-1610-0595
83-1610-0818
83-1650-0127
83-1910-0045
83-7910-0362
83-7910-0420
83-9630-0203
83-9690-0020
83-9690-0118
eTY.
3.0
5.0
3.0
AR
AR
AR
1.0
3.0
3.0
PAR T S
TITLE
CABLE ASSY-HD,REPRODUCE,4 TRK
MAT E R
REF . DES. OR FIND NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
11
A L
DRAWING NUMBER
- /~F GR PART NO.
3106Al0SL-3S
MRAC-25-G7
100-2022S
AN-3057-4
23000AOll
00000A499-57
7
9
LIS T
202-3932
RA853
GS8134C
GSC194C
P L 23000A030-1
CATALOG NO. 83-4570-0 389
R E QU I REM E N T S - -
MFGR NAME
CANNON
¥lINCHESTER
WINCHE STER
AMP HENO L
B MINCOM
LLDYD WEST C
NATL WIRE
MICRODOT
THOMS (; BETS
THO M (; BE TT S
THO MAS(;BE TTS
REV
- - -
- - -
DES C RIP T ION
CONN-PLUG,ELEC,STR,
3 SOC
CONN-RECP,RECTANGLR,42 CON
SOCKET-CON,CONN,.766 LG,22 GA
CLA MP -ELEC,STRAI N RE LIEF,10,12
BRKT MTG-HEAD CONNECTOR
MARKER-IDENT,CARLE,UNMARKED
WIRE-TYPE R,22GA RLU NYLON JKT
WIRE-SHIELDED, TWIST. PAIR
TERM-LUG,
INSUL,R TG,.26WD
FERRULE-RF CABLE GND
.13410
FERRULE-RF CAB LE GROUND I NG
- - - - -
-
PH CATA LOG NO.
83-1610-0595
83-1610-0817
83-1 610-08 18
83 -16 50- 0 127
83 - 3320 -1468
83-3550-1271
83 -791 0 -0044
83-7910- 0420
83-9630-0203
83 - 9690 - 0020
83 - 9690 - 0118
OTY.
4.0
1.0
8 .0
4.0
2.0
4.0
AR
AR
1.0
4.0
4.0
PAR T S
TITLE
CABLE ASSY-HD,REPRODUCE,8 TRK
AL
MAT E R
REF. OES. OR FIND NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
~
N
UJ
""
~
N
I
0'
-.0
LIS T
DRAWING NUMBER
- MFGR PART NO.
202-3932
3106AI0SL-3S
MRAC-25-G7
100-2022S
AN-3057-4
23000A011
00000A499-57
202-3932
RA853
GSB134C
GSC 194C
PL 23000A030-2
REV
CATALOG NO. 83-4570-0390
R E QUI REM E N T S - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
MFGR NAME
NATL WIRE
MICRODOT
CANNON
WINCHESTER
WINCHESTER
AMPHENOL
B MINCOM
LLOYD WEST C
NATL WIRE
MICRODUT
THUMS & BETS
THUM & BETTS
THOMAS&BETTS
DES C RIP T ION
WIRE-TYPE B,22GA BLU NYLON JKT
WIRE-SHIELDED, TWIST. PAIR
CONN-PLUG,ELEC,STR,
3 SOC
CONN-RECP,RECTANGLR,42 CON
SOCKET-CON,CONN,.766 LG,22 GA
CLAMP-ELEC,STRAIN RELI~F,10,12
BRKT MTG-HEAD CONNECTOR
MARKER-IDENT,CARLE,UNMARKED
WIRE-TYPE B,22GA BLU NYLON JKT
WIRE-SHIELDED, TWIST. PAIR
TERM-LUG,
INSUL,R TG,.26WD
FERRULE-RF CABLE GND
.13410
FERRULE-RF CABLE GROUNDING
PH CATALOG NO.
83-7910-0044
83-7910-0420
83-1610-0595
83-1610-0817
83-1610-0818
83-1650-0127
83-3320-1468
83-3550-1271
83-7910-0044
83-7910-0420
83-9630-0203
83-9690-0020
83-9690-0118
QTY.
AR
AR
8.0
1.0
16.0
8.0
2.0
8.0
2.0
48.0
2.0
8.0
8.0
PAR T S
TITLE
CARLE ASSY-HEAD, FILM SYNC
MAT E R
REF. OES. DR
FI~D
NU.
DRAWING NUMBER
- MFGR PART NO.
A L
PL 23000A310
LIS T
CATALOG NO. 83-4570-0465
R E QUI REM E N T S - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
MFGR NAME
PH CATALOG NO.
DES C RIP TID N
JI
MRAC-25-G7
WINCHESTER
CoNN-RECP,RECTANGLR,42 CON
PI04,PI05,PI06,PI07,PI08
3106AI0SL-3S
CANNON
CoNN-PLUG,ELEC,STR,
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
A
9
10
II
12
13
GSB134C
GSCI94C
100-2022S
AN-3057-4
23000A011
00000A499-57
REV A
THOM t: BETT S
THoMASt:8ETTS
WINCHESTER
AMPHENUL
B MINCoM
LLOYD WEST C
NATL WIRE
NATL WIRE
N81934N2SJ
NATL WIRE
202-3932
MICRODOT
RAB53
THOMS t: BETS
TYPE YOE-91
BURNDY
3025-070-511610 3M
OTY.
B3-1610-0BI7
1.0
3 SOC
83-1610-0595
5.0
FERRULE-RF CARLE GND
.13410
FERRlILE-RF CABLE GROUNDING
SoCKET-CON,CONN,.766 LG,22 GA
CLAMP-ELEC,STRAIN RELIEF,IO,I2
8RKT MTG-HEAD CONNECTOR
MARKER-IDENT,CA8LE,UNMARKED
WIRE-TYPE B,22GA RLK NYLON JKT
WIRE-TYPE B,22GA RED NYLON JKT
WIRE-TYPE B,22GA RED/ALU 2 CON
WIRE-SHIELDED, TWIST. PAIR
TERM-LUG,
INSUL,R TG,.26WD
SPLICE-ELECTRICAL CONDUCTOR
TUBING-SCOTCHTITE,CLEAR VINYL
R3-9690-0020
83-9690-0118
83-1610-0818
B3-1650-0127
83-3320-146B
83-3550-1271
83-7910-0045
83-7910-0249
B3-7910-0362
83-7910-0420
B3-9630-0203
83-9630-0470
B3-7910-0279
5.0
5.0
11.0
5.0
2.0
5.0
AR
AR
AR
AR
3.0
1.0
AR
~
~
~
~
!.~?11J
~
~
~
~
PAR T S
TITLE
AL
REF. DES. OR FINO NO.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
DRAWING NUMBER
- MFGR PART NO.
230 1 3 A11 3-1
23013A118
23013A115
23013A116
23013Al14
23013A112
23013A119-1
23002A003-2
23002A200-1
23000A905
230 13A12 5-1
MS35190-222
MS24693-S2
MS35206-227
MS35207-263
A
B
C
A
A MI NCOt4
MIL
MIL
MIL
MIL
STD
STO
STD
STD
MS35207-260
MS35206-204
MS35206-213
MIL STD
MIL STO
MIL STO
MS35338-41
MS35338-39
MS35338-40
Mil STo
MIL STD
MIL STO
MS35338-43
23002A002
Mil STD
MINCOM
~
liS T
.
~
~
".,
PL 23000A900-1
REV R
R E QUI REM E N T S - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
MFGR NAME
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCO'"
~
CATALOG NO. A3-5990-0267
KIT ACCESSORY,PREPlAY HEAD
MAT E R
~
DES C RIP T ION
DOOR-PREPLAY HO
SUPPORT-DOOR, PREP lAY
SHAFT-HINGE, PRF.PlAY
SPACER-AZMUTH ADJ, PREPlAY
SUPPORT-COVER, PRE PLAY
COVER-DECORAIVE,PREPLAY
SHIElO-HEAD,PREPlAY,I.25 LG
SHOE-HEAD, REPRODUCE
HO-ASSY ITK REP AUDIO 1/4 IN
MOUNT ASSY-REPRODUCE HD,PREPlY
TAPE GUIDE ASSY-PREPlAY
SCREW-MACH,FH,4-40 X 5/16
SCREW-MACH,FH,4-40 X 1/4
SCREW-MACH,PAN HO,6-32 X 5/16
SCREW-MACH,PAN HO,10-32 X 1/2
WASHER-FLAT,GENERAL PURPSE,#10
SCREW-MACH,PAN HD,10-32 X 5/16
SCREW-MACH,PAN HD,2-56 X 5/16
SCREW-MACH,PAN HD,4-40 X 1/4
WASHER-FlAT,SM PATT,#2
WASHER-FlAT,GENERAl PURPOSF.,#6
WASHER-lOCK,SPlIT, #6
WASHER-LOCK,SPlIT,HELICAL,#2
WASHER-~OCK,SPlIT,HELICAL,#4
WASHER-FlAT,RD,.125 I.D.
WASHER-lOCK,SPlIT,HElICAL,#10
SHIELD-BASE, HEAD, REPRODUCE
PH CATALOG NO.
83-3330-0339
83-3340-0592
83-3280-0610
83-3350-0535
83-3340-0591
83-3310-1129
83-3650-0475
83-3950-1103
83-5950-0994
83-4320-1751
83-3240-0440
83-9260-6503
83-9260-6554
83-9260-4530
83-9260-4572
A3-9261-4006
83-9260-4569
83-9260-4503
83-9260-4513
83-9261-4011
83-9261-4004
83-9261-4305
A3-9261-4301
83-9261-4303
83-9261-4062
83-9261-4307
83-3950-1104
(..HY.
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
2.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
1.0
2.0
1.0
2.0
2.0
4.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
l.O
2.0
1.0
1.0
PAR T S
TITLE
KIT-ACCESS,PREPLAY HD,2 TRK I/ 4
fl ATE R
REF. DES. OR FIND NO.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
,
N
'"
-D
10
11
12
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
LIS T
A L
DRAWING NUMBER
- MFGR PART N(l.
23013A113-1
23013A118
23013AI15
23013AI16
23013AI14
23013A112
23013A119-1
23002A003-2
23002A200-2
23000A905
230 13A1 25 -1
MS35190-222
fIS 24693 - S·2
MS35206-227
f1S35207 - 263
A
B
C
A
A
MS35207-260
MS35206-204
MS35206-213
MIL STD
MIL S TO
MIL STD
MS35338-41
MS35338-39
MS35338-40
MIL STIl
filL STD
MIL STD
MS35338-43
23002A002
MIL STD
MINCoM
RFV R
CATALOG NO. 83-5990-0568
R E QUI R ENE N T S - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
MFGR NAME
MINC[)M
MINCoM
MINC[)M
MINCDfI
MINCUfl
flINCoM
MINCoM
MINCoM
MINCoM
MINCoM
MINCOM
MIL S TO
I'lL STD
MIL STD
MIL STD
PL 23000A900-2
DES C RIP T ION
DOoR-PREPLAY HO
SUPPORT-ODOR, PREPLAY
SHAFT-HINGE, PREP LAY
SPACER-AZMUTH AOJ, PREP LAY
SUPPORT-COVER, PRE PLAY
CoVER-DECoRAIVE,PREPLAY
SHIELD-HEAD,PREPLAY,I.25 LG
SHOE-HEAD, REPRODUCE
HD-ASSY 2TK REP AUDIO 1/4 IN
MOUNT ASSY-REPRoOUCE HD,PREPLY
TAPE GUIDE ASSY-PREPLAY
SCREW-MACH,FH,4-40 X 5/16
SCREW-NACH,FH,4-40 X 1/4
SCREW -M ACH,PAN HD,6-32 X 5/16
SCREW -M ACH ,P AN HO ,1 0 -3 2 X 1 /2
WASHER-FLAT,GENERAL PURPSE,UIO
SCREW-MACH,PAN HD,10-32 X 5/16
SCREW-MACH,PAN HO,2-56 X 5/16
SCREW-MACH,PAN HO,4-40 X 1/4
WASHER-FLAT,SM PATT,#2
WASHER-FLAT,GENERAL PURPOSE,#6
WASHER-LOCK,SPLIT, #6
WASHER-L OCK , SP LIT,HELICAL,U 2
WASHER-LOCK,SPLIT,H EL ICAL, U4
WASHER-FLAT,RD,.125 1.0.
WASHER-LoCK,SPLIT,HELICAL,#10
SHIELD-BASE, HEAD, REPRODUCE
PH CATALOG NO.
83 -3330-0339
83-3340-0592
83-3280-0610
83 -3350-0535
83-3340-0591
83-3310-1129
83-3650-0475
83-3950-1103
83-5950-0999
83-4320-1751
83-3240-0440
83 -9 260 -6 503
83 -926 0 - 6554
83- 9260 - 4530
83 - 9260 -4 572
83 - 926 1-~ 006
83 -9260-45 69
83-9260-4503
83-9260-4513
83-9261-4011
83-9261-4004
83-9261-4305
83-9261-4301
A 3-9261-4303
83-9261-4062
83-9261-4307
83-3950-1104
en y •
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
2. 0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1 .0
2 .0
2.0
2.0
1.0
2. 0
1.0
2 .0
2.0
2 .0
2.0
2.0
2 .0
2 .0
2.0
1.0
1.0
I
.J
~~~
PAR T 5
TITLE
KIT-ACCESS,PREPLAY HO,2 TRKl/2
MAT E R I A L
REF. DES. OR FIND NO.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
LIS T
DRAWING NUMBER
- MFGR PART NO.
23013Al13-1
23013A118
23013Al15
23013A116
23013A114
23013Al12
23013A119-1
23002A003-2
23002A200-5
23000A905
23013A125-2
MS35190-222
MS24693-S2
MS35206-227
MS35207-263
A
B
C
A
A
MS35207-260
MS35206-204
MS35206-213
MIL STD
MIL STD
MIL STD
MS35338-41
MS35338-39
MS35338-40
MIL STD
MIL STO
MIL STD
MS35338-43
23002A002
MIL STO
MINCOM
REV A
CATALOG NO. 83-5990-0569
R E QUI REM E N T 5 - - - - - - -
MFGR NAME
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MIL STD
MIL STD
MIL STD
MIL STO
PL 23000A900-3
DES C RIP TID N
DOOR-'P REP LAY HD
SUPPORT-DOOR, PREPLAY
SHAFT-HINGE, PREPLAY
SPACER-AZMUTH ADJ, PREPLAY
SUPPORT-COVER, PRE PLAY
COVER-DECORAIVE,PREPLAY
SHIELD-HEAD,PREPLAY,I.25 LG
SHOE-HEAD, REPRODUCE
HD-ASSY 2TK REP AUDIO 1/2 IN
MOUNT ASSY-REPRODUCE HD,PREPLY
TAPE GUIDE ASSY-PREPLAY,1/2 IN
SCREW-MACH,FH,4-40 X 5/16
SCREW-MACH,FH,4-40 X 1/4
SCREW-MACH,PAN HD,6-32 X 5/16
SCR~W-MACH,PAN HD,10-32 X 1/2
WASHER-FLAT,GENERAL PURPSE,#10
SCREW-MACH,PAN HD,10-32 X 5/16
SCREW-MACH,PAN HD,2-56 X 5/16
SCREW-MACH,PAN HO,4-40 X 1/4
WASHER-FLAT,SM PATT,#2
WASHER-FLAT,GENERAL PURPOSE,#6
WASHER-LOCK,SPLIT, #6
WASHER-LOCK,SPLIT,HELICAL,#2
WASHER-LOCK,SPLIT,HELICAL,#4
WASHER-FLAT,RD,.125 1.0.
WASHER-LOCK,SPLIT,HELICAL,#10
SHIELD-BASE, HEAD, REPRODUCE
- - - - - - -
PH CATALOG NO.
83-3330-0339
83-3340-0592
83-3280-0610
83-3350-0535
83-3340-0591
83-3310-1129
83-3650-0475
83-3950-1103
83-5950-1008
83-4320-1751
83-3240-0442
83-9260-6503
83-9260-6554
83-9260-4530
83-9260-4572
83-9261:--4006
83-9260-4569
83-9260-4503
83-9260-4513
83-9261-4011
83-9261-4004
83-9261-4305
83-9261-4301
83-9261-4303
83-9261-4062
83-9261-4307
83-3950-1104
OTY.
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
2.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
1.0
2.0
1.0
2.0
2.0
4.0
7..0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
1.0
1.0
PAR T S
TITLE
KI T- ACCESS,PRFPLAY Ho,3 TRK I /2
MAT E R
REF. DES . OR FINO NO.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
s::N
W
,
N
a-
'"
10
11
12
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
LIS T
A L
DRAWING NUMBER
- MFGR PART NO .
23013A113 -1
23013A118
23013A 11 5
230 1 3A116
23013A1 14
23013A112
23013A 11 9-1
23002A003 - 2
23002A200-3
23000A905
23013A125 - 2
MS35190- 222
MS24693-S2
MS35206-227
MS35207 - 263
Mlr~COM
A
B
C
A
A
MINCoM
MINCoM
MINCoM
MINCoM
~1I NCOf~
MIL
MIL
MIL
MIL
STU
STo
STD
STo
MS35207-260
MS35206-204
MS35206-213
MIL S To
MIL S10
MIL S To
MS35338-41
MS 35338-39
MS35338 - 40
MIL STD
MIL STo
MIL STD
MS35338-43
23002A002
MIL STD
MINCoM
REV R
CA TALOG NO . 83-5990 - 0570
R E Q IJ I RE MEN T S - - - - - - - -
MF GR NAME
MINCoM
MINCoM
MINCoM
~11 NCoM
MIN CoM
PL 23000A900- 4
DES C RIP TI D N
oooR-PREPLAY HD
SUPPORT- ODOR , PREPLAY
SHA FT-HI NG E, PRFPlAY
SPACER-AZMU TH ADJ, PREP LAY
SUPPORT - COVER , PRE PLAY
CoVER-oECoRA IV E,PREP LAY
SHIELo -HEAo ,PREPL AY ,I. 25 LG
SHOE- HE AD , REPRODUCE
Ho-ASSY 3 TK REP AUD IO 1/ 2 IN
MUUNT ASSY -RE PRooUCE Ho,PREPLY
TAPE GUIDE ASSY -P REPLAY ,1/ 2 I N
SCREW- MACH ,FH,4-4 0 X 5/ 16
SCREW - MACH,FH,4-40 X 1/4
SCREW - MACH,PAN HD,6-32 X 5/16
SCREW - MACff, PAN HD,10 - 32 X 1/ 2
WASHER-FLAT,GENERAL PURPSE,#10
SCREW -M ACH,PAN Ho,10-32 X 5/16
SCREW - MACH ,PAN Ho,2- 56 X 5/16
SCREW -MACH,P AN Ho,4-40 X 1/4
WASHER-FLAT,$M PATT,#2
WASHER-FLAT,GENERAL PURPoSE,#6
WASHER-LoCK,SPLIT, #6
WASHER-LoCK,SPLIT,HELICAL,#2
WASHER-LoCK,SPLIT,HELICAL,#4
WASHER-FLAT,Ro,.125 1. 0.
WA SHER-LoCK, SP LIT,HELI CA L, # 10
SHIELD-BASE, HEAD, REPRODUCE
_ _ _ - _ _
PH CATALOG NO.
83 - 3330- 0339
83 - 3340-0592
83- 3280-0610
83- 3350 - 0535
83 - 3340 - 059 1
83- 33 10-11 29
83-3650-0475
83- 3950 -1103
83- 5950-100 0
83-4320 -1751
83 - 3240 - 0442
83- 9260- 6503
83 -9260-6554
83 - 9260- 4530
83 - 9260-4 572
83 - 9261 -4006
83 - 9260-4 569
83- 9260-4 503
83-9260 -451 3
83 - 9261 - 40 11
83 - 926 1-4 004
83- 9261-4305
83 - 9261 -4 30 1
83- 9261 - 4303
83 - 926 1-406 2
83-9261-4307
83-3950-1104
QTY.
1. 0
1. 0
1. 0
1.0
2. 0
1.0
1.0
1. 0
1.0
1. 0
1. 0
2. 0
2.0
2.0
1.0
2.0
1.0
2.0
2 .0
4.0
2. 0
2.0
2. 0
2. 0
2 .0
1. 0
1.0
PAR T S
TITLE
KIT-ACCESS,PREPlAY HO,4 TRK1/2
---
REF.
O~S.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
OR FINO NO.
lIS T
A l
MATER
DRAWING NUMBER
- MFGR PART NO.
230l3Al13-l
23013Al18
23013A115
23013Al16
230l3Al14
23013Al12
230l3A119-l
23002A003-2
23002A200-4
23000A905
230 13 A1 25 - 2
MS35190-222
MS24693-S2
MS35206-227
MS35207-263
A
B
C
A
A
MS35207-260
MS35206-204
MS35206-213
MIL STO
MIL STD
MIL STO
MS35338-4l
MS35338-39
MS35338-40
Mil STD
MIL STD
MIL STD
MS35338-43
23002A002
MIL STO
MINCOM
REV B
CATALOG NO. 83-5990-0571
R E QUI REM E N T S - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
MFGR NAME
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
Mil STO
MIL STO
MIL STO
MIL STO
Pl 23000A900-5
o
ESC RIP T ION
OOOR-PREPlAY HO
SUPPORT-DOOR, PREPlAY
SHAFT-HINGE, PREPlAY
SPACER-AZMUTH ADJ, PREPlAY
SUPPORT-COVER, PRE PLAY
COVER-DECORAIVE,PREPlAY
SHIElO-HEAO,PREPlAY,1.25 lG
SHOE-HEAD, REPRODUCE
HD-ASSY 4TK REP AUDIO 1/2 IN
MOUNT ASSY-REPROOUCE HO,PREPlY
TAPE GUIDE ASSY-PREPlAY,1/2 IN
SCREW-MACH,FH,4-40 X 5/16
SCREW-MACH,FH,4-40 X 1/4
SCREW-MACH,PAN HD,6-32 X 5/16
SCREW-MACH,PAN HO,10-32 X 1/2
WASHER-FlAT,GENERAl PURPSE,#10
SCREW-MACH,PAN HO,10-32 X 5/16
SCREW-MACH,PAN HD,2-56 X 5/16
SCREW-MACH,PAN HD,4-40 X 1/4
WASHER-FlAT,SM PATT,#2
WASHER-FlAT,GENF.RAL PURPOSE,#6
WASHER-lOCK,SPlIT, #6
WASHER-lOCK,SPlIT,HElICAl,#2
WASHER-lOCK,SPlIT,HElICAl,#4
WASHER-FlAT,RD,.125 1.0.
WASHER-lOCK,SPlIT,HElICAl,#10
SHIELD-BASE, HEAD, REPRODUCE
PH CATALOG NO.
83-3330-0339
83-3340-0592
83-3280-0610
83-3350-0535
83-3340-0591
83-3310-1129
83-3650-0475
83-3950-1103
83-5950-1001
83-4320-1751
83-3240-0442
83-9260-6503
83-9260-6554
83-9260-4530
83-9260-4572
83-9261-4006
83-9260-4569
83-9260-4503
83-9260-4513
83-9261-4011
83-9261-4004
83-9261-4305
83-9261-4301
83-9261-4303
83-9261-4062
83-9261-4307
83-3950-1104
OTY.
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
2.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
1.0
2.0
1.0
2.0
2.0
4.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
1.0
1.0
PAR T S
DO
TITLE
o
KI T- ACCESS,PREPLAY HD,4 TRK 1
MA T E R
REF. DES. OR FIND NO .
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
A L
DRAH I NG NUMBER
- MFGR PART NO .
230 13A 11 3 - 2
230 1 3AI.18
230 13A 1 15
23013A 11 6
230 13A 114
230 1 3A1 1 2
230 13A 11 9 - 2
23002A003- 2
23002A200 -7
23000A905
23013A125 - 3
MS3519D - 222
MS24693 - S2
MS35206-22T
MS35207 - 263
o
~I I NCOM
A
B MI NCOM
C MI NCOM
A MINCO~\
A MINCO~\
MIL STll
MIL S TD
MI L S TO
MI L STD
MS35207 - 260
MS35206 - 204
MS35206 - 2 1 3
MIL S TD
MIL STD
MIL STD
MS35338 - 4 1
MS35338 - 39
MS35338 - 40
MI L STU
MIL S TD
~\ IL STll
MS35338 - 43
23002A002
MI L STD
MI NCOM
PL 23000A900- 6
REV R
CATA LOG NO . 83- 5990 - 0572
REO U I R E MEN T S - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
MFGR NAME
MI NCOM
MI NCOM
MI NCOM
MI NCOM
MINCOM
L IS T
DES C R I P T I ON
DOOR- PRE PL AY HO
SUPPOR T- DOOR , PREP LAY
SHAFT-H IN GE, PREP LAY
SPACER - AZMUTH AD J, PR EPLAY
SUPPOR T- COVER , PRE PLAY
COVER - DECORA IV E, PREPLAY
SH I ELD-H EAD , PREP LAY, I . 7 5 LG
SHOE-HE AD , REPROD IJ CE
HD - ASSY 4 TK REP AUD I O 1 IN
MOUNT ASSY - RFPRODUCE HD , PREP LY
TAPE GUIDE ASSY - PREP LAY , 1 INCH
SCREW - MACH,FH,4- 40 X 5/ 1 6
SCR EH - MACH,FH,4- 40 X 1/4
SCREW- MACH,PAN HD,6- 32 X 5/16
SCRE W-MACH , PAN HD, 10 - 32 X 1 /2
WASHER - FLAT,GENERAL PURPSE , #IO
SCR EW- MACH , PAN HD ,1 0 - 32 X 5/ 1 6
SCREW - MACH , PAN HD,2 - 56 X 5/ 1 6
SCREW-MACH ,P AN HD , 4- 40 X 1 /4
WA SHE R-F LA T, SM PATT, H2
WAS HE R-F LA T,GE NERA L PU RP OSE . #6
WAS HER -L OCK , SP LI T, #6
WAS HE R-L OCK , SPL IT. HE LI CA L, #2
WAS HER -L OCK , SP LI T. HEL I CA L, #4
WAS HE R-FL AT, RD ,.1 25 1. 0 .
WAS HER -L OCK , SPLIT, HE LICAL, # 1 0
SHIEL D- BAS E, HEAD , REPROD UCE
OTY.
83- 3330- 0340
83- 3340 - 0592
83-3280 - 06 1 0
83- 3350 - 0535
83- 3340 - 059 1
83 - 33 10-1 1 29
83- 3650 - 04 7 6
83- 3950 -11 03
83- 5950 -111 4
83- 4320 -17 5 1
83 - 3240- 0443
83 - 9260- 6503
83 - 9260- 6554
83- 9260- 4530
83 - 9260 - 4572
83 - 9261 - 4006
83 - 9260 - 4569
83- 9260 - 4503
83 - 9260-4 513
83 - 926 1-4 0 11
83 - 926 1- 400 4
83- 926 1-4305
83 - 926 1- 430 1
83- 926 1- 4303
83 - 926 1- 4062
83- 926 1- 4307
83 - 3950-11 04
1. 0
1. 0
1. 0
1. 0
2. 0
1. 0
1. 0
1. 0
1. 0
1. 0
1.0
2 .0
2.0
2.0
1. 0
2. 0
1. 0
2. 0
2. 0
4.0
2. 0
2. 0
2. 0
2. 0
2. 0
1. 0
1. 0
PAR T S
TITLE
-
-----
- - -
REF. f)E S. OR FIND NO.
2
3
4
5
6
~
N
w
!::d
!::d
~
N
I
0'
'"
7
8
9
10
11
12
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
L I S T
KIT-ACCESS,PREPLAY HO,8 TRK 1
MAT E R I A L
DRAWING NUMBER
- MFGR PART NO.
MFGR NAME
23013A113-2
23013A118
23013Al15
23013Al16
23013A114
23013A112
23013A119-2
23002A003-2
23002A200-9
23000A905
23013A125-3
MS35190-222
MS24693-S2
MS35206-227
MS35201-263
0 MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
A
B MINCOM
C MINCOM
A MINCOM
A MINCOM
MIL STO
MIL STU
MIL STO
MIL STD
MS35207-260
MS35206-204
MS35206-213
MIL STD
MIL STD
MIL STO
MS35338-41
MS35338-39
MS35338-40
MIL STD
MIL STO
MIL STD
MS35338-43
23002A002
R E
MIL STD
MINCOM
PL 23000A900-7
REV R
CATALOG NO. 83-5990-0573
o
U I R E MEN T S - -
o
E S C R
r
P T I
o
- - - - - -------
N
DOOR-PREPLAY HD
SUPPORT-DOOR, PREPLAY
SHAFT-HINGE, PRFPLAY
SPACER-AZMUTH ADJ, PREPLAY
SUPPORT-COVER, PRE PLAY
COVER-DECORAIVE,PREPLAY
SHIELD-HEAO,PREPLAY,1.15 LG
SHOE-HEAD, REPRODUCE
HD-ASSY 8TK REP AUDIO 1 IN
MOUNT ASSY-REPRODUCE HD,P~EPLY
TAPE GUIDE ASSY-PREPLAY,l INCH
SCREw-MACH,FH,4-40 X 5/16
SCREW-MACH,FH,4-40 X 1/4
SCREW-MACH,PAN HD,6-32 X 5/16
SCREW-MACH,PAN HD,10-32 X 1/2
WASHER-FLAT,GENERAL PURPSE,#10
SCREW-MACH,PAN HO,10-32 X 5/16
SCREW-MACH,PAN HO,2-56 X 5/16
SCREW-MACH,PAN HD,4-40 X 1/4
WASHER-FLAT,SM PATT,#2
WASHER-FLAT,GENERAL PURPOSE,#6
WASHER-LOCK,SPLIT, #6
WASHER-LOCK,SPLIT,HELICAL,#2
WASHER-LOCK,SPLIT,HELICAL,#4
WASHER-FlAT,RO,.125 1.0.
WASHER-LOCK,SPlIT,HELICAL,#10
SHIELD-BASE, HEAf), REPRODUCE
PH CATALOG
f\IO.
83-3330-0340
83-3340-0592
83-3280-0610
83-3350-0535
83-3340-0591
83-3310-1129
83-3650-0476
83-3950-1103
83-5950-1116
83-4320-1751
83-3240-0443
83-9260-6503
83-9260-6554
83-9260-4530
83-9260-4572
83-9261-4006
83-9260-4569
83-9260-4503
83-9260-4513
83-9261-4011
83-9261-4004
83-9261-4305
83-9261-43Ql
83-9261-4303
83-9261-4062
83-9261-4307
83-3950-1104
CTY.
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
2.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
1.0
2".0
1.0
2.0
2.0
4.0
2.0
7..0
2.0
l.O
2.0
1.0
1.0
PAR T S
LIS T
PL 23000A902
REV C
ex>
N
T ITLE
- - - -
- - -
- -
RE F . O"S . OR F 11''110 NO .
1
2
3
5
6
7
8
9
,
'"
'"
N
KIT-INSTALLATI ON ,MTG,ELECT
MA T E R
A L
DRAW I NG NUMRER
- MFGR PART NO.
23028A033 -1
23028A033- 2
23028A023
A6732- 5-0 2
~'FGR
A MI NCOM
A MINCOM
C MINCOM
ESNA
CA TAL OG NO . 83 - 5990 - 04 16
R E
NAME
Q
U I R E M E N T S - 0 E S C R I P T I
o
-
- -
- -
N
BRK T- MTG , LH , SIGNA L ELECT
BRKT~M T G , RH , S IGNA L EL EC T
STOP-BAR,OOOR,CARINET,CONSOLE
NUT-NON LKG,P L,1 0 -3 2
SCRE W- WOOD , RO HO,#6 X 1/8
SC RE W- WOOO , RO HO, #ld X 1 . 00 LG
WASHER - FLAT,GEN ERA L PURP OS Eo # 6
WASHER - FLAT , GENERAL PURPSE,# 10
-
------
PH CATA LOG NO .
83 - 3320-1121
83- 3320 - 11 22
83- 3350- 0389
83- 9260- 0059
83 - 9262 -0 555
83- 9262 - 0559
83-9261 - 400 4
83- 926 1-400 6
OTY •
1. 0
1.0
1.0
16.0
4.0
8.0
4.0
8.0
PAR T S
TITLE
- ---
--- --
REF. DES. OR FH!O NO.
1
2
3
LIS T
MOUNT ASSY-REPROOUCE HD,PREPLY
MAT E R I A L
DRAWING NUMBER
- MFGR PART NO.
23013A111
23001A012
MS35190-222
R E
MFGR NAME
MINCOM
C MINCOM
t-HL STO
PL 23000A905
REV A
CATALOG NO. 83-4320-1751
Q
U I R E MEN T S - -
o
E S C R
[
P T I
o
-----
N
BASE-MOUNTING-PRE PLAY
MTG-PLATE REPRO HD AZIMUTH
SCREW-MACH,FH,4-40 X 5/16
-------
PH CATALOG NO.
83-3240-0439
83-3950-0962
83-9260-6503
OTY.
1.0
1.0
2.0
PA R T S
...'"
TITLE
KIT-C OVER E TRIM , NARROW
MAT E
REF. DES . DR FIND NO.
25 1
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
A L
R
LI S T
PL 2 30 00A940
CA TALOG NO . 83-5990 - 0440
R E QU I REM E N T S - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
ORAIH NG NlJI1BER
- MFGR PART NO .
DES C RIP T ID
230 13A020
230 13A023 -1
23013A02 1
23013A022 -1
23013A0 18-1
230 13A018-2
230 13A024
MS24693- S2 4
COVER - SWI TCH ,T APf ME TER I NG
COV ER-T APE OECK ,1 0 1/ 2 I N REEL
PLA TE- MASK I NG,SWTCH,TAPE TRANS
PLATE - MASK I NG,SWTCH ,T APE TR ANS
TRIM- SWI TCH PANF. L,LH,T RANSPoR T
TRIM - SWI TCH PANEL , RH,T RANSPOR T
TRI M-CHANNE L,T APE DECK
SCR EW- MAC H,FH, 6- 32 X . 250 100
A MINCOM
E MI NCOM
A MI NCOM
o MI NCOM
o MINCOM
o MI NCoM
A MI NCoM
MIL STO
REV A
N
PH CATALOG NO.
OTY .
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
1.0
1. 0
1.0
1. 0
1.0
1. 0
2. 0
10 . 0
83 - 33 10 - 0838
8 3- 33 10 - 0850
83-3320-1117
83- 3320 -1 1 18
83 - 3330- 0243
83- 3330 - 0244
83 - 3330- 0245
83 - 9260 -6 57 1
PAR T S
TITLE
5W ASSY-TAPE EDITING,FT OPER
MAT E R I A L
REV 0
CATALOG NO. 83-4550-5298
R E QUI REM E N T S - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
DRAWING NUMBER
- MFGR PART NO.
C1
CR1
CR2,CR3
BR500-25
IN4004
1N4002
CORNELL OU~L CAP-FXO,ELECT,
500UF 25V
MOTOROLA
RECT -SI,OIF JCT,400PIV 1 AMP
MOTOROLA
RECT-SI,SEMICONO,100PIV,
1 A
83-1510-2044
83-1530-0151
83-1530-0122
1.0
1.0
2.0
Kl,K2
KHP17011
POTTR & BRUM RELAY-4POT,650 OHM 24VOC 3 AMP
83-1550-3550
2.0
P2
1-480218-0
AMP INC
SHELL-CONN,RECT,12 POSITIONS
83-1610-0931
1.0
R1
R2
R3
OA181-1149
OA181-7220
OA781-1337
MI/'ICOM SPEC
MINCOM SPEC
MINCOM SPEC
RES-FXO,FILM,3.3K OHM,l/2W,2%S
RES-FXO,FILM,220 OHM,l/2W,2% S
RES-FXO,FILM,41 OHM,1/2W,2% S
83-1520-7149
83-1520-1220
83-1520-7337
1.0
1.0
1.0
51
1AF4
MICRO SWITCH SWITCH-FOOT,SPOT, NOR-OPEN
83-1550-5399
1.0
83-3310-1135
83-3320-1671
83-3310-1136
83-1620-0108
83-1640-0075
83-1640-0242
83-1650-D064
83-7650-0084
83-9260-4510
83-1610-0925
83-9260-4514
83-9260-4532
83-9261-4012
83-9261-4013
83-9261-4303
83-9261-4305
83-9260-2201
83-9260-2202
83-1910-0035
83-9261-4302
83-9261-4011
1.0
1.0
1.0
2.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
2.0
12.0
1.0
1.0
7.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
AR
2.0
2.0
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
-
PL 23000A950
REF. nE5. OR FIND NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
00
01
LIS T
23000A951
23000A952
23000A953
9KHl
2924
51F
#719
N4
MFGR NAt-lE
A MINCOM
A MINCOM
M INCOM
POT.BRUM
LERCO
CINCH JONES
H.H. SMITH
R ICHCO
60511-4-LP
MS35206-214
MS35206-229
AMP INC
MIL STO
MIL STO
MS35338-40
MS35338-41
~HL STO
MIL STO
NATL WIRE
AN960-3
A&N STo
DES C RIP T ION
CHASSIS-SWITCH ASSY, FOOT
BRACKET-RELAY
COVER-SWITCH ASSY
SOCKET-RELAY,14CONT
TERM BO-GLASS,1.160WO X1.50 LG
TERM 80- 2 CONT,.315WD X.150LG
CLAMP-STRAIN,
.625 10
CLAMP-LOOP,.250 OIA,NYLON
SCREW-MACH,PH,3-48UNC-2AX 5/16
CONTACT-ELEC,PIN,
.084 DIA
SCREW-MACH,PAN HO,4-40 X 5/16
SCREW-MACH,PAN HO,6-32 X 1116
WASHER-FLAT,.219 00 X .125 10
WASHER-FLAT,SM PATT,#6
WASHER-LOCK,SPLIT,HELICAL,#4
WASHER-LOCK,SPLIT, #6
NUT-HEX,SM PATT,4-40 X .188 WO
NUT-HEX,SM PATT,6-32 X .250 WO
WIRE-TYPE B,20GA WHT NYLON JKT
LOCKW~SHER-SPLIT, #3
WASHER-FLAT,Ro, #3
PH CATALOG NO.
QTY.
IWlMO.
_
23000A950
Figu r e ...J.6 .
0
Ta pe Ed iling Swilch A ss emb l y
M23 RRM 2 - 69
l H7 / 1~1:5
PAR T S
TITLE
CHASSIS-SWITCH ASSY, FOOT
MAT E R I A L
REF.
O~S.
1
2
OR
FI~D
NO.
DRAWING NUMBER
- MFGR PART 1'10.
FE-832
15918
LIS T
PL 23000A951
REV A
CATALOG NO. 83-3310-1135
R E QUI REM E N T S - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
MFGR NAME
DES C RIP T ION
PENN ENGNRNG NUT-CLINCH,SELF LOCK, 8-32UNC
USECO
FASTENER-CHAS,TAP,4-40 X .105
PH CATALOG NO.
83-9264-0431
83-9262-0265
OTY.
3.0
4.0
PAR T S
TITLE
RE F. DES . OR FIND NO.
1
,
'"
N
'"'
DRAWING NlJ M8ER
- MFGR PAR T NO .
CLS-440-2
PL Z3000A952
REV A
CA TALO G NO. 8 3- 33 20 -1 6 77
8RACKET - RELAY
MAT E R
LIS T
A L
R E O U IRE ME N T S - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
MFGR NAME
DES C R I P TID N
PENN ENGNRNG NUT-CAPTVE.4-40X.250 00
PH CATA LOG NO.
83-9264-0004
OTY.
2.0
PAR T S
TITLE
- - --
---- -
REF. OFS. OR FIND NO.
1
2
3
4
5
KIT-HO MTG PLATE/CONN,1/2 IN
MA T E R
A L
DRAWING NUMBER
- JIo1FGR PART 1'10.
MR AC-25-G7
100-2022S
100-2022P
23000A011
23001B010-1
LIS T
CATALOG NO. 83-5990-0474
R E QUI R E MEN T S - -
MFGR NAME
WINCHESTER
WINCHESTER
WINCHESTER
A MINCOM
MINCOM
REV R
PL 23000A960-1
---
- - - --
DES C R I P T ION
CONN-RECP,RECTANGLR,42 CON
SOCKET-CON,CONN,.766 LG,22 GA
PIN-CONTACT,CONN,.040DIA X.766
BRKT MTG-HEAO CONNECTOR
MTG PLATE ASSV-REC/REP,1/2 IN
---
-
PH CATALOG NO.
83-1610-0817
83-1610-0818
83-1610-0918
A3-3320-1468
83-5950-1236
env.
1.0
21.0
21.0
2.0
1.0
PAR T S
TI TLE
- -
----I
2
3
4
5
,
'"
N
-D
KIT-H D MTG PLATE/CO NN, I I N
- -
REF . DE S. OR F IND NO.
LI S T
M A T E R
A L
DRA WI NG NUMBER
MFGR PAR T N[1 .
-
MRAC - 25 - G7
100 - 20225
100 - 2022 P
23000AO II
2300 1 BO I O- 2
R E
MFGR NAM E
WI NC HES TER
WI NC HES TER
WI NCH ES TE R
B MI NCOM
MI NCOM
PL 23000A960-2
REV R
CA TALOG NO . 83- 5990 - 04 7 5
Q U
I R E M E N T S
0 E S C R I P T I
- - - -
o
---
N
CONN - REC P , RECTANG LR,4 2 CO N
SOCKE T- CO N, CONN , .7 66 LG, 2 2 GA
P I N- CONTACT, CO NN, . 0 400 I A X. 766
BRK T MTG- HEAD CONNEC TOR
MTG PLAT E ASSY - REClRE P ,1 I N
-
- -
- - - -
PH CATA LOG NO .
83 -1 6 10- 08 17
83- 1 6 10- 08 1 8
83-1 6 10- 09 18
83 - 3320 - 1 468
83 - 5950 - 123 7
OTY .
1. 0
42 . 0
42 . 0
2.0
1. 0
PAR T S
TITLE
-- ------REF. DES. OR FIND NO.
~
N
w
!;O
!;O
~
N
1
0'
..0
1
2
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
13
14
15
19
20
22
23
24
25
26
27
KIT-TILTING, TRANS PORT
MAT E R
A L
DRAWING NUMBER
- MFGR PART Nn.
L I S T
PL 23000A970
REV C
CATALOG NO. 83-5990-0580
R E o U I R E MEN T S - -
MFGR NAME
23000A901
23028AO 10
23028A005
23028A044
MS35649-82
MS24693-S51
0
A
C
A
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MIL STO
MIL STU
SEE DESC
#9
23028A116
23028A114
23028A115
H31U58
MS35207-263
A&N STn
OllCOMMUN
A MII\lCOM
C MINCOM
A MINCOM
HUNTER SPR
(1011 L STD
MS24665-2/6
23028A112
MS35338-43
AN960-516L
MS35650-102
MS24665-208
MINCOM
MIL STn
AN STD
MIL STO
MIL STD
DES C R I P T I
- -
- - - -------
o N
KIT-INSTALLATION MTG TRANSPORT
HINGE-PIVUT, CARINET, CONSOLE
SUPPORT-TRANSPORT, CABINET
SPACER-PLATE, TRANSPORT SUP
NUT-HEX,PLAI~,8-32 X .344 WD
SCREW-MACH,FH,8-32 X .625
WASHER-LOCK,SPLIT,HELICAL,#8
WASHER-#8,ASA R7.7.2-1958 .164R
PLATE-MOUNTING, FLANG,3/4 THD
SHAFT-SPRING, CntHITF.R BALANCE
WASHER-SPRING, cnUf\lTFR RALANCE
SPACER-SPRING,COUNTER BALANCE
SPRING-EXTENSION,.031 THKX 21-10
SCREW-MACH,PAN HD,10-32 X 1/2
WASHER-FLAT,GENERAL PURPSE,#10
PIN-COTTER,.07H DIA X 1 1/7. LG
ARM-SUPPORT,COlJNTER RALANCE
WASHER-LOCK,SPLIT,HELICAL,#10
WASHER-FLAT,LIGHT SERIES,#5/16
NUT-HEX,PLAI~,10-32 X .375 WD
PIN-COTTER,.078 olA X .500 LG
PH CAT ALOG 1'10.
83-5990-0415
83-3270-0560
83-3340-0500
83-':\350-0474
83-9260-2006
83-9260-h563
83-9261-4306
83-9261-4005
R3-1320-1705
83-3280-0614
83-3261-4350
83-3350-0541
83-1280-0616
83-9260-4572
83-9261-4006
83-7280-0617
83-3210-0287
83-9261-4307
83-9261-4014
83-9260-2107
83-7280-0322
QTV.
1.0
2.0
1.0
2.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
1.0
1.0
2.0
11>.0
1.0
2.0
7..0
2.0
1.0
7..0
1.0
2.0
1.0
PAR T 5
TITLE
MO TOR ASSY -T AK E lIP REE L
MAT E R
REF . DES . DR F I ND NO .
1
2
3
4
6
7
8
9
10
11
DRAW I NG NUM BER
- MFGR PA RT NO .
LFSS -I 0
60511-4-LP
23004A004
23004A003
23004BOO 1
23004A005
230048010
MS 1699 7- 22
MS 24693 - S<72
MS51017-3 5
12
13
14
15
16
17
MS 35338 - 4 1
23004A008
#772
MS 16997 - 20
A L
PL 23004AOOO
LI S T
REV F
CATA LO G NO . 83- 4560 - 0090
R E Q UI R EM E N T S - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
MFG R NAME
DESCRIP TI ON
MI N PREC BRG BRG - 8A LL, AN LR ,PL AI N, .6 25 BORE
AMP INC
CONTACT - ELEC, P IN,
. 084 DIA
B MI NCO M
ADAPTER-REEL HU 8 , REW I ND MO TO R
PLATE-MTG,TA KE UP & REWND MOT
A ~1j"CO I~
IN DIC ATOR -FLA G, DI RECT SENSOR
B MI NCOM
A M I NCO~1
MOTOR-TAKE UP & REWIND,REEL
P.C. 80 ASSY, DIRECTION SENSOR
A MI NCOM
~1jL STANDARD SCREW-CAP,SnC HO,6-3 2 X 3/ 4
SCREW -M ACH,FH,10-32 X 1/ 2
MIL STD
SETSCREW - CUP PT,8-32 X 1/ 4
MIL STD
WASHER-FLAT,GENERAL PURPnSE, 16
WASHER-LOCK,SPLIT, # 6
MlL STD
A MI NCDM
MAGNET ASSY - 8AR ,I RON
NU T-H EX , SM PATT, 6 - 32 X . 2 50 WD
HH SM ITH
CLAMP - STRAIN,
.1 8 8 10
MIL S TD
SCREW - CAP , SOC HD , 6 - 3 2 X 1 /2 LG
PH CA TALOG NO.
83-1 230- 033 1
83-161 0- 0925
83- 3240 - 0303
83 - 3320-11 05
83- 3550- 53 19
83-3560 - 009 1
83 -4 930 -14 96
83 -92 6 1-20 33
83 - 9260- 6294
83 - 926 1- 0069
83 - 9261 - 4004
83 - 9261 - 4305
83- 3 190-00 7 5
83- 9260 - 2 202
83 - 7650- 0 1 0 1
8 3- 92 6 1- 2 0 3 1
OTY .
1. 0
4.0
1.0
1. 0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
4.0
3. 0
AR
AR
1.0
2. 0
1.0
1.0
PAR T S
TITLE
-
P.C. 80 ASSY, DIRECTION SENSOR
-- - - - -- -
MAT E R I A l
REF. DES. OR FIND NO.
DRAWING NUMBER
- MFGR PART NO.
S13,S14
MRR-2
1
2
3
4
lIS T
230048011
60511-4-lP
1-480277-0
R E
MFGR NAME
Pl 23004B010
REV A
CATALOG NO. 83-4930-1496
0
U I R E MEN T S - -
-- ---
DES C R I P T I o '"
--
- - -
--
PH CATALOG NO.
QTY.
HAMLIN
SWITCH-REED,MAGNETIC,28V 470MA
83-1550-5259
2.0
8 MINCOM
P.C. BO-OIRECTION SENSOR
CONTACT-ElEC,PIN,
.084 OIA
SHEll-CONN,RECT, .850 WD X.905
WIRE-TYPE 8,22GA WHT NYLON JKT
83-3640-1035
83-1610-0925
83-1610-0930
83-7910-0180
1.0
3.0
1.0
AR
AMP INC
AMP INC
AlHOL I TE
PAR T S
TITLE
ACTUATOR ASSY - BRAKE,FAIL SAFE
M A T E R
'"
CATAL OG NO. 83 - 4550 - 5402
R E Q UI REM E N T S - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
L6
42C240C - AX
PHILLIPS CON SO LENOIO-EL EC TRIC AL,PUSH/PULL
83-1550-4516
1.0
R73
LITTLE DEV IL
OHM ITE
RES -F XO , COMP ,15 0
83-95 20 -5 522
1. 0
SI5
MS24547 -1
MIL S TO
SW IT CH-BAS I C,SPD T, 28VOC 7 AMP
83 -1 550- 506 7
1.0
T86
52
CINCH-J ONES
TERMINA L STRI P , LUG TYP E, 2 LU G
83 -164 0 -11l 2
1. 0
JX-40
34013A926
340 13A927
MS 35 206 - 2 15
MIC RO SWI TCH ACTUATOR-SWITCH,SPG LE AF TYPE
BRACKE T- SUPPOR T, F AIL SAFE
MII"C OM
MI NCOM
BRACKE T- SWI TCH MTG,F AIL SAFE
~I!L STO
SCREW - MACH , PAN HO,4-40 X 3/8
WASHER-FLAT,GENFRAL PURPOSE #4
MIL S TO
WASHER -L OCK, SPL IT,H ELICAL,#4
MIL S TO
SCREW-M ACH,PAN HD,8 - 32 X 1/4
WASHE R- F LAT,SM PA TT , '8
WASHE R-L OCK , SPLI T,HELICA L, # 8
THOMS £ BE TS TE RM -LU G,
INSUL,R TG,. 26WO
SCRE W-MACH,PAN HO,6- 32 X 3/8
MIL S TO
WASffER-LOCK,SPLlT, #6
~l1L STO
WASHER-FLAT,GENERAL PURPOSE,#6
~I!L STD
NUT-HEX,PLAIM,6-32 X .31 3 WD
83-1550-5068
83-3 320 -1 640
83 -33 20-1 641
83 - 9260- 45 1 5
83- 9261 -4 002
83- 9261 - 4303
83 - 9 2 60- 4547
83- 9261 - 40 35
83- 9261 - 4306
83- 9630 - 0203
83-9260- 453 1
83- 926 1-4305
83 -9261-4 004
83 -926 0 - 2005
1. 0
1.0
1. 0
2. 0
2.0
2 .0
2 .0
2.0
2.0
1. 0
2 .0
2. 0
2.0
2 .0
4
5
~
REV B
DRAWING NUMBER
- MFGR PART NO .
I
,
PL 23004A030
REF . DES. OR FINO NO .
2
3
N
A L
LIS T
6
7
8
9
MS 35 338 -40
MS 35 20 6 -241
10
RA853
MS35206 - 228
MS35338 -41
II
12
13
14
MS35649-62
MFGR NAME
DES C R I P TID N
OHM
PH CATALOG NO.
2w
5%
OTY.
PAR T S
TITLE
A L
REF. DES. OR FINO NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
R
9
DRAWING NUMI:'ER
- MFGR PART Nfl.
60511-4-LP
1-480276-0
23004A004
23004A003
23004A005
MS24693-S272
MS51017-35
23013A063-1
7166
B
A
A
A
R E QUI REM E N T S - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
MFGR NAME
AMP INC
AMP INC
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MIL STO
r.lIl STD
MI NCOt-\
WALSCO
REV R
CATALOG NO. 83-4560-0092
MOTOR ASSY-RE\HNO,REEL
MAT E R
PL 23004A050
LIS T
DES C RIP T ION
.084 DIA
CONTACT-ELEC,PIN,
SHELL-CONN,RECT, .665 WD X.850
ADAPTER-REEL HUB,REWIND MOTOR
PlATE-MTG,TAKE UP C. REWND MOT
MOTOR-TAKE UP C. REWINO,REEL
SCREW-MACH,FH,10-32 X 1/2
SETSCREW-CUP PT,B-32 X 1/4
SPG-EXPAN,RET,CAPSTAN,1.810 lG
TERM-lUG,
UNINS,FlAT,#6
PH CATALOG NO.
83-1610-0925
R3-1610-0929
83-3240-0303
83-3320-1105
83-3560-0091
R3-9260-6294
83-9261-0069
83-3280-0524
83-9630-0028
OTY.
4.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
4.0
3.0
1.0
4.0
P AR T 5
TITLE
KIT-A55Y-MECHANICAL BRAKE
MAT E R
REF. DES. DR FIND NO.
2
3
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
18
DRAWING NUMBER
- MFGR PART NO.
34013A930-3
34013A930-4
2-37-E540-8
23013A063-1
34013A928
23004A030
23004A020
21-5-094-0437
4318
M535206-228
M53533 8 -41
197
A L
PL 23004A900
LIS T
REV B
CATALOG NO . 83-5 990-0556
R E QUI REM E N T 5 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
MFGR NAME
D MINCo,~
D MINCo,~
PARKER SEAL
DES C RIP TID N
ARM ASSY-CLUTCH RO LLER, LH
ARM A5SY-CLUTCH ROLLER, RH
PKG-PREFoRM,O-RING, 2.625 oD
A MINCot~
SPG-EXPAN,RET,CAPSTAN,I.810 LG
MINCoM
SPACER-ARM, CLUTCH ROLLER
8 MINCofl
ACTUATOR ASSY-BRAKE,FAIL SAFE
A MINCoM
HUB hS5Y-REEL,MoD 01123060
5TD PR5D 5TL PIN-SPRING,
.094 DIAX.437LG
PIC
5CREW-5HoULDER,8-32 X 5/16 LG
5CREW-MACH,PAN HD,6-32 X 3/8
MIL 5TD
WA5HER- FLAT, GENERA L PURPOSE,16
WA5HER-LOCK,5PLIT, #6
MIL 5TD
8IRN8ACH,
LU G- GROUND # 10
PH CATALOG NO .
83-3210-0273
83-3210-0274
83-1290-0063
83-3280-0524
83-3350-0523
B3-4550-5402
83-4930-1756
83 -7280-0 223
83-9260-0030
83-9260 -45 3 1
83-9261-4004
83-9261-4305
83- 9630-0061
QTY.
1. 0
1. 0
2.0
2.0
2.0
1. 0
2.0
1.0
2.0
2.0
1.0
2.0
2.0
PAR T S
TITLE
LIS T
MOTOR ASSY-CAPSTAN,3 3/4-7 1/2
MAT E R I A L
PL 23007C010-1
REV F
CATALOG NO. 83-4560-0149
REO U [ R f MEN T S - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
REF. DES. OR FINO NO.
DRAWING NUMRER
- MFGR PART NO.
C64
200P1450
SPRAGUE
CAP-FXO,PLSTC,
2.UF 440V 10%
83-1510-4433
1.0
P8
1-480277-0
AMP INC
SHELL-CONN,RECT, .850 WD X.905
83-1610-0930
1.0
R63
0367
OHMITE
RES-ADJ,
25W 10%
83-1520-8306
1.0
3-36-150E
MS35206-289
NAS620-416
MS35338-44
2154
SPI{AGUE
MIL STANDARD
NAS STo
MIL STD
H.H. SMITH
BRACKET-CAPACITOR MTG,.750 WD
SCREW-MACH,PAN HD,1/4-20 X 2.5
WASHER-FLAT,SM PATT,#1/4
WASHER-LOCK,SPLIT,HELICAL,#1/4
INSULATOR-WASH,
FIRER,.250 10
SCREW-MACH,PAN HD,8-32 X 9/16
BRACKET-CAPACITOR MTG
SCR-MACH,PAN HO,10-24 X 3/8 LG
WASHER-FLAT,GENFRAL PURPSE,#10
WASHER-LOCK,SPLIT,HELICAL,#10
CONTACT-ELEC,PIN,
.084 OIA
TERMINAL-INSlJL,.?50 00,4-40
MOTOR-CAPSTAN ORIVE,TRANSPORT
NUT-HEX,PLAIN,4-40 X .250 WD
WA$HER-LOCK,SPLIT,HELICAL,#4
WASHER-FLAT,GENFRAL PURPOSE #4
83-1320-1116
83-9260-4583
83-9261-4043
83-9261-4309
83-9630-0046
83-9260-4552
83-3320-1582
83-9260-4588
83-9261-4006
83-9261-4307
83-1610-0925
83-Q630-0137
83-3560-0096
83-9260-2003
83-9261-4303
83-9261-4002
2.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
2.0
2.0
1.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
8.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
14
19
20
21
MFGR NAME
23007A017
MS35206-261
o
MS35338-43
60511-4-LP
6128
23007A011
MS35649-42
MS35338-40
MIL STD
AMP INC
LERCO
B MINCOM
MIL STD
MIL STU
MINCOM
MIL STO
DES C RIP T ION
WW, 75
OHM
PH CATALOG NO.
"TY.
PAR T S
N
PL 23007C0 10 - 2
LIS T
REV F
o
o
TITLE
CATALOG NO. 83-4 560 - 0 1 50
MOTOR ASSY-CAPSTAN,7 1/ 2 -1 5
A L
MAT E R
R E QUI REM E N T 5 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
REF. DES. OR FIND NO.
DRAWING NUMBER
- r4 -1 25X31?
#0
R MINCDM
0 MINCOM
A MI NCOM
R MINCOM
GROOV -PI N
GRODV-PIN
PL 23007A030 -1
REV C
CATALOG NO . 83- 4330 -0 241
DOOR ASSY -H EAD COVER ,T PE TRANS
-
REF. DES . OR FIND NO .
LIS T
(l
U I R E
M
E N T S
D E S C R I P T I 0
- - - - - - - - - - - - -
"
SHAF T- AC TUATI NG,DOOR,HEAO CDVR
ODOR-HEAD COVER, TAP E TRANS
SUPPOR T- OOO R,H O CVR,TAPE TRANS
SHIELD - DOOR, HEAD COVER
PIN-GRVD,HOLS,.175DIA X. 3 1 ? LG
P I N- GRVO,HOEO, .067 DI AX.125LG
-
PH CA TALOG NO .
83 - 3280 - 0406
83-3330-0263
83-3340 - 038 1
B3-3650-0367
83 - 7280-0466
83-7 280-047 7
DTY.
1.0
1. 0
1.0
1.0
1. 0
2. 0
PAR T S
TITLE
- -- -
-- -- -
REF. OES. OR FIND NO.
2
3
4
5
6
7
N
o
U'I
DOOR ASSY-HO COVER,TAPE TRANS
MAT E R
DRAWING NUMBER
- MFGR PART Nn.
23007A032
23007B034-2
23007A033
23007A036-2
GP24-125X312
#0
A L
PL 23007A030-2
L I S T
CATALOG NO. 83-4330-0271
R E Q U I R E MEN T S - -
MFGR NAME
B 'w1 INCOM
D 3M
A MINCOM
R MINCOM
GROOV-PIN
GRUOV-PIN
REV C
-
- - - - -------
o E S C R I P T I o N
SHAFT-ACTUATING,DOOR,HEAD COVR
OOOR-HD COVER,TAPE TRANSPORT
SUPPORT-DOOR,HO CVR,TAPE TRANS
SHIELO-OOOR,HEAn COVER
PIN-GRVO,HDLS,.125DIA X.312 LG
PIN-GRVD,HOED, .067 OIAX.125LG
PH CATALOG Nfl.
83-3280-0406
83-3330-0269
83-3340-0381
83-3650-0384
83-7280-0466
83-7280-0477
OTY.
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
2.0
PARTS
N
LIST
PL 2300 7 A050 -1
REV K
o
'"
TITLE
- -
-
ARM ASSY-IDLER, ACTUATING,RH
- - - - - -
REF . OF S . OR FIND NO.
M A T E R
A L
DRA"ING NUM BER
f'.'IFGR PART NO.
R E
MFGR NAME
CATALOG NO . 83-421 0 -0 232
Q
U I R E M E N T S
- - - - - - -
0 E S C R I P T I 0 N
-
- - - - - -
PH CATAL OG NO .
P TY.
1
2
3
5
6
7
8
9
,
N
'"
-D
23007A051
23007A052
23007A053
#5 11
LP22D8 2P9
MS27183-7
S-832-2
6593
C r~INCOM
8 MINCOM
A MINCOM
MILFORD
LONG LOK
MIL STD
PENN ENGR
RIRN 8ACH
ARM-ADJUSTING,IDLER,UPPER
ARM-ADJUSTING,IDLER,LOWER
SPRING - ADJUSTABLE ARM.I OL ER
RIVET-SIMI-TUBULAR,.123 X. 2 54
SCR-SELF LK G,P AN HO,8-32X91l6
WASH ER-FLAT,RD, #R , GEN PURPOSE
NUT - PLAIN,CLIN,8-32
INSULATOR-WASH ,
NYLON, .016 TK
83-3210-0204
83-3210-0205
83-32HO-0411
83-9260-0046
83-926 2 - 0529
83 -9 26 1-4038
83- 9264 -2116
83 -9030-0 2 7 2
1.0
1.0
1.0
2.0
1.0
1. 0
1. 0
2 .0
PAR T S
TITLE
ARM ASSY-IOLER,ACTUATING,LH
MAT E R I A L
REF. DES. OR FIND NO.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
DRAWING NUMBER
- MFGR PART NO.
23007A055
C
23007A052
B
23007A053
A
52-022-093-0312
#511
LP22D82P9
MS27183-7
S-832-2
6593
PL 23007A050-2
LIS T
REV K
CATALOG NO. 83-4210-0256
REO U IRE MEN T S - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
f.'FGR NAME
MINCOM
f.1INCOM
MINCOM
ESNA
MILFORD
LONG LOK
MIL STO
PENN ENGR
BIRNBACH
n
ESC RIP T ION
ARM-AOJUSTING,IOLER,UPPER,INC
ARM-AOJUSTING,IOLER,LOWER
SPRING-ADJUSTARLE ARM,IOLER
PIN-SPRING,
.093 DIAX.312LG
RIVET-SIMI-TURULAR,.123 X.~54
SCR-SELF LKG,PAN HD,8-32X9/16
WASHER-FLAT,RD,#8,GEN PURPOSE
NUT-PLAIN,CLIN,8-32
INSULATOR-WASH,
NYLON,.016 TK
PH CATALOG NO.
83-3210-0257
83-3210-0205
83-3280-0411
83-7280-0221
83-9260-0046
83-9262-0529
83-9261-4038
83-9264-2116
R3-9630-0272
(.lTY.
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
2.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
2.0
PARTS
LI S T
PL 23007A060-1
REV F
N
o
T ITL E
CIPSTIN ASSY - TA PE TRANS ,1 /2 I N
A L
MAT E R
RE F. DES . OR FIND NO .
I
2
4
5
7
8
9
11
12
13
14
15
ORAII I NG NUMBE R
- MFGR PART NO.
~'F GR
CA TALOG NO . 83- 5920- 08 19
R E QU I REM E N T S - - NAME
103S3C G-2
103 HDB5CG - 2
23007A063 -1
19007A022
23007A064 - 1
23007A067
MS16625-1 3 7
00000A816
BAR DEN
BARDEN
E MI NCU M
o >lI NCOM
E MI NCOM
D MI NCO"
MIL STO
MINCOM
2300 7A009 -1
2300 7A0 09- 2
23007A009 - 3
R MI NCOM
~
t" I NCDM
B
t, 11'l cm,
- - - - - - - - - - -
DE SCR I P T I ON
BRG - BA LL,PLAIN, AN LR,.66 93 BO RE
BRG-B ALL,PL AI N,
. 66 93 BORE
TA PE DR- CAPS TA Nol/ 2 ' I N TAPE
CAP -FL YW HEE L,P RFC I S I ON PLA TE
SHA FT-CAPSTAN ,T APE ORVE ,1 /2 IN
HDUS I NG - CA P STA N,T APE DR I VE
RING - RETNG,
INT,
1 .486 00
RING - RE TNG,INT,I.5 26 FRE E OP
SCR - CAP ,F H,1/4X20X5/ 8 , NY LOC
SHIM - CAPSTAN ,. 002 THK
SH I M- CA PS TAN, .00 5 THK
S~"' - CAPS T A N, . 0 10 TH K
PH CA TALUG NO .
83-1 2 30- 03 1 3
83 -1 230- 0335
83 - 3240- 0292
83 - 3250 - 0082
83- 3280- 0409
83 - 33 10- 0B36
83 - 727 0 - 0382
83 - 32 7 0- 0 768
83 - 9262 -0 569
83 - 32 30- 0340
83 - 3230 - 0368
83 - 3230- 0369
OTY.
1.0
1. 0
1. 0
I.0
1. 0
1. 0
1. 0
1. 0
1. 0
AR
AR
AR
PAR T S
TITLE
CAPSTAN ASSY-TAPE TRANSPORT
---
REF. DES. OR FIND NO.
11
12
13
14
15
23007A009-1
23007A009-2
23007A009-3
B MINCOM
B MINCOM
B MINCOM
7
8
9
N
BARDEN
BARDEN
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MIL STD
MINCOM
PL 23007A060-2
REV F
CATALUG NO. 83-5920-0833
REO U IRE MEN T S - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
MFGR NAME
E
D
E
D
5
o
DRAWING NUMBER
- MFGR PART NO.
103S3CG-2
103HDB5CG-2
23007A063-2
19007A022
23007A064-2
23007A062
MS16625-137
00000A816
1
2
4
-.0
A L
MATER
LIS T
DES C RIP T ION
BRG-BALL,PLAIN,ANLR,.6693 RORE
BRG-BALL,PLAIN,
.6693 BORE
CAPSTAN-TAPE GUIDE, 1 IN TAPE
CAP-FLYWHEEL,PRECISION PLATE
SHAFT-CAPSTAN,l IN TAPE
HDUSING-CAPSTAN,TAPE DRIVE
RING-RETNG,
INT,
1.486 OD
RING-RETNG,INT,1.526 FREE OP
SCR-CAP,FH,1/4X20X5/8,NYLOC
SHIM-CAPSTAN,.002 THK
SHIM-CAPSTAN, .005 THK
SHIM-CAPSTAN, .010 THK
PH CATALOG NO.
83-1230-0313
83-1230-0335
83-3240-0297
83-3250-0082
83-3280-0410
83-3310-0836
83-7270-0382
83-3270-0768
83-9262-0569
83-3230-0340
83-3230-0368
83-3230-0369
OTY.
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
AR
AR
AR
PAR T S
N
o
TITLE
- - - - - - -
-
-
RE F . DES . OR F I "0 NO .
1
2
3
4
5
MA T E R
DR AW I NG NU~, BER
- MFGR PAR T NO .
23007A071
2300 7 A0 1 3
230 13A043
23007A012
MS35207 - 263
A L
~IFG R
R E
NAME
A MI NCOM
A MINCOM
C MINCOM
n MI NCOM
MIL STD
MS35338 -4 3
MIL S TD
PL 23007A070
REV C
CATALUG NO . 83- 4320 - 1476
BRK T ASSV-MO ToR MTG, CAPS DR I VE
6
7
LI S T
Q
U I R E
~I
E N T S - -
-
-
-
- - - - - - -
o E S C R I P T I U N
SLEEVE - RUBBER ,. 625 l OX 1. 00 LG
BUSHING - SP LIT, ~OToR SUPPOR T
SHAFT- SUPPoR T, CAPSTAN MO TO R
BRACKE T- MTG, CAPS TAN MOTOR
SCREW - MACH , PAN Ho ,1 0 - 32 X 1 /2
WAS HER - FLAT, GENERA L PURPSE,#IO
WASHER -L OCK , SP LIT,HELIC AL, # IO
-
-
PH CA TALOG NO .
83 - 3230- 0393
83 - 3230 - 0303
83-3280- 042 1
83-3320 -11 02
83 - 9260 - 45 7 2
83- 9261 -4 006
83 - 9261 -4 30 7
Oly .
2. 0
2.0
1. 0
1.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
,~ ---
'1
,----"1
I----j
I----c-ool
I-~---'I
,-------1
I--'c--"-~.
'----~I
t-
--'I
PAR T S
TITLE
1-------""'1
~
F"'-""I
[="----70'1
1--'---"""""1
PL 23007C410-1
LIS T
1----'1
REV B
CATALOG NO. 83-4560-0152
R E QUI REM E N T S - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
MFGR NAME
o
F S C RIP T ION
PH CATALOG NO.
QTY.
REF. DES. OR FIND NO.
DRAWING NUMBER
- MFGR PART NO.
C64
200P1450
SPRAGUE
CAP-FXO,PLSTC,
2.UF 440V 10%
83-1510-4433
1.0
P8
1-480277-0
AMP INC
SHELL-CONN,RECT, .850 WO X.905
83-1610-0930
1.0
R63
0367
OHfViITE
RES-AOJ,
25W 10%
83-1520-8306
1.0
3-36-150E
MS35206-289
NAS620-416
MS35338-44
2154
SPRAGUE
MIL STANDARD
NAS STO
MIL STO
H.H. St-\ITH
BRACKET-CAPACITOR MTG,.750 WO
SCREW-MACH,PAN HD,1/4-20 X 2.5
WASHER-FLAT,SM PATT,#1/4
WASHER-LOCK,SPLIT,HELICAL,#1/4
INSULATOR-WASH, FIBER,.250 10
SCREW-MACH,PAN HD,8-32 X 9/16
BRACKET-CAPACITOR MTG
SCREW-MACH,PAN HD,10-32 X 3/8
WASHER-FLAT,GENERAL PURPSE,#10
WASHER-LOCK,SPLIT,HELICAL,#10
CONTACT-ELEC,PIN,
.084 DIA
TERMINAL-INSUL,.250 00,4-40
PULLEY-CAPSTAN DRIVE, 120 IPS
MOTOR-CAPSTAN DRIVE,TRANSPORT
RING-RETNG,INT,.831 I 0
SCREW-MACH,PAN HD,8-32 X 1/2
WASHER-LOCK,SPLIT,HELICAL,#8
WASHER-FLAT,RD,#8,GEN PURPOSE
NUT-HEX,PLAIN,4-40 X .250 WD
WASHER-LOCK,SPLIT,HELICAL,#4
WASHER-FLAT,GENERAL PURPOSE #4
83-1320-1116
83-9260-4583
83-9261-4043
83-9261-4309
83-9630-0046
83-9260-4552
83-3320-1582
83-9260-4570
83-9261-4006
83-9261-4307
83-1610-0925
83-9630-0137
83-3220-0170
83-3560-0096
83-7270-0598
83-9260-4551
83-9261-4020
83-9261-4038
83-9260-2003
83-9261-4303
83-9261-4002
2.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
2.0
2.0
1.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
8.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
23007A017
MS35207-261
o MINCOM
10
MS35338-43
60511-4-LP
6128
23007A415
23007A011
N5001-31
MS35206-245
MS35338-42
MS27183-7
MS35649-42
MS35338-40
MIL STO
AMP INC
LERCO
B MINCOM
B MINCOM
TRUARC
MIL STO
MIL STO
MIL STO
MIL STO
MIL STO
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
N
1---~1
MOTOR ASSY-CAPSTAN, 30-60
MAT E R I A L
.-
F~--I
MIL STO
WW, 75
OHM
,--.---"<'1
PAR T S
N
TITL E
N
MO TOR ASSY - CAPS TAN, 60 - 120
A L
MAT E R
2DOP I 904
SPRAGUE
CAP -F XO , ELEC , 5 MF 370VAC
P8
1- 480277 - 0
AM P I NC
R63
036 7
3
4
5
DES C R I P TI D N
SPRAGUE
MIL STANDARD
NAS S TO
MIL STO
H. H. SM IT H
6
7
8
9
10
11
,
N
'"'"
R E QU I REM E N T S - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
C64
36 - 909 H
MS35206 - 289
NAS620 - 4 1 6
MS35338 - 44
2 1 54
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
23007A0 17
NS35207-2 6 1
a
MS35338- 43
60 511 - 4 -L P
6 128
23007A4 15
23007A411
N500 1- 3 1
MIL STO
M\P I NC
LERCO
B MI NCOM
MIN CO M
TRUARC
MIL STO
MIL S TI)
MIL STD
MIL S TO
MIL STO
~I S35206 - 245
MS 35338-4 2
MS2 71 83 -7
MS35649 - 42
MS35338 - 40
M I NCO~l
MIL STD
REV A
CATA I.OG NO . 83- 4560 - 0 1 53
DRAW I NG NUMBER
- MFGR PART NO.
I
W
PL 230 0 7C4 10 - 2
REF. DES . OR F I ND NO .
2
l::
N
LIS T
PH CA TALOG NO .
10%
OTY.
83-1 510 - 2243
1. 0
SHELL-CONN , REC T, '. 850 wo X.905
83 -1 6 1 0- 0930
1 .0
RES - ADJ ,
25W 10 %
B3 - 1520- 8306
1. 0
BRACKE T- CA P AC ITOR MTG
SCR EW- MAC H, PAN HD ,1 /4 - 20 X 2 . 5
WAS HE R-FL AT,SM PA TT, # 1 /4
WAS HER -L OCK , SP LIT,H ELICAL,# 1 /4
I NS UL ATOR - WASH ,
FIBER ,. 250 1 0
SCREW - MACH , PAN HD,B-32 X 9/ 1 6
BRACKE T- CAPAC ITOR MTG
SCREW - MAC~ , PAN HD, 10 - 32 X 3/B
WASHER-F LAT, GENERAL PURPSE , # I O
WASHER -L OCK,SPL IT, HELICAL , # IO
CON TAC T- ELEC,P I N,
. 084 alA
TERM I NA L-I NSU L,.250 00 , 4- 40
PU LL EY - CAPSTAN DR I VE , 1 20 I PS
NO TOR - CAPSTAN DR I VE ,T RANSPOR T
RI NG - RE TN G,I NT,. 83 1 I a
SCREW - MACH , PAN HD , 8- 32 X 1 /2
WASHER -L OCK , SP LI T, HELI CA L, #8
WAS H ER -F LA T, RD , ~8 , GEN PURPOSE
NUT-H EX , P LAIN,4 - 40 x . 250 WO
WAS HER -L OCK,SPL I T,HE LI CAL , #4
WAS HE R-FL AT ,GENERA L PURPOSE #4
83 -1 320-1 58 7
83- 9260 - 45B3
83 - 926 1- 4043
83- 926 1- 4309
83 - 9630-0046
83 - 9260-4552
83- 3320- 15 82
83 - 92 60 -4 5 70
83-9261 - 4006
83 - 926 1- 4307
83-1 6 10 - 0925
83- 9630 - 0137
83 - 3220- 0 17 0
83- 3560 - 0109
83-7 2 7 0- 0598
83- 9260 - 455 1
83 - 926 1- 4020
83- 926 1-4038
83 - 9260- 2003
83 - 926 1- 4303
83 - 926 1- 4002
2. 0
1. 0
1. 0
1. 0
2.0
2.0
1. 0
3.0
3.0
3.0
8.0
1. 0
1. 0
1. 0
WW , 75
OHM
1. 0
1. 0
1. 0
1. 0
1. 0
1. 0
1. 0
~
~
~
~
,,,,,;,,~
~
, 'Ie
"''''1
r";7'.
~
PAR T S
TITLE
PWR SUP ASSY-TRANSPORT ELECT
MAT E R I A L
r'<':";'~1
LIS T
~
~
~
PL 23009AOOO
~
REV G
CATALOG NO. 83-5920-0820
REO U IRE MEN T S - - - - - - - - - - - - - DES C RIP T ION
C65
C66
CG451T200CI
CG23U50Cl
MALLORY
MALLORY
CAP-FXO,ELECT, 450UF 200V
CAP-FXO,ELECT, 2000UF 50V
83-1510-2205
83-1510-2206
1.0
1.0
Fl
313005.
LITTELFUSE
FUSE-SLO-BLO,125V 5 AMP
83-7550-8006
1.0
Jl
J3
160-3
200512-3
AMPHENOL
AMP INC
CONN-PLUG,ELEC,POWER,
2 PIN
SHELL-CONN,RECT,26 POSITIONS
83-1610-1107
83-1610-0663
1.0
1.0
060
2N174
MOTOROLA
TSTR-GE,PNP,
83-1530-2001
1.0
T60
23009A004
A MINCOM
83-3540-1141
1.0
342004
201924-1
VR3
23009A007
23009A001
23009A006
200390-4
200389-4
LITTELFUSE
AMP INC
MALLORY
A MINCOM
B MINCOM
A MINCOM
AMP INC
AMP INC
83-1620-0083
83-1620-0127
83-1650-0371
83-3280-0464
83-3310-0830
83-3320-1168
83-7270-0302
83-7280-0196
83-9260-2202
83-9260-4531
83-9260-4533
83-9261-4004
83-9261-4013
83-9261-4305
83-9630-0008
83-9630-0203
83-9630-0559
83-3350-0554
83-9630-0300
83-1530-2016
1.0
1.0
2.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
11.0
12.0
3.0
1.0
13.0
14.0
1.0
2.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
17
18
20
22
23
24
25
26
27
N
~
DRAWING NUMBER
- MFGR PART NO.
4
6
.....
~
REF. DES. OR FIND NO.
3
W
~
MS35206-228
MS35206-230
MS35338-41
#NCGB 122-37
RA853
4451-C-9
23009A008
212-42-0183B
7274633
MFGR NAME
PWR,
PH CATALOG NO.
80 VCB
XMFR-PWR,48-62 CPS.115V 10%
FUSEHOLDER-POST, AG 3 FUSE
CLIP-SPG TENS,POSITION LOCKING
CLAMP-COMP MTG,1.375 DIA
SPRING-LOCKOUT,POWER SUPPLY
CHASSIS-TRANSPORT ELECT,MDL 23
BRACKET-LOCKOUT,CAPSTAN MOTOR
RECP-GUIDE PIN,CENTER,SERIES M
PIN-GUIOE,CENTER,AMP SERIES M
NUT-HEX,SM PATT,6-32 X .250 WO
MIL STD
SCREW-MACH,PAN HO,6-32 X 3/8
MIL STD
SCREW-MACH,PAN HD,6-32 X 1/2
WASHER-FLAT,GENERAL PURPOSE,#6
WASHER-FLAT,SM PATT,#6
MIL STO
WASHER-LOCK,SPLIT, #6
STRIP-GROMMET,.145" HT X.171 WD
PIPCO INT
THOMS & BETS TERM-LUG,
INSlJL,R TG,.26WO
lJSECO
TERMINAL-FEEDTHRU, .094 LG
A MINCOM
STOP-CAPSTAN MOTOR,TRANSPORT
PLASTIGLIOE BUSHING-ELEC CONO,INSUL,NYLON
DELCO
KIT-TSTR MTG
OTY.
~
~
PAR T S
N
TITL E
LI S T
KIT - ED IT, SW IT CH ASS Y
MA T E R
AL
REV A
CATALOG NO. 83- 5990 - 0839
REO U IRE MEN T S - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
REF . DES. OR FIND NO .
DRAWING NUMBER
- MFGR PART NO .
OS I 4
327
GENERA L ELEC LAMP -IN CANDESCEN T, . 04 AMP
83 -1 550- 2506
1.0
SI4
1018
PENOAR
SWI TCH-PU SHBU TT ON , SPD T,LI GH TE O
83- 15 50 - 5148
1. 0
RELAY ASSY -E OIT SWI TCH
PLA TE-M ASK , SW , EDI T,L ONG
PLATE - SW IT CH , MTG, ED IT
CON TACT-EL EC ,SO C,I B- 22GA S I ZE
LENS-INO LI GH T, PUSHBUTT ON , EDI T
SPLICE - CONDUCTOR , BUT T TYPE
WIRE-TYPE B, 22GA WHT NYLON JKT
83 - 4930-1 908
83-3320-2 143
83 - 3320- 2144
83 -1 610- 0927
83 - 3550-1758
83- 9630- 0382
83 -7 910 - 0043
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
SP I 91A080
SP1 91A082 - 2
SP I 9 1AOB3
60510 - 4
230 13A03B - 2
RAA - 217
MFGR NAME
C 141NCOM DOT
A MI NCOM
A MINCOM
AMP I NC
E MINCQM
THUM C BE TT S
NATL WiRE
DES C RIP TI D N
PH CATALOG NO .
QTY.
1.0
1. 0
1.0
3.0
1. 0
1. 0
AR
P
TJTlF
PRACKFT ASSY-VFP.f>.1 IFf.!
l'4
RFF.
nF~.
nR
FJ~n
~n.
fl.
T F P. I
R T
ft
~PEF:n
'" L
nRAloll"'l; ,,'lIfoAP.F.R
t4 FI;R PART I'MI.
l I
~
~
T
MFr,R NAME
!I.
(.lI.TALnr, 1"0. A3-4930-100?
AD,I
R f
RF"
Pl 73017A()OO
n
IJ I
n
R F
,..,
F 1\1 T
F: S CRT P T J
S -
n
-
-
-
-
-
M
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
PH CATAU'G I\'fl.
OTY.
-
J
?
3
"'-l"'FTAt
2~O]?AO()]
?
~(ll
? AOOia
7.30J.?A007
2::\017A003
55C;e;-lR
tv
Ul
J "'C rH·"!
C M J f\!r.nl"
M Tr,l(nM
MI t.1r,nr,j
t-~
TRIIIIRC
PI"'-$TR,HnLS, .1AR nTAXl.17~lG
"~M-SPFF.n An,J,CJ\PST"'" DRIVF
IF:VF.R-SrllF:(\'n I n ~HJ\FT, CA PS TA",I
PIVOT-SPFFD JU),J,r,"PSTA(\' nRTVF
SPRIN(;-SPEFr) An,J,r,AP~TA(\1 DRIVE
RIt\IG-RFTf>..'(~,
FXT,
.un In
R3-17AO-OO77
R3-~710-nlq9
R~-?-71.0-0?on
R3-~7BO-O:H~('
R3-~780-n3R7
R3-7770-04RR
7.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
4.0
P I R T S
N
TI TLE
TIPE DECK ISSY-ILL VERSI ONS
1·\ A TE R
REV 0
CA TALUG NO . 83-5920 -1 344
R E O U IRE MEN T S - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
DRAW IN G NUMBE R
- MFG R PAR T NO.
R60
R71
R75
TVPE RH -5 0
00000A737
17 23
DALE PRODUC T RES -F XD,WW ,
15 OHM , 50W,
5%
A MI NCOM
RES-F XO,O-300K OHM 1/4W 5%
OHM ITE
RES -F XD , WW,
200 OHM l OW 5%
83-1 520-7593
83-3520-3276
83 -1 520- 8006
AR
1. 0
AR
230 13 B990
23013B940
230 1 3B 945-1
23013B945 - 2
23013B950 -1
230 13 B950 - 2
23013B955
230138960
230 13A970
2 301 3A900
23013A905
230 1 3A9 10
230 1 3A9 15
230 13A930
230 1 3A935
230 138920
23004A900
230 131 980 -1
230 1 3A98 0- 2
230 13A980 - 3
23013A985 - 1
23013A985 - Z
230 13A985-3
230 13A985 -4
G
8
C
C
C
C
C
C
83- 5990-0564
83 - 5990- 0559
8 3-5990-0560
83 - 5990- 0582
83- 5990- 056 1
83 - 5990 - 058 1
83- 5990 - 0562
83 -5990- 0563
83- 5990- 0438
83- 5990 - 0426
83 - 5990- 0427
83 - 5990- 0428
83 - 5990 - 0429
83 -5 990 - 0431
8 3- 5990 - 0432
83-5990- 05 58
83 - 5990- 0556
83 - 5990- 06 42
83- 5990- 0643
83 - 5990- 0h44
83- 5990- 0645
83 - 5990 - 0646
83- 5990 - 064 7
83 - 59 90 - 06 4 8
1.0
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
310
312
315
32 1
322
327
328
329
N
330
'"
33 1
332
333
334
335
33h
337
338
339
'"
PL 23013HOOO
REF . DES. OR FIND NO.
300
304
306
307
308
309
,
A L
LI S T
o
C
C
C
C
C
C
o
B
I
MFGR NIME
MINCOM
MI NCO I'
MINCOM
MINCOM
MI NCOM
1' 1NCOM
I'INCOI'
"INCOM
MINCOI'
MI NCOI'
I
7
MS35338- 40
M70A S I 032 - 8C
PL 230 I 3A040 - 2
RFV
r.
CA TALOG NO . A3 - 42 10 - 0242
R E QU I REM E N T S - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
A L
DRAWIN G NUMBER
- MFGR PART NO .
LIS T
MIL STD
NVLOCK
DES C R I P TI D N
ARM -LIFTE R,T APE TRANSPOR T
SHAF T- ARM , TAPE LIF TER,2 . 93 7 LG
SHA FT- ARM , TAP E LIFT ER,2 . 562 LG
SCRE W-M ACH , PAN HD , 4- 40 X 5/8
WASHER-FLAT,. 2 19 00 X .1 25 I D
WASHER -L oCK , SP LIT , HE LI CA L, #4
SE TSCRE W-H EX , CU P PT,10 - 32X . 50 L
PH CA TALUG NO .
83 -3 2 10-0 20 1
83 - 3280- 040 1
83- 3280- 0404
83- 9260 - 4 5 19
83 - 9261 - 401<
83- 921>1 - 430 3
83 - 926 1- 4392
1. 0
1. 0
1. 0
2.0
2.0
2.0
1. 0
PAR T S
TITLE
HARNESS ASSY-TAPE TRANSPORT
MAT E R
AL
PL 23013B050
REV E
CATALOG NO. 83-4510-0459
R E QUI REM E N T S - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
MFGR NAME
PH CATALOG NO.
DRAWING NUMBER
- MFGR PART NO.
C68
CR11
BR-100-150
IN4002
CORNELL OUBl CAP-FXO,ElECT, 100UF 150V
MOTOROLA
RECT-SI,SEMICOND,100PIV, 1 A
83-1510-2207
83-1530-0122
1.0
AR
JII
1-480304-0
AMP INC
SHElL-CONN,RECT, 3 POSITION
83-1610-1131
1.0
PII
1-480305-0
AMP INC
SHEll-CONN,RECT,3 POS
83-1610-1142
1.0
R6A
R16
4592
LITTLE DEVIL
OHMITE
OHM ITE
RES-FXO, WW,100
RES-FXD,COMP,470
5%
5%
83-1520-8185
83-9520-5528
1.0
AR
SI,S2,S3,S4,S5
S6
S7,S9
SA
S10,S11
1018
PENOAR
LIKON
STACKPOLE
STACKPOLE
DIALCD
SWITCH-PUSHBUTTON,SPDT,lIGHTED
SWITCH-ALTER~ATE ACT,ILLUM
SWITCH-SLIDE,DPTT
SWITCH-SLIDE,4PDT
SWITCH-MOMENTARY,MAKE
83-1550-5148
83-1550-5231
83-1550-5232
83-1550-5230
83-1550-5233
5.0
1.0
2.0
1.0
2.0
4 Af-'P INC
VIKING
A"lP INC
At-IP INC
At-'P INC
AMP INC
H.H. SMITH
B ,.HNCOi-1
C ,., INcor·,
UNITED SHOE
NATL HIRE
NATl v!IRE
SOCKET-CONTACT,CONN, SIZE 16
CONN-P.C.,ELEC,PIERCD, 36 CON
SHELL-CONN,RECT,.565 WDX.65
SHELL-CDNN,RECT,.65 WD X.805
CONTACT-ELEC,SOC,18-22GA SIZE
SHELL-CONN,RECT, .650 WDXl.045
TERM BO-2.250 BETWEEN MTG HOLE
CHASSIS-SWITCH ~TG,TRANSPORT
PLATE-SWITCH MTG,TRANSPORT
EYEL ET-BRASS, F LA~!GED, • 112X. 121
WIRE-TYPE B,20GA WHT NYLON JKT
WIRE-TYPE B,20GA BLK NYLON JKT
WIRE-TYPE R,22GA WHT NYLON JKT
WIRE-TYPE B,l2GA WHT ~YLO~ JKT
WIRE-TYP~ C,22GA WHT TEFL~ JKT
WIRE-TYPE C,?OGA HHT TEFLN JKT
FERRULE-RF CARLE GNO,.083 ID
C(I ".IT ACT - F. LEC, PHIl,
• 084 0 I A
C(I~.!TACT-ELEc,snc,
16 SIZE
SPLICE-cnNOllCTflR,RUTT TYPE
TERf',-LUG,
HJSIIL,R TG, .2M·II)
LllG-T ERn I Nt\L snU1F.R L S, k I (\IG, tn 0
TFRt·:-LUG,
H!SlJL,R TG, .31HO
PLATE-CU~IN r·HG,nIST PA~'EL
SCRE~·:-'·.ACH,FH,n-32 x 5/16
83-1610-0689
83-1610-0782
83-1610-0923
83-1610-0924
83-1610-0927
83-1610-0932
83-1640-0588
83-3310-0708
83-3320-1115
83-7290-0091
83-7910-0035
83-7910-0039
83-7910-0043
83-7910-0052
83-7910-0476
83-7910-0496
83-9690-01R1
83-1f.10-0925
83-1610-0f.7R
83-963rt-03H2
83-9630-0203
8 3-9() 30- 0205
83- 9(l30- 02 06
83-3320-1104
8 3-9 260-(~~ 16
A3-921,1- i l 305
R.O
4
5
6
7
A
9
10
11
12
13
i4
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
2t.
2R
30
TYPE SS16
TYPE SS12
513-0101-604
42981-1-LP
2VK180/1-2
1-4A0273-0
1-4A0274-0
60510-4
1-480275-0
3006
23013A017
23013A016
SE-44 8RASS
~! t\ T L
#EXE-22-122
#EXE-20-120
YEC 110
60511-4-LP
429fl3-1-LP
RAA-217
RAA53
RAB73
RHH53
23013A031
MS35190-235
(VIS 35338-41
It!! RE
NATL l~IRE
THI:::RMAX
THI::RMAX
BIlKr,lOY
Af·~P INC
Ar~p
INC
THurl [. BETTS
THLil·iS E; BETS
TIILI/·j [. BETTS
TlllIftS & BETS
C ,.II:·'CO/-i
"1 I L STO
f."IL STD
DES C RIP T ION
eTY.
REF. DES. OR FIND NO.
1
2
3
N
N
liS T
~~SH[R-LrC~,SPLIT,
OHM
OHM
~~
5W
2W
2.0
1.0
2.0
44.0
2.0
2.0
1.0
1.0
6.0
AP
AP
AP
AP
AP
AP
2.0
2.0
13.0
4.0
2.n
4.()
2.n
1.0
4.0
4. ('
P A N T S
'"'"
'"
TITLE
HAR NESS ASS Y-TAPE
NA T E R
REF. DES. OR FIND NO.
31
32
33
DRAI' I NG ~ ' UMRER
- ,~FGR P AR T NO.
LI S T
PL 2301 3R05c
(f, BL OG r'rI . 83 - 45 7 0 - 0 4 5 9
T ~ A NSPO RT
N
I·· FGN NAME
REV F
E QUI
A
E MEN T S -
D E S C R I P T I 0
WASHE R -FL A Tt S~
-
-
-
-
-
~
PA TT, #6
PA TT, h- 32 X . 250 ~D
NUT-PLAI N , liEX , 5/B - 24 , 3/32 THK
N UT-HE X , S~ :
-
-
-
-
-
PH CAT ALOG
-
-
-
(\! ( l .
83-926 1- 40 1 3
R3-9260-22 02
83 -9260- 0064
OTY.
2 .0
l:· . O
1. 0
PAR T S
TITLE
P.C. BD ASSY-LOGIC TRANSPORT
- - -
N
N
\.IJ
LIS T
MAT E R I A L
REF. DES. OR FIND NO.
DRAWING NUMBER
- MFGR PART NO.
C1
C3
C4,C5,C6
C7
C8,C9
CI0
Cl1
C12
CR1,CR3,CR6,CR7,CR8,CR9,
CR10,CR13,CR14,CR15,CRI7,
CRI9,CR20,CR21,CR24,CR25,
CR26,CR27,CR28,CR29,CR41
CR4,CRI6,CR18,CR30,CR31,
CR32,CR37,CR38,CR39,CR40,
CR42,CR43,CR44,CR45
CR46,CR47,CR48,CR49
CR50,CR51
CR52,CR53
TC3501
BR250-50
TYPE P123ZNP
TS05-20-686
TYPE P123ZNP
00000A148
313-M
OD415X9035B2
IN4002
F1
PL 23013B060
REV G
CATALOG NO. 83-4930-1716
R E QUI REM E N T S - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
MFGR NAME
MALLORY
CORNELL OUBL
AEROVOX
COMP INC
AEROVOX
B MINCOM
ARCO
SPRAGUE
MOTOROLA
DES C RIP T ION
PH CATALOG NO.
QTY.
CAP-FXO,ELECT, 100UF 50V
CAP-FXD,ELECT, 250UF 50V
CAP-FXO,PAPER
.41UF 400V 20%
CAP-FXD,TA,
68UF 20V 20%
CAP-FXD,PAPER, .01UF 200V 25%
CAP-SEL VAL,.008-.015MFO,500V
CAP-VAR,MICA,1000-2155PF 500V
CAP-FXD,TA,
4.1UF 35V 10%
RECl-SI,SEMICOND,100PIV,
1 A
83-1510-2045
83-1510-2031
83-1510-4072
83-1510-6211
83-1510-4046
83-3510-5368
83-1510-5001
83-1510-6095
83-1530-0122
1.0
1.0
3.0
1.0
2.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
21.0
IN4004
MOTOROLA
RECl -SI,DIF JCT,400PIV
1 AMP
83-1530-0151
14.0
MRI033A
1N4150
1N3002
MOTOROLA
MOTOROLA
MOTOROLA
RECl-Sl, 300 PRY, 3.0 AMP
DIOOE-S1,ZENER, 21 V, 30 MA
OIOOE-SI,ZENER,
75V
33 MA
83-1530-0364
83-1530-0365
83-1530-0301
4.0
2.0
2.0
312004.
LITTELFUSE
FUSE-QUICK ACT,250V 4 AMP
83-7550-8016
1.0
KHP17012
POT & BRUMFO RELAY-4POT, 24 VDC 650 OHM
83-1550-3618
8.0
2N3053
R.C.A.
60 VCB
83-1530-2180
3.0
R1
R5
R6
R7
R8
R9
R10,RII
R12,R13
Rl4
R15
Rl6
R17,R18
R19,R20
R21,R22
R23
OA181-1331
OA181-1221
1120
OA181-1335
1130
LITTLE OEVIL
LITTLE DEVIL
LITTLE DEVIL
LITTLE OEVIL
OA181-7355
LITTLE OEVIL
OA181-1331
OA181-7141
OA181-1315
OA181-1325
MINCOM
MINCOM
OHMITE
MINCOM
OHMITE
OHMITE
OHMITE
OHMITE
OHMITE
MINCOM
OHMIlE
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
RES-FXD,FILM,21 OHM,1/2W,2% S
RES-FXO,FILM,lOO OHM,1/2W,2% S
RES-FXO, WW,100 OHM lOW 5%
RES-FXD,FILM,39 OHM,1/2W,2% S
RES-FXD, WW,500 OHM lOW 5%
RES-FXO,COMP,100 OHM
2W 5%
RES-FXO,COMP,270 OHM
1W 5%
RES-FXO,COMP,2.7 OHM
lW 5%
RES-FXO,CO~P,1.2K OHM
1W 5%
RES-FXD,FILM,560 OHM,1/2W,2% S
RES-FXO,~OMP,150
OHM
1W 5%
RES-FXO,FILM,47 OHM,1/2W,2% S
RES-FXO,FILM,4.7K OHM,1/2W,2%
RES-FXD,FILM,33K OHM,1/2W,2% S
RES-FXD,FILM,10 OHMrl/2W,2% S
83-1520-7331
83-1520-7221
83-1520-8253
83-1520-7335
83-1520-8007
83-9520-5520
83-9520-4091
83-9520-4000
83-9520-4153
83-1520-7355
83-9520-4134
83-1520-7337
83-1520-7147
83-1520-7375
83-1520-7325
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
2.0
2.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
1.0
Tl
00000A121
XMFR-lORROIOAL,BIFILAR
83-3540-1153
1.0
B MINCOM
lSTR-SI,NPN,
SPEC
SPEC
SPEC
SPEC
SPEC
SPEC
SPEC
SPEC
PWR,
PARTS
N
N
...
TITLE
P.C. BD ASSY-LDGIC TRANSPORT
MAT E R
REF. DE S. OR FIND NO.
1
2
3
5
6
7
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
,
-0
'"
N
18
19
20
21
21
22
23
DRAWING NUMBER
- MFGR PART NO.
9KH-2
23013A061
MS35338-41
2515
#EXE-22-122
KHP
MS 35206-227
8070-E
4405
MS35206-215
MS35335-29
3025-005
10160-DAP
A L
LIST
PL 23013R060
REV G
CATALOG NO. 83-4930-1716
REO U IRE MEN T S - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
MFGR NAME
DES C RIP TID N
POTTR & BRUM SOCKET-RELAY.14 PIN
G MINCOM
P.C. BD-BIAS OSCILLATR & LOGIC
NUT-HEX.SM PATT.6-32 X .250 WD
SCREW-MACH.PAN HD.6-32 X 2 1/4
WASHER-FLAT.SM PATT.#6
MIL STD
WASHER-LOCK. SPLIT. #6
H.H.SMITH
INSULATOR-WASH. NYLON.#6
THERMAX
WIRE-TYPE C.22GA WHT TEFLN JKT
POTTER/BRUMF SPG-HOLD OOWN.RELAY
MIL STD
SCREW-MACH.PAN HD.6-32 X 5/16
WASHER-FLAT.GENERAL PURPOSE.#6
LERCO
.500 LG
SPACER-SLY. HE X. TAP.
BUSSMANN MFG FUSEHOLOER-BLO CK.AG 3 FUSE
MIL.STD
SCREW -MACH.PAN HD.4-40 X 3/8
WASHER-FLAT •• 2 19 00 X .125 10
MIL STD
WASHER-LOCK.FLAT.EXT T.#4
WASHER-PLAIN •• i25ID X.18700
NUT-HEX.SM PATT.4-40 X .188 WD
CANCEL- 1-26-68. PER EO 1222B
3M
TUBING-CLEAR VINYL •• 047 10
MILTON ROSS PAD-TRANSISTOR.FOR TO-5 CASES
PH CATALOG NO.
83-1620-0184
83-3640-0595
83-9260-2202
83-9260-4594
83-9261-4013
83-9261-4305
83-9630-0268
83-7910-0476
83-1280-0571
83-9260-4530
83-9261-4004
83-9350-0063
83-1620-0001
83-9260-4515
83-9261-4012
83-9261-4101
83-9630-0115
83-9260-2201
83-9261-2201
83-7910-0272
83-9690-0145
OTY.
8 .0
1.0
2 .0
2.0
2.0
5.0
6.0
AR
8.0
3.0
3.0
1 5 .0
1.0
1.0
1. 0
1.0
1.0
4 .0
1.0
AR
1.0
(-------=-":--11
t-
----11
i-----j
r---~'I
~
r~----J
f-:c---=-1
r-----c--'I
/'~
__-__o-c'l
PAR T S
TITLE
- -
--
- - - -
A L
DRAWING NUi··jP, E R
MFGR PART Nn.
t------lj
~----IJ
I~o-~
PL 23013A070
CATALOG
R E Q U
t-lFGR NAl-iE
-
r-=t
r-----~I
I R E
I';
E i'J
~O.
T S
D E S C R I P T I 0
' ' '--------1
HFV
e
83-4930-1046
- - - - -- --- - - - -PH CATALOG
~I
"~(J
•
(,.lTY.
C67
CR63
CR65
TSDl-35-105
3P60
1N4002
COlvlP INC
SOLID STATt:
'-HITOROL A
CAP-F XD, T1\',
lUF 35V 20~~
SEt~ ICONO () EV- P HU TO, LT heT SllTe
REe T-S I, SEi'll eOi'.Ij) , lOOP I V, 1 A
A3-1510-6208
fl3-1530-6013
03-1530-0122
1.0
R67
LITTLE DEVIL
01-1I·11TE
RES-FXD,COj·:P,100V,
03-9520-2119
1.0
23013A071
f·~
83-3640-060A
1.0
1
N
N
U1
M A T E R
1-------'1
LIS T
p.e. so ASSY-SEf·ISOR, INCO~lIr~G
-
REF. DES. OR FIND NO.
,----------:--1
I/"CO/,\
o~·w
1/4\:
5 ~;
P.C. Rn - S Ej\' sn R, I ,.,' e IH-, I r, G, TJ\ PE
1.0
1.0
PAR T S
TITLE
P.C. BD ASSY -T APE
MAT E R
REF. DES . OR FIND NO.
DRAWING NUMBER
- flFGR PART flO .
061,0 62
2N3391
R72
LITTlE DEVIL
1
23013B076
LI S T
C/I T I\ LO G
SE ~ SUR , QU TG D
A L
PL 230 1 3R075
(.In .
P, 3 - Lt9 30 -1 69 1
R E QUI R E H EN T S - - - - - - - - - - - - - DES C R IP TI n ;.,
OHh I T E
REV C
RES-r=X! ) , CO ~< P ,
P.c.
~O -T APE
1 ;(1< OHI,:
SE P'SOR ,
PH C!, TALCr, Ir: .
('lTV .
25
VC~'·
8 3-1 530 - 2226
2.0
1/ l ll"!
5 ,"
83 - 95 20- 2 1 59
1. 0
R3 -3 640 -1 09 3
1.0
CU TG U I ~ G
PAR T 5
TITLE
L I 5 T
CHA55I5 A55Y-WRAP AROlJl'!t),TRAN5
MAT E R I A L
MFGR NAME
R60
Rbi
R62
P25CH
05688
0568C
SAGE
OHt-\ I T E
OHMITE
RES-FXD,
RES-ADJ,
RE S-ADJ,
512
M524547-1
MIL STD
JX-40
RE148
3-11
23007A007
23013A034-2
230138050
230138075
23009AOOO
M535649-42
MICRO SWITCH
ROTRON
LfECRAFT
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MIL STO
3
4
5
6
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
B
A
E
C
G
MS35206-215
M535206-228
MIL STD
MIL STO
M535338-40
M535338-41
MS35206-229
23013A081
MIL STD
MIL STD
MIL STn
A MINCOM
C
REO U IRE MEN T 5 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
DRAWING NUMBER
- MFGR PART Nn.
1
RF.\I
CATALOG NO. 83-5920-1332
REF. OfS. OR FIND NO.
2
PL ?3013R080
PH CATAL(lG
DES C RIP T JON
WW, 15
WW,300
WW,400
OHM
OHM
OHM
25W 3%
50W 10%
50W 10%
~!O.
OTY.
83-1520-7753
83-1520-8311
A3-1520-831?
1.0
1.0
1.0
SWITCH-RASIC,SPOT,28VDC 7 AMP
83-1550-5067
1.0
ACTUATOR-SWITCH,SPG LEAF TYPE
FAN-TlJBEAXIAL,115 V, 100 CFM
LAMPHOLDER-NE-51,NEON,.593 DIA
BRACKET-SWITCH MTG,DnOR
SUPPORT-TAPE DECK,TRA~SPORT
HARNESS ASSY-TAPF TRANSPORT
P.C. 80 ASSY-TAPf SENSOR,OlJTGO
PWR SUP ASSY-TRANSPURT ELECT
NUT-HEX,PLAIN,4-40 X .250 WO
NLJT-HEX,Sr-l PATT,6-32 X .250 WD
SCREW-MACH,PAN HD,4-40 X 3/8
SCREW-MACH,PAN HD,6-32 X 3/8
SCREW-MACH,PAN HD,6-32 X 9/16
WASHER-FLAT,GENERAL PURPOS~ #4
WASHER-FLAT,GENERAL PURPOSE,#6
WASHER-FLAT,SM PATT,#6
WASHER-LOCK,SPlIT,HELICAl,#4
WASHER-LOCK,SPLIT, #6
SCREW-MACH,PAN HD,6-32 X 7/16
SHIELD-MOTOR, FAN
83-1550-5068
83-1560-0104
83-1620-0180
83-3320-1158
83-3340-0692
83-4570-0459
83-4930-1691
83-5920-0820
R3-9260-2003
83-9260-2202
83-9260-451'5
A3-9260-4531
83-9260-4534
83-9261-4002
83-9261-4004
83-9261-4013
83-9261-4303
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
2.0
10.0
2.0
5.0
4.0
2.0
4.0
6.0
7.0
10.0
1.0
1.0
83-92f>1-~305
83-9260-4532
83-3650-0562
PAR T S
TITLE
- - - - - -
-
- -
REF . DES . OR F I ND NO .
LI S T
ARM ASSY-I DLER,RO LLER , LH
A T E R
"
DRAW I NG NUMBER
A
L
CATALOG NO .
R E
MFGK NA ME
Q
U
RFV A
PL ?3013A090 -1
I R E ME N T S
0 E S C R I P T I 0
~3 - 42In - 0230
- - - -
-
-
ro·:
-
- - - - - - -
PH r;/l.T/J. LlI G
;,t(l .
OTV.
- MFGR PAR T Nn .
I
2
3
4
230 13A006
B
230 13A0 12
GPb 7-1 2SXSOO -1 2
CLS- 440 - 3
MI NC0I4
"' I NCOM
GROnV -PI N
PENN ENGNRNG
ARe' - RO LL ER ,I DLE R
P I N- AC TII ATOR , I DL FR ARM
P I N- GRVO , HDLS , .-l 2 S OI AX . SOOLG
NlIT-CLI NC H, PLAIN, 4- 40 X .. 250~!O
R3 - 32 10- 0203
R3 - 3280 - 040A
"3- 7280 - 0202
83 - 9264 - 0005
1. 0
1. 0
1. 0
I.0
PAR T 5
TITLE
ARM A55Y-IOLER,ROLLFR,RH
-
REF. DES. OR FIND NO.
1
2
3
4
N
N
...0
LIS T
MAT E R I A L
DRAWING NUMBER
- MFGR PART NO.
R
23013AOO6
23013A012
GP67-125X500-12
CL5-440-3
RfV A
PL 23013A090-?
CATALOG NO. 83-4210-0231
R E QUI REM E N T 5 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
MFGR NAME
MINCOM
MINCOM
GROOV-PIN
PENN ENGNRNG
o
E S C R I P T I
o
N
ARM-ROLLER,IOLER
PIN-ACTUATOR,IOLER ARM
PIN-GRVO,HDL5, .125 DIAX.500LG
NUT-CLINCH,PLAIN,4-40 X .250WO
PH CATALOG
f\ln.
R3-3210-0203
83-3280-040R
R3-7280-0202
A3-9264-0005
OTY.
1.0
1.0
1.0
1. ()
PAR T 5
TITLE
- - --
----
-
REF. DES. OR FIND NO.
1
2
ARM ASSY-ACTUATOR,OOOR HD CVR
-
MAT E R I A L
DRA~JI NG NUMB ER
- MFGR PART 1\10.
23007A031
23007A035
PL 7.3013A095
REV R
CATALOG NO. 83-4210-0237
R E Q U I R E MEN T S - -
MFGR !\lANE
C MI NCOt-1
C MINCOM
LIS T
D E 5 C R I P T
I
- - -
o '"
LEVER-OOOR,HEAD COVER
BRACKET-LEVER ~TG,DASHPOT
--
-------
PH CATALOG NO.
R3-3210-0202
83-3320-1049
OTY.
1.0
1.0
PAR T S
TITLE
REF. DES. OR FIND NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
PL 23013A125-1
LIS T
TAPE GUIDE ASSY-PREPLAY
CATALOG NO. 83-3240-0440
MAT E R
R E QUI REM E N T S - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
DRAWING NUMBER
- t~FGR PART NO.
23013A129-1
23013A128-2
23013A127-1
23013A126
SA14FCZZ7LG31
(II1S35190-223
I
A L
MFGR NAME
MINCOM
MI NCOl'"1
MINCOM
MII\JCOM
MIL STO
DES C RIP T ION
·SHAFT-TAPE GUIDE, PREPLAY
CAP-TAPE GUIDE,PREPLAY,.500 HT
HOUSING-TAPE GUIDE,PREPLAY
SPRING-WASHER,BGR PRELOAD
BRG-BALL,ANLR,FLNGD,.2500 BORE
SCREW-MACH,FH,4-40 X 3/8
PH CATALOG NO.
83-3280-0612
83-3250-0153
83-3310-1132
83-3280-0611
83-1?30-0325
83-9260-6504
REV A
OTY.
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
2.0
1.0
P AR T 5
'"
LI 5T
PL 230 1 3A125 - 2
REV A
w
'"
TI TLE
TAPE GUIDE A55Y- PREPLAY .I /2 IN
MA T E R
RE F. DES. OR FI ND NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
'",
'"'"
DRAW IN G NUMBER
- MFGR PAR T NO.
23013A 129-1
230 13A 1 28 -1
230 1 3A127-1
23013A I 26
S8 14FCZZ7LG31
M535190 - 223
A L
R E QU I REM E N T 5 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
MFGR NAME
MI NCOM
MINCDM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MIL S TD
CA TALOG NO . 83- 3240 - 0442
DESCR I P T I ON
SHAFT -T APE GU I DE . PR EP LAY
CAP -T AP E GU IDE. PREP LAY
HOUS I NG-T APE GU I DE . PREPLAY
SPR I NG - WASHER . RGR PRE LOAD
BRG - BA LL.AN LR.FL NGD •• 2500 RoRE
SCREW - MACH .FH.4-40 X 3/8
PH CA TAL OG NO .
83 - 3280 - 06 1 2
83 - 3250 - 0 1 0 1
83- 3310-1132
83 - 3280- 061 1
83 -1 230- 0325
83 - 9260 - 6504
DTY .
1.• 0
1. 0
1. 0
1. 0
2. 0
1. 0
1~'-"1I
I-I
' ~--~IJ
~
r==J
~
~
r=JI
~
PAR T S
TITLE
1
2
3
4
5
6
N
W
W
FI~O
NO.
ORA\-!} NG Nur·mER
- ,.,FGR PART Nn.
23013A129-2
23013A128-1
23013Al7.7-2
23013A126
SA14FCZZ7LG31
'''535190-27.3
',11 L 5 TO
'----11
~
r--
~-j]
r --~I
r::=:J
PL 230131\125-3
~
RFV A
CATALOG !\In. H3-3240-0443
REO U IRE MEN T S - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
MFGR NAtwlE
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
~
LIS T
TAPE GUIDE ASSV-PREPLAV,l INCH
MAT E R I A L
REF. DES. OR
~
DES C RIP T ION
SHAFT-TAPE GUIDE, 1 INCH
CAP-TAPE GUIDE, PRFPLAY
HOUSING-TAPE GUJOE,PREPLAV,lIN
SPRING-WASHER,R(;R PRF.L(lAf)
RRr,-8AL L, ANLR, F LI'Ir,n., .2500 HORF
SCREW-MACH,FH,4-40 X 3/R
PH C1\ TAL 0 G
fl.1
n•
83-3280-0619
A3-3250-0151
A3-3310-1152
A3-3?80-0h11
R3-1?30-03?5
H3-9260-6504
(.lTV.
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
7.0
1.0
PARTS
N
W
...
TITL E
HII B I\SSY - REF. L,
1/4
DES .
,
'"
..0
DR AH I NG N U ~;P,E R
- MFGR PAR T Nn .
2
3
230 1 3AOh2
230 1 3A I 62
230 1 3A l h l
4
~'S35 1 90 - 223
1
N
OR F I ND NO .
I
S T
PL ?3013h1AO
CATA L n~
I N TAPE
A L
REF .
L
R E Q 11
r'H-GR fl.! M'!f
C MI NCOj,;
A ~\ INCOM
MI NCO"
MIL STn
I
DES
RE
t·,
C
R I
~A~t: - REE L
Nn .
A3 - 4930 -1 8R 4
E N T S P T I
HUR ,
TI RE - RRAKE ,
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(I T Y .
ON
l ilt 1,,1 TAPE
RURRER
R I NG - BRAK E, REE L HUR ,I /4 11'1
SCREW - ~ACH t FH , 4 - 40
-
X 3/8
A3 A3 A3 R3 -
3240 3390 3nO 9?h(l -
0364
0037
021 7
h504
1. 0
1. 0
l.0
3. 0
PAR T S
TITLE
KIT-CAPSTAN AREA PARTS,1/2 IN
A L
/.., ATE R
REF. nES. OR FINn NO.
56
31
37.
33
34
35
36
37
3A
39
40
41
42
43
44
46
47
4R
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
tv
W
Ul
DRAWING NUMBER
- f.lFGR PART /\!n.
C MINCO"',
C MINCOI"!
I'1IL STO
A MINCOM
MIL STn
MIL STI)
F ,.., INCOM
MIL STD
MIL STD
23013A040-1
C MINcor-'t
f\lYLOCK
B MINCOM
A r., INCOM
MIL STD
23007A040-1
23007A040-2
MS35206-223
23007A020-1
MS16997-66
MS3533A-44
AN960-416L
23007A044-1
23007A044-2
23007A044-3
23007A044-4
23007A003-1
23007A003-2
o
A
A
A
A
D
o
PL 23013A900
MINcor~
MIL STn
MIL STn
A & N STO
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
M INCor-,
MINCOM
MINCOM
REV C
CATALOG NO. R3-5990-0426
R E QUI REM E N T S - - - - -
MFGR NAME
23013A064-1
23007A030-1
MS35206-228
23013A056-1
MS35206-212
MS35338-40
23007A060-1
MS16998-31
MS35338-43
LIS T
- - - -
- - - -
o ESC RIP T i n N
PH CAT A L(I G f\' (l •
SCREW-MTG, TAPE GUIDE
DOOR ASSY-HEAO COVER,TPE TRANS
SCREW-MACH,PAN HD,6-32 X 3/8
BLADE-TAPE EDITING,TAPE GUIDE
SCREW-MACH,PAN HO,4-40 X 3/16
WASHER-LOCK,SPLIT,HELICAL,#4
CAPSTAN ASSY-TAPF TRANS,1/2 IN
SCREW-SHC, lo-32X1
WASHER-LOCK,SPLIT,HELICAL,HIO
WASHER-FLAT,SM PATT,#lO
ARM ASSY-TAPF LIFTER,TRA~lspnRT
SCREW-MACH,FH,100~ 10-32 X 5/8
ROLLER ASSY-IDLFR,1/2 IN If'lcnM
ROLLER ASSY-IOLFR,1/2 IN OTGNG
SCREW-MACH,PAN Hn,4-40 x 1 1/2
IOLER ASSY-REVERSING,1/2 INCH
SCRtW-CAP,SOC HO,1/4-20 X 2.00
WASHER-LOCK,SPL!T,HELICAl,U1/4
WASHER-FLAT,lIGHT SERIES,#1/4
SHIM-IDLER,TAPF ORIVE,.002 THK
SHIM-IDLER,TAPE ORIVE,.005 THK
SHIM-IDLER,TAPE nRIVE,.OlO THK
SHIM-IDLF.R,TAPF. nRIVF,.020 THK
cnVER-IDL~R,SNAP-ON,LH,1/2 IN
COVER-IOLER,SNAP-ON,RH,1/2 IN
10
10
11
11
11
13
13
13
13
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
20
20
-
A3-3262-0537
83-4330-0241
83-9260-4531
83-3330-0259
A3-9260-4512
83-9261-4303
83-5920-0819
83-9261-2105
83-9261-4307
R3-9261-4046
H3-4210-020h
R3-9260-0029
83-4240-0310
83-4240-0311
R3-9260- 4 525
R3-4240-0318
R3-9261-2123
R':I,-9261-4309
R3-9262-0046
83-37.30-0367
R3-3230-0363
83-3230-0364
R3-3730-0365
R3-3310-0846
H3-3310-0847
OTY.
4.0
1.0
7.0
1.0
1.0
3.0
1.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
2.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
AR
AR
AR
AR
1.0
1.0
P I R T S
TITLE
KIT-C IPS TAN I KEI PIRTS ,I I NCH
MI T E R
RFF . DFS . OR FIN O NO .
NIH·IIl ER
MFGR PAR T NO .
DRIW I N~
56
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
LI S T
23013A064-2
2 300 7A03 0 - 2
IIIS35206 - 278
230 131056 - 2
I'S35206 - 2 1 2
I L
C MIN COI·I
C MINCON
~\I L STO
A 1'0' I NCO,",
2300 7A0 60- 2
MS 16998 - 3 1
MS35338 - 43
230 13A0 4 0 - 7.
C ,..' INCOr.,
2300 7 1040 - 3
2300 7104 0 - 4
R MI NCO M
23007.020 - 2
MS 1699 7- 66
o
~'S35338 - 40
NY LOCK
~'S35338 - 44
AN960-416L
23007.044 -1
2300 7A044- 2
2300 7A 044 - 3
23007.044 - 4
23007.003 - 3
23007A003- 4
A MI NCOM
f-1INCOM
I'lL STil
MIL S10
• £ N S TO
• MI NCOI;
I MINCOM
I MI NCIl"'
I I; I I»COM
Il MI" COM
C "I NCO ~I
C.TILn ~
Nli .
Il
kFV C
83- 5990 - 0 427
R E Q II IR E MEN T S - - -
'.lFGR. NAME
I'l L STll
MIL S TO
F 1' 1 NC O!'
MIL STO
MIL S10
PL 230 1 31905
- - - -
- -
- -
- - -
ES C R I P Ti n III
Co TY.
SCREW - MTG, TIPF GU I DE
DliOR ASSY -Hll COVER , TAPE TR ANS
SCREW -M ICH ,P IN HO,6-5 2 X 3/8
BLADE -T APE ED ITI NG ,I.1 2 LG
SCREW - MACH,PAN Hn ,4- 40 X 3/lh
WISHER -L OC K, SPL IT,H ELICA L, # 4
CAP STAN ISSY - TAPE TRANSPOR T
SCREW - SHC, 10 - 37X I
WASHER -LOC K, SPL IT,HELI CAL , # I O
WA 5HER - FLAT , S~ PA TT, ff l O
ARN ASSY - TAPE LIFTER ,I I N TAPE
SC RE H - ~A CH,FH,I OO. 10 - 32 X 5/8
RO LL ER ASSY -I OLER ,I I N INCOM
Rn LL ER ASSY -I OLER ,I IN OUTGO
SCRE W-MACH,PA N HO , 4-40 X ?oo
I DLE R ASSY - REV ,T APE TRANspnR T
SCREW - CA P, SOC HO ,1 /4- 20 X 2 . 00
WASHER - LnCK, SPLIT,H ELI CAL , Hl/ 4
WASHER -FLAT,LI GHT SFR I ES , #1/4
SH I M- IDLER,TI PE DR IV E,. 002 THK
SH I M-IOLER,T IPE nRIVE, . 00 5 THK
SH I M-I DLER,T IPF DR I VF ,. OI O THK
SHIM -I DLER,TIP F DRIVE ,. 020 THK
COVER - tOLER, SNAP - ON ,l
I N LH
COVER -I DLE R,SNAP - ON,I I N RH
10
10
II
II
II
13
13
13
13
16
16
16
In
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
83 - 3262 - 0538
83 - 4330 - 0271
A3 - 92~0 - 4531
83 - 3,30- 02n8
8, - 9760- 45 1 2
83 - 926 1- 4303
83- 5920 - 0833
83 - 92~1 - 2105
83- 92 61 - 43 0 7
8 3 -9261 - 4046
H3 - 42 10- 0242
83 - 9260 - 0029
83 - 4240 - 03 14
83 - 4240- 0315
83 -9260 - 4604
A3 - 't740 - 03 1 g
83 - 92 61- 2 123
83-926 1- 43 0 9
83 - 9262 - 0046
83 - 3230- 0362
83 - 32 30-0363
83 - 3230 - 0364
83 - V30 - 03n5
20 83 - 33 10- 0 H48
20 83- 3 310- 0849
4.0
1.0
2.0
1. 0
1.0
3. 0
1.0
3 .0
3 .0
3. 0
1. 0
I.0
1.0
1. 0
2 .0
1.0
1.0
1. 0
1.0
AR
IR
IR
AR
1. 0
1.0
P A R T S
TITLE
- - - - -
-- --
REF. f)FS. OR F I fl.1f) NO.
67
6A
69
70
65
66
KIT-TAPE GlIJOF.,1/4 IN,112 CAP
MA T E R I A L
DRAWING NLJMAER
- MFGR PART Nn.
23013A077-1
23013A077-2
23013A077-3
23013A077-4
23013A013-1
23013A014-1
CATALnG NO.
R E o U I R E ME
MFGR NAI"'E
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
f) MI NCO''''
C MINCOM
PL 23013A910
L I S T
N
REV C
~3-5990-0428
T S - -
- - - - - - - - - -
--
[) F S C R I P T I 0 N
PH CAT ALOe; 1\1(1.
SHIM-TAPE GlJI DE, .002 THK
SHIM-TAPE GUI OE, .005 THK
SH If"'-TAPE GIJIf)E, .010 THK
SHIM-TAPF. GUIDF., .020 THK
TAPE GUIOE-INcn M ING,1/4 IN
TAPE GtJ I 11 E-Ot JTGfl I I\IG, 1/4 IN
83-3230-0401
A3-3230-0402
A3-3230-0403
A3-3730-0404
11 A3-3240-037h
11 A3-3240-0332
(..lTV.
AR
AR
AR
AR
7.0
2.0
P A "
N
W
00
TITL E
- - - - - REF .
DES .
67
68
69
70
65
66
-
- -
OR FIND NO .
KIT-TAPE GUIDE , I/2
M A T E R
230 13A 077 -1
230[3A0 77- 2
23013A077 - 3
23013A077 - 4
230 13A 0 13- 2
230 1 3A0 14- 2
CATAlO~
R E Q U I
flF GR N Ar'IE
MI NCOM
fllNCOM
MINCOM
M I NCDfl
D MI Ncor-1
C M I I\ICOi-1
R E
~l
0 E S C R I
NO .
P T I
83 - 5990 - 0429
- - -
E N T S
0
REV (
23013A915
PL
LIS T
11<,1/2 CAP
A L
DR AJ,J I NG NU"H~ ER
- flFGR PART Nn.
T S
-
-
- - - - - - - - -
N
SH IM-T APE GU I DE ,. 002 THK
SHIr~ - TAPE GU ID E ,. 005 THK
SHI M-T APE GU I DE , . 0 1 0 THK
SH 1I~ -T APE Gli I DE. . 020 THK
TAPE GlJInE -I NCOMNG, l/ 2 I " T APE
TAPE GUI OE - QUTGNG , 112 I N TA PE
PH CA TALOG
Nn.
83 - 3230 83 - 3230 83 - 3230 83 - 3230 11 83 - 3240 11 83-3240 -
040 1
0402
0403
0404
0327
0333
OTY .
AR
AR
AR
AR
2.0
2.0
PAR T S
TITLE
PL 23013B920
R E Q
MFGR NAME
IJ
IRE MEN T S - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
o E S C R I P T I 0
PH CAT ALOG "10.
REF. DES. OR FIND NO.
DRAW I NG NlJ~1BER
- r.,FGR PART NO.
C3
BR500-25
CORNELL DUBL CAP-FXD,ELECT,
K13
KHP17D11
POTTR & BRUM RELAY-4PDT,650 OHM 24VDC 3 AMP
65
66
67
68
69
70
23013A013-4
23013A014-4
230 13 AO 7 7-1
23013A077-2
23013A077-3
23013A077-4
()
MI NCOf'l
C MINCO,,"!
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
REV D
CATALOG NO. 83-5990-0558
KIT-TAPE GUIDE, 1 INCH
MAT E R I A L
\
LIS T
f\!
500UF
25V
TAPE GUIDE-INCOMING, 1 IN
TAPE GUIDE-OUTGOING, 1 IN
SHIM-TAPE GUIDE,.002 THK
SHIM-TAPE GUIDE,.005 THK
SHIM-TAPE GUIDE, .010 THK
SHIM-TAPE GUIDE, .020 THK
ClTY.
83-1510-2044
1.0
83-1550-3550
1.0
83-3240-0331
83-3240-0335
83-3230-0401
83-3230-0402
83-3230-0403
83-3230-0404
2.0
2.0
AR
AR
AR
AR
P A R T 5
...
L
I
PL
5 T
RF\f C
230 1 3AQ30
N
0
TITLE
- -
-
- - -
REF. DES .
67
68
69
70
65
66
-
- -
OR F I "ID
K IT-T APE GU I !1E.1I4
M A T E R
~fO
•
A L
DR A1,1I NG N IJ ~1A E R
- t·' F GR PART Nn .
23013A077 - 1
23013A077-2
230 13 A0 77 - 3
23013A0 77- 4
23013AO I3 - 5
230 1 3A014 -5
I N ,l
~'FGR
~' I NCOM
MI NCDM
MI NCOM
M I NCnI"
{1 MI NCOM
C MINCOJ.l
CA TALOG
I N CAP
R E Q U I
NA I'1E
1\10 .
R E f·, E N T S
D E S C R I
P T I
(l
"3 - 5990 - 043 1
- - -
-
f"
SH I ~, - T APE
GU I DE. . 002 THK
SHIM -T APE GU I DE • • 005 THK
SHIM-TAPE GUT OE , . 01 0 THK
5H !f< -T APE GU I DI', . 020 THK
TA PE GUIDE - I ~' C, 1/4 I ~I TAPE
TAPE GU IO E- OUTGOING,1/4 I "
- - - - -
-
- - - -
PH CA TALOr, Nfl .
83 83 83 83 11 83 ll. 83 -
3230 3230 3230 3230 324!1 3240 -
040 1
0402
0403
0404
0396
0398
OTY .
AR
AR
AR
AR
2.0
2.0
PAR T S
TITLE
-
----
----
REF. OF.S. OR F HID NO.
67
6R
69
70
65
66
KIT-TAPE GUIOE,1/2 IN,l IN CAP
M ATE R I A L
OR A\011 NG NUMRE R
- 1'-1FGR PART NO.
23013A077-1
23013A077-2
23013A077-3
23013A077-4
23013A013-6
23013A014-6
R E
MFGR NAME
MJNCOM
MINCOM
MJNCOM
MINCOM
[) MJNCOM
C MINCOM
PL 23013A935
L I S T
CA TALOG
Q lJ
~IO.
83-5990-0432
I R E MEN T S - -
[) E S C R I P T J
(1
REV C
----- -- -----
~I
SHIM-TAPE GUIDE,.002 THK
SHIM-TAPE GUIDE,.005 THK
SHIM-TAPE GUIDE, .010 THK
SHIM-TAPE GUID!::, .020 THK
TAPE GUIOE-JNC,}/2 I TAPE
TAPE GUIDE-OUTGOING,1/2 IN
"I
PH CATALOG NO.
83-3230-0401
83-3230-0402
83-3230-0403
83-3230-0404
11 83-3240-0397
11 83-3240-0399
OTY.
AR
AR
AR
AR
2.0
2.0
PAR T S
TI TLE
KIT- SPEED , 3 3/4 - 7 1/2 I PS
,·1 ATE R
RE F . OF S . OR F I NO NO .
ORA~" N G
-
6
7
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
A L
N lJ~lAE R
LI S T
PL 230 1 30940
RFV R
CITA LnG NO . "3- 5990 - 0559
R E Q U I REM E N T S - -
I-1F-GR NAI"E
~
- - - - - - - - - - -
U ESC RIP T ID N
PH CATALOG
"0.
OTV .
MFGR P.oR T NO .
2300 7 CO I 0 - l
2300 7 A0 16
MS I 6998 - ? 7
F ,. I Ncm1
B MI NCOM
MIL STO
MS35338 - 4 3
230 07 A06 1
19 007A 022
o
2300 7 A02 3- 2
C MI NCO. ,
o
.' IL S TO
MI !;cD.1
.1 I NCO M
MO TO R ASS Y- CAP STAN , 3 3/ 4 - 7 1 /2
SH IEL D- CAPS TAN MOTOR , MOUE L 23
SCR EW - CA P , SOC HO ,1 0 - 32 X 1/ 2
WAS HER - FL I T, GENFRA L PUR P SE , # 10
WAS HE R - L OCK , SP L I T , H E LI CA L , ~ 1 0
FLY WHEE L- CA P STAN , MODE L 23
CAP- FLYWH EE L, PRFC I S l nN PLA TE
SCR - CAP , FH ,1 /4X 20X5 / 8 , NYL OC
CAP - IO LER , REVERS I NG , P LAI N
83 - 4 560 - 0 149
83- 3650 - 0363
R3 - 9;>6 1- 2l0 1
83 - 926 1- 4006
83- 926 1- 4307
83 - 3;>20 - 0 146
" 3- 3250- 0082
83 - 9262 - 0 5 6 9
8 3- 3250 - 0 1 08
1. 0
1. 0
4.0
4.0
4.0
1. 0
1. 0
1. 0
1. 0
PAR T S
TITLE
KIT-SPEED, 7 1/2-15 IPS
- - -
REF. OES. OR FINO NO.
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
MAT E R I A L
ORAWING NUMBER
- ~'FGR PART Nn.
F MINCOM
B MINCOM
B MJNCOM
MIL STt)
MS35338-43
23007A061
19007A022
MIL STD
MINCOM
D MINCOM
23007A023-2
C MINCOM
o
PL 23013B945-1
REV C
CATALOG NO. 83-5990-0560
REO U IRE MEN T S - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
MFGR NAME
23007COI0-2
23007A016
23007A014-1
MS16998-28
LIS T
DES C RIP T ION
MOTUR ASSY-CAPSTAN,7 1/2-15
SHIELD-CAPSTAN MOTOR,MODEL 23
SPACER-MOTOR MTG,7 1/2-15 IPS
SCREW-CAP,SOC HD,10-32 X 5/8
WASHER-FlAT,GENERAl PURPSE,#10
WASHER-LOCK,SPLIT,HELICAl,#10
FLYWHEEL-CAPSTAN,MODEL 23
CAP-FLYWHEEL,PRECISION PLATE
SCR-CAP,FH,1/4X20X5/8,NYLOC
CAP-IDLER,REVERSING,PLAIN
PH CATALOG NO.
83-4560-0150
83-3650-0363
83-3230-0311
83-9261-2102
A3-9261-4006
83-9261-4307
83-3220-0146
83-3250-0082
83-9262-0569
83- 32 50 - (H 08
QTY.
1.0
1.0
1.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1. a
PARTS
T IT LE
K IT- SPEED , 7 lIZ-I S
REF . DES. OR F I NO NO.
6
7
8
9
10
II
12
13
14
IS
I':
N
'"
71
71
I':
,
N
a-0
I P S , SO CYC
A L
M AT E R
LIST
PL
CATA LOG NO . n 3- 599 0 - 0 S 8 2
R E QU
I R F MEN T S -
-
-
-
-
-
DRAI·IING NUM BER
- 14FGR PART NO .
DESCRIPTIO N
23007CO I O- 4
23007AOl6
23007A0 14-1
MS16998 - 28
F 14I NCOI·\
B MINCOM
B MINCDM
MIL S TD
MS3S338 - 43
23007A06 1
19007A022
MIL STO
MI NCOI4
D 14 I NCUM
23 0 07 8 023
A M!I\JCO i'-1
MOTOR ASSY - CAPS TAN , SO CYCLE
SH I ELD - CAPS TAN MO TOR ,M ODEL 23
SPACER - MO TOR MTG ,7 IJ 2-1 5 I PS
SCREW - CAP ,SOC HO,10-32 X S/8
WASHER -FL AT, GENERAL PURPSE, # I O
WASHER-LOCK,SPLIT,HELICAL,'IO
FLYWHEEL-CAPSTAN,MODEL 23
CAP -FLYWHEEL, PREC I S IO N PLATE
SCR -C AP ,F H,1/ 4X20X5/8 , NY LOC
CAP - CAPS T AN S TROBE , SO HZ
o
kEV (.
2301311 9 '15 - ;>
-
-
- -
-
-
-
[.l TY.
n3-4S60 83 - 36S0 83 - 3230 83-9261 83 - 9261 B3 - 9261 83 - 3220 83 - 32S0H3-9262 8 3 - 32S0 -
(l 1 5 B
0363
0311
2102
4006
4307
0 1 46
0082
0569
0 1 83
1.0
[. 0
1. 0
4.0
4.0
4.0
1. 0
[.0
1. 0
1. 0
PAR T S
TITLt
KIT-SPEED, 15-30 IPS
A L
MAT E R
"I
REF. n F S • 0 R F I IJ NO.
6
7
A
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
DRAWING NUMRER
- MFGR PART NO.
F MINCOM
B MINCOM
'''' S 3533 8 -4 3
23007A061
19007A022
o MINCOM
23007A023-2
C MINCOM
R MINCOM
MIL STO
MIL STO
D MII\ICOM
PL 23013R950-1
REV C
CATALOG NO. 83-5990-0561
REO U IRE MEN T S - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
MFGR NAME
23007COI0-3
23007A016
23007 AO 1. 4- 2
MS1699H-29
LIS T
DES C RIP T I 0
~
MOTOR ASSY-CAPSTAN,15-30
SHIELD-CAPSTAN MOTOR,MODEL 23
SPACER-MOTOR MTG, CAPSTAN
SCREW-CAP,SOC HO,10-32 X 3/4
WASHER-FLAT,GENERAL PURPSE,#10
WASHER-lOCK,SPLIT,HELICAL,#10
FLYWHEEL-CAPSTAN,MODEL 23
CAP-FLYWHEEL,PRECISION PLATE
SCR-CAP,FH,I/4X20X5/8,NYLOC
CAP-IDLER,REVERSING,PLAIN
PH CATALOG NO.
83-4560-0151
A3-3650-0363
83-3230-0312
A3-9?61-2103
83-9261-4006
83-9261-4307
A3-3220-0146
83-3250-0082
A3-9262-0569
A3-3250-010R
OTY.
1.0
1.0
1.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
PAR T S
...
N
'"
TITL E
KIT-SPEED ,1 5- 30 I PS , 50 CYC LE
MAT E R
RE F. n ES . OR F I NO NO .
6
7
B
9
A L
DR AW I NG ,NUM BE R
- MFGR PAR T Nn .
2300 7CO I O- 5
2300 7 AOl 6
2300"fA0 14- 3
MS 16998 - 29
F MI NCOM
8 MI NCOM
A MI NCON
MIL S TD
12
13
14
15
MS 35338 - 4 3'
2300 7A06 1
19 00 7 A022
o
23007B023
A M I NCO~l
o
S TD
MIN COM
MI NCU M
~\IL
PL 730 1 3A950 - ~
CATA lI 1G
~ ' () .
o
REV C
83- 5990 - 05B I
R E QU I R EM E N T S - - -
MF GR NA ME
10
I I
LI S T
- - - - - - - - - - -
E S C R IP TI D N
MOTOR ASSY - CA P STAN ,1 5- 30 , 50 CY
SHIEL D- CAP STAN MO TOR , MODE L 23
SPACER -MOTOR MTG, CAPS TAN
SCREW -C AP , SOC HD,1 0 - 32 X 3/4
WAS HE R- FL AT, GENERA L PURPSE , # I O
WA SHE R-LO CK , SPLIT, H"L I CA L, # I O
FLYWHEEL- CA P S TAN ,MODf L ~3
CAP-FLYWHEEL,P REC I S I ON P LAT E
SCR - CAP ,FH,1/4 X20X5/8 , NY LOC
CAP - CAPS TAN STROBE , 50 HZ
PH CATA LOG NO .
83- 4560- 0 1 59
A3 - 3650- 0363
83- 32 30- 04 69
R3 - 976 1- 2103
83 - 926 1-4 006
83 - 926 1- 430 7
83- 3220- 0 14 6
83 - 3250 -0 082
83- 9262 - 056 9
83 - 3250- 0 1 83
n TY.
1. 0
I. n
1. 0
4.0
4.0
4.0
1. 0
1. 0
1. 0
1 .0
PAR T S
TITLE
REF. DES. OR FIND NO.
6
7
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
DRAWING NUMBER
- MFGR PART Nn.
A L
B MINCOM
B MINCOM
MS35338-43
23007A461
19007A022
MIL STI)
E MINCOM
o MINCOM
23007 A023-2
C MINCOM
MIL STD
REV C
R E QUI REM E N T S - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
MFGR NAME
23007C410-1
23007A016
MS16998-27
PL 2301.3B955
CATALOG NO. 83-5990-0562
KIT-SPEED, 30-60 IPS
MAT E R
LIS T
DES C RIP TIn
N
MOTOR ASSY-CAPSTAN, 30-60
SHIELD-CAPSTAN MOTOR,MODEL 23
SCREW-CAP,SOC HD,10-32 X 1/2
WASHER-FLAT,GENFRAL PURPSE,#10
WASHER-LOCK,SPLIT,HELICAL,#10
FLYWHEEL-CAPSTAN, 120 IPS
CAP-FLYWHEEL,PRECISION PLATE
SCREW-SELF LOCK,FH,1/4-20 X3/4
CAP-IDLER,REVERSING,PLAIN
PH CATALOG
~IO.
83-4560-0152
83-3650-0363
83-9261-2101
R3-9261-4006
83-9261-4307
83-3220-0171
83-3250-0082
83-9262-0204
83-3250-0108
OTY.
1.0
1.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
P AR T S
...
N
'"
TITLE
KIT- SPEED , 60-1 20 I PS
MAT E R
REF. DES. OR FIND NO.
6
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
DRAWIN G NUMBER
- MFGR PART NO .
A L
B MINCOM
MIL STO
MS35338 - 43
23007A4h l
19007A022
MIL STD
E MI NCOM
o MINC OI~
2300 7 A023-2
C MIN COM
PL 230 1 31\960
REV C
CATA LUG NO . 83- 5990 - 0563
R E QU I REM E N T S - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
MF GR NAME
2300 7C410-2
MS16 998 - 27
LI S T
D E SCR I P TI ON
MOTOR ASSY - CAPS TAN , 60 -1 20
SCREW - CA P, SO C HD,1 0 - 32 X 1 /2
WASHER - FLA T, GENERA L ·PURP SE , # 10
WASHER-L OCK , SP LIT,H EL I CAL,#10
FLYWH EE L- CAPSTA N, 1 20 I PS
CAP- F LYWHE EL, PREC I SION PLA TE
SCRE W- SE LF LO CK ,FH,1/ 4-20 X3/4
CAP-IOLER,REVERSIN G,PLAI N
PH CA TALOG
~ I O.
83 - 4560-0 1 53
83- 926 1- 2 101
83 - 926 1- 4006
83 - 926 1-4 3 07
83- 3220 - 01 71
83 - 3250- 0082
83-926 2-0204
83 - 3250 - 0 108
OTY.
1. 0
4.0
4. 0
4.0
1. 0
1. 0
1. 0
1. 0
PAR T S
TITLE
KIT-BRAKE, CAPSTAN,HIGH SPEED
MAT E R
AL
REF. DES. OR FIND NO.
DRAWING NUMBER
- MFGR PART NO.
C 71
C 72
36D552G025AB
200P1904
SPRAGUE
SPRAGUE
L6
42C 115DC-AX
36-909H
21FK-832
1
2
3
4
5
A
7f:
77
7A
79
AO
Al
82
83
A6
87
88
A9
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
MS27183-7
60510-4
60511-4-LP
AN742n-~2
MS35206-245
23013B065
MS35207-263
RAA-217
23013A403
23013A402
23013A404
21-S-094-0437
MS16998-27
MS35338-43
23013A405
E
A
B
C
A
LIS T
PL 23013A970
REV 0
CATALOG NO. 83-5990-0438
R E QUI REM E N T S - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
MFGR NAME
DES C RIP T ION
CAP-FXD,ELECT,5500 UF 25 V
CAP-FXD,ELEC,5 MF 370VAC
10%
PH CATALOG NO.
PTY.
83-1510-2171
83-1510-2243
1.0
1.0
PHILLIPS CON SOLENOID-LINEAR, 115 VOLTS
83-1550-4517
1.0
SPRAGUE
BRACKET-CAPACITOR MTG
STU PRSD STL NUT-HEX,SELF LOCK,8-32 X.345WD
SCREW-MACH,PAN HO,8-32 X 9/16
MIL STO
WASHER-FLAT,RD,#8,GEN PURPOSE
AMP INC
CONTACT-ELEC,SOC,18-22GA SIZE
AMP INC
CONTACT-ELEC,PIN,
.084 OIA
CLAMP-LOOP,CABLF. SPT,2.047 LG
NUT-HEX,SM PATT,8-32 X .313 WD
SCREW-MACH,PAN HD,8-32 X 1/2
MIL STD
WASHER-FLAT,SM PATT,#8
WASHER-LOCK,SPLIT,HELICAL,#8
MINCOM
DELAY RELAY ASSY-3 RELAYS
MIL STD
SCREW-MACH,PAN HO,10-32 X 1/2
THOM t. BETTS SPlICE-CONUUCTOR,BUTT TYPE
MINCOM
ADAPTER-SOLENOIO,BRAKE,
MINCOM
BRACKET-SUPPORT,BRAKE,120 IPS
MINCOM
PAD-BRAKE,CAPSTAN MOTOR,120
STD PRSD STL PIN-SPRING,
.094 OIAX.437LG
MIL STI)
SCREW-CAP,SOC HO,10-32 X 1/2
SCREW-SHC, 8-32X11.4
WASHER-FlAT,SM PATT,#8
WASHER-FlAT,SM PATT,#10
WASHER-LnCK,SPlIT,HElICAL,#8
MIL STD
WASHER-lOCK,SPLIT,HElICAL,#10
MINCOM
SPRING-RETURN,SOlENOID,BRAKE
A3-1320-1587
83-9260-2405
83-9260-4552
83-9261-4038
A3-1610-0927
83-1610-0925
A3-1650-0393
83-9260-2203
83-9260-4551
83-9261-4035
83-9261-4306
83-4930-1478
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
1.0
1.0
83-9260-457~
83-9630-0382
83-3240-0365
83-3320-1293
B3-3350-0452
A3-72HO-0223
83-9261-2101
83-9261-2057
83-9261-4035
83-9261-4046
83-9261-4306
83-9261-4307
83-32HO-0567
~.O
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
1.0
2.0
1~.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
1.0
PAR T 5
N
LI S T
PL 230 1 3A986
kEV A
~
o
TITL E
- - - - - - - -
-
REF . DE S . OR FI ND NO .
1
2
3
4
8ASE - REE L HUA .I /4 CINE TOP HAT
M A T E R
A L
DRAW I NG NlJMRER
- MF GR P ART Nn .
23013A 160
04020.108
MS35 338 -41
R E 0
MFGR NAME
A MINCOM
H MINCOM
MIL STD
CATALOG NO. 83- 32 40 - 0455
U
I R E M E N T S
- -
- - - - - - ---- - -
0 E S C R I P T I o N
HUB ASSY-REEL. 1/4 I N TAPE
STANDOFF-CHASSI S MTG, . 8 75 LG
WASHER-LOCK.SPLIT. #6
SCRE W-M ACH.B I ND H. 6- 32 x 3/8
PH CATA LOG NO.
83 - 4930-1 884
83- 3350 - 0022
83 - 9261-4305
83-9260 - 4294
OTY .
1.0
1. 0
I. a
1. 0
PAR T S
TITLE
KIT-COMMON PARTS,TAPE DECK
A L
~1ATER
N
111
LIS T
PL 23013B990
REV G
CATALOG I'm. 83-5990-0564
REO U IRE MEN T S - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
REF. OES. OR FIND NO.
DRAWING NUMBER
- MFGR PART NO.
OSl,DS2,OS3,DS4,OS5,DS6
DS8
327
1820
GENERAL ELEC LAMP-INCANDESCENT, .04 AMP
GE
LAMP-INCANDESCENT, 28 V,.10 A
83-1550-2506
83-1550-2602
6.0
1.0
F1
313005.
LITTELFUSE
FUSE-SLO-HLO,125V 5 AMP
83-7550-8006
1.0
L1,L2
L3
l4
L5
42C24DC-~X
128281
128264-001
42C24DC-AU
PHILLIPS CUN
G.H. LELAND
LEDEX
PHILLIPS CON
SOlENOID-ElECTRICAL,PlJSH/PlJLL
SOLENOID-115 VDC
SOLENOID-ROTARY
SOLENOIO-ELECTRICAL,PUSH/PULL
83-1550-4516
83-1550-4515
83-1550-4514
83-1550-4513
2.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
23013A002
L
GP67-125X500-12
GP7-125X1000-12
GP4-125X0500-12
AMF50D-FS160
23013A035
R
A
23013B036
RF51624
1126
23013A067
B
23013A028
D
D
23013A011
23013A048
A
23013A047
A
23013A025
A
23013A055
A
TRUARC
#775
MS35206-241
MS35206-243
MS51017-26
MI NCOt-1
GROOV-PIN
GROOV-PIN
GRUnV-PIN
FAFNIR
MI NCOtol
MI NCOr-l
PALNIJT
BIRNRACH
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCUM
MIL STD
H.H. SMITH
MIL STD
MIL STD
MIL STO
PLATE-TAPE OECK,TRANSPURT
PIN-GRVD,HDLS, .125 OIAX.500LG
PIN-GRVD,HDLS,.125 X 1.000 LG
PIN-GRND,HDLS, .125 DIAX.500LG
BRG-BALl,ANLR,FlNGO,.3125 RORE
SHAFT-ARM,IOLER,TAPE TRANSPURT
SHAFT-MTG, TAPE LIFTER
NUT-HEX,STMPD,5/16-24 X .500WO
SPACER-RO,#6 SCREW SIZE,.375lG
ARM-ACTUATOR, TAPELIFTER
BRACKET-MTG,SOlFNOID,TPE TRANS
BRACKET-MTG,SOlENOID,RH
BRACKET-SOlENOln MTG,CAPSTAN
BRACKET-SOLENOID MTG,TAPE lIFT
SUPPORT-OASHPOT,OOOR,HEAD COVR
SPACER-COVER PlATE,TRANSPORT
RING-RETAINING,EXT,.225 1.0.
ClAMP-CARlE,NYlON,.479 DIA
SCREW-MACH,PAN HO,8-32 X 1/4
SCREW-MACH,PAN Hn,8-32 x 3/8
SETSCREW-CUP PT,6-32 X 1/2
SCREW-SHC, 8-32X1/4
SCREW-CAP,SOC HO,10-32 X 3/8
SPACER-PWR SUP MTG,1.430 LG
CHASSIS ASSY-WRAP AROUND,TRANS
SCREW-MACH,PAN HD,4-40 X 1/2
SCREW-MACH,PAN HD,6-32 X 1.750
BRACKET ASSY-PHOTOCELL
SPRING-RETURN,IOLER ARM,CAPSTN
SPRING-SHOCK ARSORBING-IDLER
ARM ASSY-IOLfR,ROLLER,LH
ARM ASSY-IDLER,RnLLER,RH
83-3320-1027
83-7280-0202
83-7280-0212
83-7280-0484
83-1230-0178
83-37.80-0407
83-3280-0536
83-9260-2404
83-9350-0099
83-3210-0253
83-3320-1107
83-3320-1108
83-3320-1159
83-3320:"1167
83-3340-0382
83-3350-0414
83-7270-0118
83-7650-0058
83-97.60-4547
A3-9260-4549
83-9261-0051
83-9261-2057
83-9261-2100
83-3350-0412
83-5920-1332
83-9260-4517
83-9260-4544
83-4320-1679
1.0
3.0
1.0
3.0
6.0
2.0
1.0
3.0
2.0
101
102
103
104
106
107
108
109
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
125
126
127
128
129
136
137
138
139
140
146
147
148
149
MS16998-26
23013A045
23013B080
MS35206-217
MS35206-237
23013A172
23013A044
23007A054
23013A090-1
23013A090-2
MFGR NAME
MIL STD
A MHJCOM
C MINCOM
MIL STD
MIL STD
B MINCOM
A MINCOM
A MINCOtvl
A MINCOM
A MINCOM
DES C RIP T ION
PH CATALOG NO.
83-32~0-0422
83-3280-0542
A3-4210-0230
A3-4210-0231
OTY.
i .0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
2.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
2.0
4.0
2.0
1.0
1.0
4.0
1.0
1.0
3.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
PAR T S
TITLE
KIT-COMMON PARTS, TAPE DECK
MAT E R
REF . DES. OR FI ND NO.
DRAWING NUMBE R
- MFGR PART NO .
A L
~1FGR
CATALOG NO . "3-5990 - 0564
R E QU I REM E N T S - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
NAME
150
151
15 2
1 53
154
155
15 6
157
161
162
163
166
167
171
17 2
K MINCO~l
K MINCoM
RUBBERCRA FT
MIL STIl
2 1- S-0 94- 043 7
STO PRSD STL
6593
B IR NBACH
23013A0 74
B MINCoM
230 13A073
A MINCoM
303-85-15-1.25 ELEC REGU LT R
23013A046
C MI NCOM
5555 -1 2
TRUARC
303 - 85 -1 5-1 000 ElEC REGUl TR
230 13A095
B MI NCoM
MS35206-21 3
MIL STIl
174
J-7 2 19-8
23013A06B
23007 A070
230 12AOOO
MS1699B-31
NA S 135 2- 06
MS35690-602
AN960-616
MS35333-42
01123060
23004AOOO
2300 4A0 50
230 13 A085
230 13B060
185-1873
I B5 -1 8 7 2
23013A004
16 049A0 15 - 3
16049A015-4
23013A005
230 1 3A027
23013A038 -1
16049A01 5-3 5
16049A015- 36
DK-1 53
175
177
17 B
179
I BO
181
1 82
I B3
186
188
18 9
191
192
196
197
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
20B
2 16
23007A050 -1
23007A050-2
17460S
RfV r.
LIS T
o
ESC R IP TI D N
ARM ASSY-IDLER, AC TUA TING,RH
ARM ASSY-IDLER , AC TU ATI NG, LH
8UMPER - RUB , SLV ,.1 2~ 10 X . 3 13
RING-RETAINING, TYPE E.1/4 10
PIN-SPRING,
.094 [) I AX .4 37 L G
IN SU LATOR -W ASH ,
NY LON ,. Ol b TK
BUMPER-RUB SLV,. 06 10 X .310L G
SPAC ER-M AC HINED,O AMPENER, TEF
OASHPoT-AIR oAMPIN I NG CYL INDER
ARM -D AMPENING ,I DLER
RING - RETNG ,
EXT ,
.1 20 In
DASHPOT-AIR DAMPINING CYL I NDER
AR11 ASSY-ACTUATOR,OOOR HD CVR
SCREW-MACH,PAN HD,4-40 X 1/ 4
SETSCREW -L GLK,HE X,C UP ,10-32x l.
LORD
MOUN T-RE S ILIE NT, RIIBBER
A MI NC0t1
BRACKET - VER TI CAL MTG ,T RANSPoRT
C NINCOl-'
~RKT ASSY -M o ToR MTG,CAPS DRIVE
A MINCml
~RACKE T ASSY -V ERN I ER SPEED ADJ
MIL STU
SCREW - SHC , 10-37.Xl
NYLDK CORP
SCREW - CAP,SoC HO,6-32 X 1. 00
MIL STIJ
NU T-H EX , PLAIN,3/8 -1 6 X . 563 WO
AN STANDARD WASHER - FLA T, GENERA L PURP,#3/8
MIL S10
WASHER -L oCK , F LAT ,I NT T,#3/B
REVERE
HUB ASSY-REEl,MODEl 23
F MINCoM
MUTOR ASSY-TAKE UP REEL
B MINCoM
MOTOR ASSY-REWIND,REEL
A MINCON
CONN-PLUG , SHORTING ,TAP E TRANS
G 11 IN CoM
P.C. BO ASSY-LUGIC TRANSPORT
O I AlCo
LE NS - CAP ASSY ,1/ 2 I N·SQ , AMBER
DI AlCU
LEN S- CAP ASSY,1/2 I N SO,GREEN
B MINCoM
COVER-LAMP,DECoRATIVE
l MINCOM
LEN S-IN DICA TOR lI GH T, .REWINDo
L 11INCml
LEN S-I ND I CATOR LI GH T, * FoRWARD.
C HINCoM
LEN S-lA MP ,T APE SENSOR
C MI NCoM
LE NS -lI GHTED SWITCH,PUSHBUTTON
E MINCoN
lEN S-IND LT,EN GRAVEU STOP
l MINCoM
LEN S- INDI CA TOR lIGHT, " RECoRo*
L MI NCo~l
LE NS -INDI CA TO R LI GHT , *P LAYo
GASKET MFG
STRIP-GASKET MA TL, 3 / 8 X 1/32
MIL STO
SCREW-MACH,OVAL HIl , 6- 32 X 7/8
BE LDON
CABLE ASsf-PWR,ElEC, 10 FT lG
PH CA T ALO G
f\I(I.
R3-42 10- 0232
R3-4 2 [()-0 2 56
83-7230-0337
83 -7 270-0413
R3 - 77.00-0223
83- 91>30 - 027 2
83- 3;>30 - 0390
83- 3230 - 0391
83- 1 270-0491
83 - 32 10-0 223
83-7 270 - 0503
83 -1 270- 0490
B3-42 10 - 02.37
83- 9260 -4513
83 -9 26 1- 02 71
R3 -1 32() -1 09l>
83 - 3320-1 6 7 5
83- 4320- 1476
83 -4 930-1002
83-9261-2105
83 - 926 1- 2 135
83 - 9260-20 11
83-926 1-4 0 1 5
83 - 9261 - 42 11
83-1 930- 0959
83-4560-0090
83-4560-0092
83-4610-11 36
83-4930-17 16
83 -1 550- 5243
83 -1 550- 5244
B3 - 3310- 0B33
83-3550-1207
R3 - 3550 -1 208
83- 3550-14 06
83-3550 -140 8
B3 - 3550-1417
83-3550-1436
B3-3550-1437
83 -11 90-0073
83-926 1-4340
R3 -1 570- 0303
OTY •
1.0
1.0
1.0
2. 0
3.0
5.0
1. 0
1. 0
1.0
1.0
3. 0
1.0
1.0
3. 0
1. 0
1. 0
1. 0
1.0
1. 0
1. 0
1. 0
1. 0
1.0
1. 0
2.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1. 0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1. 0
1.0
2.0
1.0
1.0
1. 0
1. 0
1.0
4. 0
1. 0
/""
---
-~ ~
'1
,,.,, . 1)-1)
Figure 47 .
Ta p e D ec k Assemb Ly
M23 RRM 2-69
253/254
PAR T S
TITLE
.KI T-COMMON PARTS, TAPE DECK
-
REF. DES. OR FIND NO.
217
218
219
220
221
222
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
N
\.}1
\.}1
-
MAT E R I A l
DRAWING NUMBER
- MFGR PART NO.
23007A001
23013A015
23013A032
23013A007
MS24693-S272
MS35190-240
A
D
E
B
MS35206-215
MS35206-228
MS35207-261
MIL STD
MIL STD
MIL STD
MS35338-40
MS35338-41
MIL STD
MIL STD
MS35338-43
MS35190-223
00000A741-3
00000A769
MIL STO
MIL STD
E MINCOM
C MINCOM
Pl 7.3013B990
REV G
CATALOG NO. 83-5990-0564
REO U IRE MEN T S - - -
MFGR NAME
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MINCOM
MIL STO
MIL STO
lIS T
- - - - - - - - -
DES C RIP T ION
COVER-HEAD,MODEl 23
COVER-CAPSTAN,RH,DECORATIVE
COVER-CAPSTAN,lH,OECORATIVE
BRACKET-MTG,TAPE DECK
SCREW-MACH,FH,10-32 X 1/2
SCREW-MACH,FH,6-37. X 3/4
NUT-HEX,SM PATT,8-32 X .313 WD
SCREW-MACH,PAN HD,4-40 X 3/8
SCREW-MACH,PAN HD,6-32 X 3/8
SCREW-MACH,PAN HD,10-32 X 3/8
WASHER-FlAT,GENERAl PURPSE,#10
WASHER-FlAT,.219 00 X .125 10
WASHER-FLAT,SM PATT,#6
WASHER-FlAT,SM PATT,#8
WASHER-FlAT,SM PATT,#10
WASHER-lOCK,SPLIT,HElICAl,#4
WASHER-lOCK,SPlIT, #6
WASHER-lOCK,SPlIT,HELICAl,#8
WASHER-lOCK,SPlIT,HElICAl,#10
SCREW-MACH,FH,4-40.X 3/8
lABEl-IOENT,PATFNT, MOD 23
lABEl-IOENTIFICATION,MOOUlE
- -
PH CATALOG NO.
83-3310-0832
83-3310-0834
83-3310-0835
83-3320-1114
83-9260-6294
83-9260-6522
83-9260-2203
83-9260-4515
83-9260-4531
A3-9260-4570
83-9261-4006
A3-9261-4012
83-9261-4013
83-9261-4035
83-9261-4046
83-9261-4303
83-9261-4305
83-9261-4306
83-9261-4307
83-9260-6504
83-3550-1500
83-3550-1621
OTY.
1.0
1.0
1.0
7..0
8.0
2.0
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
1.0
1.0
TI TLE
ASSY - RE~ lU T E , !J P T J(J:lb L
CON T RO L
i.',
RE F .
DES .
OR F I ND NO.
A T E R
~
DR AI'JI I'! G f\llW,BER
~ I F GR PAR T NO.
R E
L
i"I FC:R 1\:fli';E
{.l
1.1
I n E I
11 ES C :,
I~
T S -
r'
- -
-
-
-
- -
-
-
-
- -
-
I P Ti n
oS 1, DS 2 , oS3 , DS4 , DS5
DS6
327
r,F.I\ ~iU\ L
3 A 067 2 - 1~
Anp
I i'. \(
PI
2013 59 - 3
Ar~P
I i'C
S 1 , S 2 t S 3 , 54 , S 5
l 0 18 P
513 - 0 10 1- 60',
O I ALCli
S6 , S7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
,
N
'"
-.0
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
230 1 7 1\00 1
230 17 A0 02
230 17 A00 3
42980 - 1 - LP
4245 2 - 1
20 192 3 -1
20 1 2 29 - 1
OOOOOA 7h9
20 0 38 9 - 4
TY 1 5
8 7 48
2 0 0390 - 4
#7
MS 3 5206 - 229
MS24693 - S25
~I S 3533 f1 - 4 1
16 0 49 AO 15 - 3
160 4 9AO 1 5 - 4
160 4 9A0 1 5 - 35
1 60 4 9 A0 1 5- 36
23 01 3A0 3 f1 -1
1 85 -1 8 73
1 85 -1 87 2
EL EC L il; ':;> -I !" C f.\['U!: SC EI': T ,
PEI' : nM~
',' I1 KO;,i
N I NCUI',
C M I NC OH
4 AMP INC
M IP INC
M I P I NC
AM P I NC
C MI NCoM
MIP I NC
T H O I~ S
& BE T S
RELD EN
M IP I NC
RIJ BRERCRAF T
MIL ST D
MIL 5 T I)
~I I L STU
L
L
L
L
F
MI NCOM
M INcml
MIN CoM
~I!NCoI~
1,1 I Neml
DI ALCD
D I ALC o
LI Gil T
. C4 (.,;i· !-'
t,S SY-PI U lT , ,~, , :," r:r~ , 2'tV O LT S
~ 1. 3 -1 5:l(; - ?50 (1
5. 0
f.? -1 5~U - ?5c)O
1 '. 0
1. 0
S\! I Te l i - JJUSi-n HlTTn i\' , spr) T , /·;Cj·1 F.1" TY
S ~·' I TCl 1- :' rii ;E f'JT ARY , i ,f'. K r-.
PA '~ E L - S ~' IT Cl i ,
iJnOE
C(l ' ~ T Rn l
HOUS I NG - I,IODE CO'H I:D L
CH A SS I S- SP lT CH , l,m DE
C or" T ~(l L
Pl ~ - CON T AC T, C ON~ t 20 - 24
GA
"~ I R E
CD N T- E L EC T , SoCKE T CLI P ,. 220 WO
CLI P- SP RI NG TENS I ON , NA LE
CL AMP- EL EC ,ST RA I N REL, . 7 7 9 MCE
L ABE L- I OENT I F I CA TI o" , I-IO llU L E
R?, -1 5~{~ - 5 177
5.0
fl3 - 1 5~(, - 5733
;> . 0
B3 - 33 6(1 - (;c) 7 5
8 3 - 33 1 0 - 1 039
P3 - 3 3 1 P-I 0't O
C:· - l (, H ' - (' f ; an
r 3 - 1 f-. l C- OP. 4 7
!l3 -1 6 2f :- OI2h
1: 3 - 1 650 - 0244
.'", 3-355(1 - 1 62 1
1 • (l
1. 0
1. 0
1. ~ . C
2 . c'
I. "
1. (1
I •,
SER IES M
CL AMP -L OOP ,NY LlJN TY RA P , 7 . 8 1 LG
1'.3- 7200 - UI 9h
L
" ~: - 7(,:"(' - (I05f,
I . r·
HIRE - TY PF B7 i IR ,
J~) --( 9 1 0- (' ~3il
\'IAS IIEf'!. -L fl CK, SP LI T, f,((:,
\" A SHER - r-L A T, S i ~ PA TT, t!6
;::: - -' 2 7(. -( ' 302
n3 - ':6 3 (l - {'P9 7
;' ?'- '. 2()C - '1 5 3 2
;' ?, _ f:: ~( ,(1 - (~ 5 5 5
'.? - ': 2( 1- ' : 305
R3 - S'Zf.. 1. - ' · OI 3
P I N - G \ J I [lf , CE~ I TER , AM P
2 2 GA , U ;C{ lt' OIJC
RfC P- Gl ' l llc P I N , CEI" TER , SER HS '"
GKO MME T- RUDD ER , . 3 75 I D X. 6B 7 00
SC REU- I' A CH , PAI' HO , 6 - 32 X 7 11 6
SCREH - MAC " , FH , 6 - 3 2 X 5 / 1 6
LEi'.)S - H HllC I', Tr!l(
L ENS-I NO I CA Wit
LEN S-I ~!O I CATO lt
L ENS -I NO I CA Tf ,1{
LENS -I Nn
L I GH T , O:' R E~ l l I·' !):;'
LI GHT , " FOR L AI{ D':'
L I GilT , * R EC OR 0 ':'
Ll GIIT , " P L AY*
LT , EI " G r~ AV E D
L EN S- C AP ,\ SSY . l 17
L l: I'~S - C A P
,\SSY , 1 / 7
STrip
If' SI.! , AF P, Er,
P
S (.I , Gk fEi-:
~3 - 3 5 5 f. - 12C7
r3 - 35 511 - I Z0[:
;'. 3 - 355(1- 1 43(;
F:3 - 35 50 -1 'd 7
~~ 3 - 35~r: -l /: 1 -'
r. 3-1 5 5 c - ~. 2i , 3
H::', -1 '~ " - :. 2/:· 4
f'
1 • c'
1. n
5 • ('
2. n
:; . {"
5 • (:
1 . [)
1. 0
l. n
1. 0
1•"
I.e
1•"
~------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------~------------------- -- -
6
2 PLACES
A
PIN A
'I
I
B
I
I
mlr,com 01." 3"J
4
PlACE!>
....2'3017AOOOI' ,
Figure 48.
Remote Control Assembly
M23 RRM 2-69
257/258
PAR T S
TITLE
CABLE
ASSY~EXT,REMOTE
CONTROL
MAT E R I A L
LIS T
PL 23017AOI0
REV A
CATALnr, NO. 83-4570-0428
R E QUI REM E N T S - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
REF. DES. OR FINO Nn.
DRAWING NUMBER
- MFGR PART NO.
Jl
200512-3
AMP INC
SHELL-CONN,RECT,26 POSITIONS
83-1610-0663
1.0
PI
201359-3
AMP INC
SHELL-CONN,RECT,26 POSITIUNS
83-1610-0674
1.0
PIN-CONTACT,CONN,20-24 GA WIRE
SOCKET-CONTACT,CONN, SIZE 16
CLIP-SPRING TENSION, MALE
ClIP-SPG TENS,POSITIO~ LOCKING
CLAMP-ELEC,STRAIN REL,.779 MCE
RECP-GlJIOE PIN,CENTER,SERIES M
PIN-GUIOE,CENTER,AMP SERIES M
WIR~-TYPE 8748, 22 GA,18CUNDUC
83-1610-0688
83-1610-0689
83-1620-0126
83-1620-0127
83-1650-0244
83-7270-0302
83-7280-0196
83-7910-0534
18.0
18.0
1.0
1.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
25.0
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
42980-1-LP
42981-1-lP
201923-1
201924-1
201229-1
200390-4
2003B9-4
874H
MFGR NAME
4 AMP
4 AMP
AMP
AMP
AMP
AMI->
AMP
INC
INC
INC
INC
INC
INC
INC
~F.LIJEN
DES C RIP T ION
PH CATALOG NO.
OTY.
PAR T 5
N
'"
o
TITL E
CONTRO L ASSY - REMO TE , SYNC
MAT E R I A L
,
N
'"''"
L I S T
REF . DES . OR F I ND NO .
DRAH I NG NIJ~lRER
- MFGR PART NO .
CI
CR I, CR2
TSD5 - 35 - 156
IN4002
PL 2 3017AIOO
REV 8
CATALOG NO . 83- 5920- 1493
R E Q UI REM E N T 5 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
MFGR NAME
cor,p
I NC
f'OTORO LA
DES C RIP T I ON
CAP -F XD , TA , 1 5IJF 35V 20 ~
REC T- S I ,SEM I COND ,1 00P I V,
1 A
PH CA TALOG NO .
(JTY .
83 -1 5 10 - 6209
83-1 530-0 1 22
1. 0
2. 0
051 , 05 2 , 0 5 3,054,055
32 7
380672 - 4
056
DS7 , DSR , DS9,DS IO,DSll , DS12 , L-28/40
05 13,05 14,051; , 0516 , 0517,
0518,0 5 19,0520 , 0521,0522
GENERA L ELEC LAMP -I NCANIlESCEN T, . 04 AMP
LI GH T ASSY - P IL OT,AMBER,24VOL TS
AMP I NC
f111RA
LAMP - PANEL ASSY, 28 V 40 MA
83 -1 550 - 2506
83- 1550- 2590
R3 -1 550 - 2603
5. 0
1. 0
16 . 0
PI
P2
201359 - 3
2005 1 2- 3
AMP INC
AM P I NC
SH ELL-CONN , REC T, 26 POS ITI ONS
SHE LL-CONN , REC T, 26 POS ITI ONS
83- 1610- 0674
83- 16 10-0663
1. 0
1. 0
Rl
OA781 - 7 220
MI NC OM SPEC
RES - F XD, FILM,220 OHM, 1 /2W, 21 5
83- 1520 -7 220
1.0
5 1, 52 , 53 , $4, 55
56,57
58,$9, 5 10,S I 1, 51 2 ,513, 514 ,
101 8 P
5 1 3-0101-6 0 4
1454
P EN DAR
DIALC O
CENTRALAB
SWI TCH-PU SH8UTTON,SPDT,MOMENTY
SW I TCH-MOMENTARY,MAKE
SW IT CH - LEVER , WAFER TYPE , 2P3POS
R3-1 5 50 - 5177
8 3-155 0-5233
8 3-1 550 - 0031
5 .0
2.0
8.0
5 15
516
DP7
TORSION BA L
SWI TCH-T OGG LE, DPO T, 5 AMP
83 -1 550 - 506 1
1. 0
PAN EL- FRON T, CON T, REMOTE SYNC
HOUS I NG - CON T, REMO TE SYNC
CHASS I S- SW IT CH , MODE CON TROL
KNOB - SWI TCH LEVER , STAMPED #1
KNOB - SWIT CH LEVER , STAMPED #2
KNOB-SW IT CH LEVER , STAMPED #3
KNOB - SWI TCH LEVEr , STAMPED #4
KN08 - SW IT CH LEVER , STAMPED #5
KNOB - SW IT CH LEVER , STAMPED #6
KNOB- SW IT CH LE VER , S TAMPED #7
KNOB - SwIT CH LEVER , STAMPED #8
LENS -I ND I CA TOR LI GHT , *REW I ND*
LENS -I ND I CA TnR LI GH T, * FORWARO*
LENS -I ND I CA TnR LI GH T, *RECORD*
LENS- INDICA TOR LIGH T, *P LAY*
LENS-I ND LT, ENGRAVEO STOP
LENS- CAP ASSY ,1 /2 I N SO , AMBER
LENS - CAP ASSY ,1 /2 I N SO , GREEN
WAS HER- FL AT, SM PATT , #6
P I N- CON TAC T, CONN , 20 - 24 GA WI RE
CONT - ELECT , snCKE T CL I P ,. 220 WD
CL I P- SPR I NG TENS I ON , MALE
83- 3360-1 206
83 - 33 10- 1248
83 - 33 1 0-1 040
83-32 7 0 - 0664
83 - 32 7 0- 0665
83- 3270- 0666
83 - 32 7 0- 066 7
83 - 32 7 0- 0668
83 - 32 7 0- 0669
83 - 3270 - 06 7 0
R3-32 7 0 - 06 71
83 - 3550 -1 20 7
83 - 3550-1 208
83-3550 -1 436
83 - 3550 -1 43 7
83 - 3550 -1 4 17
83 -1 550 - 5243
B3 -1 550- 52 4 4
83 - 926 1-40 1 3
83 -1 6 10 - 0688
83-1 6 10 - 084 7
83 -1 620 - 0 1 26
1. 0
1.0
1. 0
1 .0
1. 0
1. 0
1. 0
1. 0
1. 0
1. 0
1. 0
1. 0
1. 0
1. 0
1. 0
1.0
1. 0
1. 0
4.0
18 . 0
2.0
1. 0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
230 17 AI 0 l
23017A I 02
23011A003
OOOOOA 773 - 1
00000A773-2
00000A773- 3
OOOOOA 77 3 - 4
00000A773- 5
OOOOOA 773 - 6
00000A773 - 7
OOOOOA 77 3-8
16049A015 - 3
16049A015 - 4
16049A015 - 35
16049A0 15 - 36
230 1 3A038 -1
1 85- 1A73
185 - 1872
42980 - 1-L P
42452- 1
201923 - 1
B MI NCOM
A
C
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
L
L
L
L
E
MINCOM
MI NCOM
MI NCOM
MINCOM
MINCml
MI NCOM
MI NCOM
MI NCOM
MINCOM
MI NCOM
MINCOM
MI NCOM
MI NCOM
MINCOM
~lI NC(JM
DI ALCO
DIA LCO
4 AMP I NC
AMP I NC
AM P I NC
PAR T S
TITLE
REF. OF S. OR FIND NO.
~
N
IJ.l
~
~
~
N
I
0-.0
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
DRA~II NG NUMRF.R
- MFGR PART Nn.
201229-1
00000A662-1
200389-4
MS35206-227
8748
200390-4
SR-9P-1
8070-E
3935-10
C12008-020
MS24693-S24
MS35338-41
42981-1-LP
201924-1
PL 23017A100
REV R
CATALOG NO. H3-5920-1493
CONTROL ASSY-REMOTE,SYNC
MAT E R I A L
LIS T
R E QUI REM E N T S - - - - - - -
MFGR NAME
AMP INC
C MINCOM
AMP INC
MIL STO
RElOEN
AMP INC
HEYMAN
LERCO
CAMBION
T II'JNERMAN
f-1URA
MlJRA
MIL STO
MIL STD
3M
4 AMP INC
AMP INC
D E S C R I P T J
o
N
CLAMP-ELEC,STRAIN REL,.779 MCE
LAREL-IOENT,ASSY
PIN-GUIDE,CENTER,AMP SERIES M
SCREW-MACH,PAN HO,6-32 X 5/16
WIRE-TYPE 8748, 22 GA, 18CUr-.~OUC
RECP-GUIOE PIN,CENTER,SERIES M
BUSHING-STRAIN RELIEF, CABLE
SPACER-SlV, HEX, TAP,
.500 lG
SPACER-THO 6-32 .250 HEX 7/8 l
NUT-SHEET SPRING,
LENS-CAP, INDICATOR, GREEN
LENS-INOICATOR LIGHT, CAP, REO
SCREW-MACH,FH,6-32 X .250 100
WASHER-lOCK,SPlIT, #6
BUMPER-RlJEhAOHESIVE MTG,.50 SO
SOCKET-CONTACT,CONN, SIZE 16
CLIP-SPG TENS,POSITION LOCKIN~
- - - - - - -
PH CATALOG NO.
83-1650-0244
83-3550-1276
83-7280-0196
83-9260-4530
83-7910-0534
83-7270-0302
83-1690-0337
83-9350-0063
83-9350-0580
H3-9760-0115
83-1550-1618
83-1550-1616
83-9260-6571
83-9261-4305
83-1230-0449
83-1610-0689
83-1620-0127
OTY.
2.0
1.0
2.0
4.0
AR
1.0
1.0
2.0
2.0
16.0
8.0
8.0
20.0
4.0
4.0
18.0
1.0
PAR T S
TITL E
CONSOLE ASSY - CAR, BAS IC
N A T E R
REF . DES . OR
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
14
15
16
"E::"
,
N
'"'"
FI~O
NO .
A L
~O.
REV F
B3-4 3 10 - 0998
R E QU I R EM E N T 5 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
NU>lAER
- MFGR PART N() .
DES C R IP T I ON
ALLMETAL
A MINCOM
D MI NCOM
A ~, I NCOM
MI NCOM
A II lL STD
~"L S TO
~lIL STO
MI L STD
MIL STO
ALN STf)
HN STO
MIL STIl
17
~'S35338 - 4 2
lA
20
22
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
32
AN960 - 4L
AN960 - 8 L
MS 35338-40
23000A90 1
23028A1l6
23028 A114
23028A I1 5
#9
33
~,524665 - 2/6
34
36
37
39
40
41
42
43
M535494 - 629
MS35207 - 263
~lIL
H3 1U 58
23028A 11 2
MS35338 - 43
AN960 - 5 16L
MS35650 -1 02
MS24665-208
HUNTER SPR
MI NCO~'
>I lL STO
AN STO
MIL STD
MIL S TO
44
PL 2302AA020
CATALOG
ORAW"~G
23028AOIO
23028A035 -1
23028A002
23 02 8A 043
23028AOO I
00000A 759
23028A005
23028A044
23028A015 -1
00000A627-10
MS35649 - 42
MS 35649 - 8 2
MS2 4693-5 5 1
MS24693 - S6
LI S T
D MI NCUM
A 1' 1 NCar,
C MINCOt'
A MIN COI'
OUCO~'MUN
STD
PIN-DOWEL . 250 X 1. 250
HI NGE -PIVOT, CABIN ET, CONS()LE
CAB I NE T-ENCL OS,CONS LE,W AL VEN
BRK T- MTG, CAB I NET
BRK T- SUP , CAr l NE T
TRI M- BAR , CAB I NET
PLATE NAME UNIVERSAL
SUPPOR T-T RANSP[)R T, CAB I NE T
SPACER -PL ATE, TRANSP()R T SUP
PA NE L- F ILL ER,CABINET
LABEL -I. 0 ., M-23,PROFFES I ()N REC
NU T-HEX,PL AI N,4-40 X . 250 WO
NUT-HEX,PLA I N, 8 - 32 X . 344 WO
SCREW - MACH,FH, 8-3 2 X .6 25
SCREW -MACH,F H,4-40 X 1/2
WASHER -L OCK , SP LIT,HELICAL , #8
WASHER - FLAT , l IGHl SERIES,n4
WASHER -FL AT,LIGHT SERIES , ~8
WASHER -LO CK , SP LIT,HELICAL,#4
SCRE W-WOOO . RNO HO #8 X 7/8
SCRE W-WOOD , RNIl HO #8 X 1. 00
SCREW -WOOD , RNO HO # 1 0 X 7/8
KIT-I NS TALLATI()N MTG TRANSP ORT
SHAF T- SPR I NG , COUNTER BALANCE
WASHER-SPRING, COUNTER BA LANCE
SPACER - SPR I NG,CO UNTER BA LANCE
PLATE-M OUN TIN G, FLANG,3/4 TH O
PIN - CO TTE R ,. 078 OIA X 1 1/ 2 LG
SCREW -W OO f), FLA T HO,16-9,1 1/4
SCRE W- MACH , PAN HO,10-32 X 1/ 2
WASHER-FLAT,GENERAL PURPSE , #10
SPR IN G-E XTENS I ON ,. 03 1 TH KX 2WO
ARM - SUPPOR T, COUN TER BALANCE
WASHER-LOCK,SPLIT,HELICAL,#10
WASHER-FLAT,LIGHT SERIES , #5/ 16
NU T-HE X,PL AI N, 10- 32 X . 375 WD
P I N- CU TTE R,. 07B DI A X . 500 LG
PH CA TALOG NO .
83 -1 280- 0225
83- 32 7 0 - 0560
83 - 3310-0840
83-3320 -1 4 1 5
83-3320-14 20
83 - 3330 - 03 14
83 - 3330 - 0336
83- 3340 -0 500
83 - 3350 - 04 7 4
83 -3360 - 0932
B3 - 3550-1 482
83 - 92 60 - 2003
83 - 9260- 20 06
83- 9260 -6563
83 - 9260- 6572
83- 926 1-4 020
83 - 9261 - 4024
83-926 1-4 042
83 - 9261 - 4303
83- 9262 - 0556
83 - 9262 - 0557
83 - 9262 - 0558
83 - 5990 - 0415
8 3- 3280 - 06 14
83-326 1- 4350
83- 3350- 0541
83 -1 320 -17 05
83- 7280 - 0617
83-9260- 0056
83-9260- 45 72
83 - 926 1- 4006
83 -1 280- 0616
83 - 32 1 0- 028 7
83- 926 1-4 3 07
83 - 926 1- 40 14
83- 9260- 2107
83-7280-0 322
OTY.
2.0
2. 0
1. 0
2. 0
1.0
1.0
1. 0
1. 0
2. 0
1. 0
1.0
3.0
4.0
4.0
3.0
4.0
3. 0
14 . 0
3.0
4.0
6.0
3. n
1. 0
1. 0
2. 0
12.0
1. 0
2. 0
4.0
2.0
2.0
1. 0
1. 0
2.0
1. 0
2. 0
1. 0
PAR T S
TITLE
CABLE ASSY-PWR,4TRK,36 IN
MAT E R I A L
REF. DES. OR FINO NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
~
N
w
!:O
~
~
N
I
0'
'"
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
LIS T
ORA\-JlNG NUMBER
- MFGR PART hiD.
REV B
CATALOG NO. 83-4510-0346
R c QUI REM E N T S - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
MFGR NAME
AMP INC
AMP INC
AMP INC
NATL WIRE
NATL \H RE
NATL WIRE
NATL WIRE
NATL WIRE
NATL WIRE
NATL WIRE
NATL WIRE
3025-010-5/1bIO 3M
NATL ~'I RE
NB1934N2SJ
THOM (. BETTS
GSB134C
THOMAS('BETTS
GSC 194C
NATL WIRE
60511-4-LP
1-480218-0
1-480324-0
PL 23028A050
DES C R I P T I
o
N
CONTACT-ELEC,PIN,
.084 OIA
SHELL-CONN,RECT,12 POSITIONS
SHELL-CONN,RECT, 15POSITION
WIRE-PVC,TYPE fl., 22GA YELLOW
WIRE-TYPE R,22GA VIO NYLO~ JKT
WIRE-PVC, TYPE R, 22GA GRAY
WIRE-TYPE B,22GA BLU NYLON JKT
WIRE-TYPE B,22GA RLK NVLON JKT
WIRE-TYPE B,22GA,GRN NYLN JKT
\H RE-TVPE B,22GA REO NYLON JKT
WIRE-TVPE B,22GA,BRN NYU-J JKT
TUBING-SCOTCHTITE,CLEAR VINYL
WIRE-TYPE B,22GA REO/BLU 2 CON
FERRULE-RF CARLE GNO
.13410
FERRULE-RF CABLE GROUNDING
WIRE-TVPE B,22 GA ORNG NYL JKT
PH CATALOG NO.
83-1b10-0925
83-1610-0931
83-1610-0933
83-1910-0040
83-1910-0041
83-7910-0042
83-1910-0044
83-1910-0045
83-1910-0248
A3-1910-0249
83-7910-0251
83-7910-0219
83-1910-0362
83-9690-0020
83-9690-0118
83-1910-0250
QTY.
51.0
1.0
4.0
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
8.0
8.0
AR
PAR T S
TITL E
CAB L E ASSY - PWN . 4 TRK . h6 IN
MAT E R
RE F. DES . DR FI ND NO.
2
3
4
5
h
7
R
;::
N
w
'"'"
;::
N
,
a-
'"'
9
10
II
12
13
14
15
16
L IS T
DR AW I NG N lJ ~1BE R
- ~' F GR PAR T Nn .
605 11 - 4 - L P
1-4802 7 8 - 0
1- 480324- 0
A L
PL 23078A055
REv R
CA TALOG NO . 83-4570 - 0380
R E QUI REM E N T S - - - - - - - - - -
MFGR NA ME
AMP I NC
AMP I NC
AMP I NC
NA H HI RE
'JA H wI RE
NA H WI RE
NA H WI RE
NAT L ]-
oo
TITLE
HARNESS ASSY -M ETER , HEMOTE
M A T E R
REF. DES. OR FIN D NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
,
N
C>-
'"
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
LIS T
DRAWING NUMRER
- ~IFGR PART Nn.
A L
PL 23028A075
REV C
CA TALOG NO . 83-4 570 -03 8 7
R E Q UI R E M E N T S - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
MFGR NAME
DES C R IP TI D N
PH CATA LOG NO .
OTY .
1-4802 7 6 - 0
AMP I NC
SHE LL-CONN,REC T, .665 WD X.850
83-161 0- 0929
4.0
605 11-4-LP
RA863
AMP I NC
THOM & BE TTS
NATL WIRE
NATL WIRE
NATL WIRE
NATL wIRE
CoNTACT-ELEC,PIN,
. 084 DIA
LUG-TERMINAL SD LDER LS,R I NG,#8
WIRE-PVC,TYPE At 22GA YEllOW
WIRE-TYPE B, 22GA vIa NY LON JKT
WIRE-PVC, TYPE R, 22GA GRAY
WIRE-TYPE B,22GA BLU NYLON JKT
WIRE-TYPE 8 , 22 GA,VIOLET-WHITE
WIHE-TYPE B, 22GA GR/W T NY L JKT
WIRE-TYPE B, 22GA , GRN NYLN JKT
WI RE -TYPE 8 , 22GA RED NYLON JKT
WIRE-TYPE B,22 GA ORNG NYL JKT
WIRE -T YPE B,22GA,BRN NYLN JKT
WIRE-TYPE 8 ,22 GA YELLOW NYLN
WI RE TYPE B, 22 GA GRAY NY LN
WIRE-TYPE 8 , 22 GA HED NYLN JKT
WIRE-TYPE 8,22 GA ALII NYLN JKT
WIRE-TYPE B,2 2GA RRN NYLN JKT
WI RE -TYPE B, 22 GA oRN NYLN JKT
83 -1 6 10- 0925
R3 - 9630-0204
83-7910-0040
83 - 7910-004 1
83- 7 910- 0042
83-79 10-0044
83- 791 0-0068
83 -7 910 -0170
83 -7 9 10- 0248
83-7 9 10- 0249
83-7 9 10- 0250
83 - 7910- 0251
83 -7 910- 0259
83 -7 9 10- 026 1
83 -7 9 10-0 264
83 -79 10 - 0288
83-791 0 - 030 1
83 -7 9 10 - 0303
16.0
8. 0
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AllT OL lTE
NAT L WI RE
NAT L wIRE
NAT L I;IRE
NATL WIRE
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
I ··~<"I
~
PAR T S
TITLE
HOUSING ASSV-SIGNAL ELEC 4TRK
A L
MAT E R
REF. DES. OR
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
lA
19
20
21
22
FI~O
NO.
DRAW I NG NUr"'I\:\ER
PAR T t.J n•
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
PL 23028A080
LIS T
~
REV C
CATALUG NO. 83-4310-1000
R E QUI REM E N T S - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
MFGR NAME
DES C RIP T ION
PH CATALOG NO.
OTY.
- r., F GR
23028A036-1
23028A036-2
23028A025-1
23028A04l
23028A024-1
23028A024-2
23028A021-1
23028A021-2
23028A038
MS35649-62
MS35649-A2
MS35206-229
A MINCOM
A MINCOM
A MINCOM
B MINCOM
B MINCOM
B MINCOM
A MINCOM
A MINCOM
A MINCOM
MIL STO
MIL STO
MIL STO
MS24693-S2A
MS35338-42
AN960-6L
AN960-8L
MS35338-41
A6732-5-02
MIL STO
t-IIL STO
A (. N STO
Af.N STO
MIL STO
ESNA
AN505-8R9
A (. N STO
FILLER-ANGULAR, REAR, LH, CAB
FILLER-ANGULAR, REAR, RH, CAB
HOUSING-UPPER, ELEC 4-BAY
HOUSING-LOWER, ELECTRONICS
BRKT-MTG, HOUSING, LH, ELEC
BRKT-MTG, HOUSING, RH, ELEC
SUPPORT-ANGULAR,CAB,CONSOLE LH
SUPPORT-ANGULAR,CAB,CONSOLE,RH
PANEL-FILLER, SUPPORT,HOUSING
NUT-HEX,PLAIN,6-32 X .313 WD
NtJT-HFX,PLAIN,A-32 X .344 WD
SCREW-MACH,PAN HO,6-32 X 7/16
SCR-MACH,F HD,8-32 X 1/2
SCREW-MACH,FH,6-32 X .500
WASHER-LOCK,SPLIT,HELICAL,#8
WASHER-FLAT,lIGHT SERIES,#6
WASHER-FLAT,LIGHT SERIES,#8
WASHER-LOCK,SPLIT, #6
NUT-NON LKG,PL,10-32
SCREW-WOOD, RO HO,#10 X 1.00LG
SCREW-WOOD, RO HO,#6 X 7/8
SCREW-MACH,FH,8-32 X 9/16
83-3290-0160
83-3290-0161
83-3310-0991
83-3310-0994
83-3320-1416
A3-3320-1417
83-3340-0504
83-3340-0505
83-3360-0933
83-9260-2005
83-9260-2006
83-9260-4532
83-9260-6532
83-9260-6579
83-9261-4020
A3-9261-4041
83-9261-4042
83-9261-4305
83-9260-0059
83-9262-0559
A3-9262-0555
83-9260-6533
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
14.0
8.0
2.0
4.0
12.0
8.0
14.0
8.0
14.0
16.0
10.0
3.0
4.0
~
~
PAR T S
N
""
o
TITL E
- - - - - -
- - -
REF . DE S. OR F I NO NO.
COVER ASSY-DISPLAY PANEL
MA T E R
A L
DRAWING MJMBER
2
3
4
5
s:
N
W
,
N
"'"
23028A045
0403 2 . 002 -1
MS35206-2 13
MS35338-40
MINCOM
E MI N CO'~
'HL STD
MIL STD
REV A
CATAL OG NO. 83- 3310 -11 57
R E
MFGR NAf'E
- MFGR PART NO .
PL 2302RAOA5
LI S T
-
o U I R E ME N T S
0 E S C R I P T I
[)
- -
- -
- - - - -
"
PLATE - CDVER , DI SPLAY PANEL
HANDLE-PULL,I.517 LONG
SCRE\;-MACH , PAN HO t 4-40 X 11 4
WASHER - FLAT,GENFRAL PURPOSE #4
WASHER -L DCK , SP LIT,H~LI CAL , #4
-
-
-
-
PH CATA LOG r,lo.
83 - 3320- 1444
83-3270- 0 144
83- 9260-4513
83 - 9261-4002
H3- 9261-4303
OTY.
1. 0
1. 0
7. 0
2. 0
2. 0
PAR T S
TITLE
HOUSING ASSY-SIGNAL ELEC, 2TRK
A L
MAT E R
REF. DES. OR FIND NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
LIS T
DRAWING NUMBER
- MFGR PART NO.
23028A036-3
23028A036-4
23028A025-2
7.3028A041
23028A024-3
23028A024-4
23028A021-1
23028A021-2
23028A038
"'\S 35649-62
f'w\S35649-82
MS35206-229
PL 7.3028A090
REV C
CATALOG NO. 83-4310-0999
R E QUI REM E N T S - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
MFGR NAME
A M INC Ot-1
A MINCOM
A MINCOM
B MINCOM
R MINCOM
B MINCOM
A MINCOM
A MINCOM
A MINCO!'!
MIL STO
MIL STO
MIL STO
NS24693-S28
MS35338-42
AN960-6L
AN96U-8L
MS35338-41
A6732-5-02
MIL STD
MIL STD
A fa N STD
AfaN STD
MIL STD
ESNA
AN505-8R9
A fa N STO
DES C RIP T ION
FILLER-ANGULAR, REAR, LH CAB
FILLER-ANGULAR, REAR, RH, CAB
HOUSING-UPPER, ELECTRONICS
HOUSING-LOWER, ELECTRONICS
BRKT-MTG, HOUSING, LH ELEC
BRKT-MTG, HOUSING, RH ELEC
SUPPORT-ANGULAR,CAB,CONSOLE LH
SUPPORT-ANGULAR,CAB,CONSOLE,RH
PANEL-FILLER, SUPPORT,HOUSING
NUT-HEX,PLAIN,6-32 X .313 WD
NUT-HEX,PLAIN,8-32 X .344 wn
SCREW-MACH,PAN HD,6-32 X 7/16
SCR-MACH,F HD,8-32 X 1/2
SCREW-MACH,FH,6-32 X .500
WASHER-LOCK,SPlIT,HElICAL,#8
WASHER-FlAT,lIGHT SERIES,#6
WASHER-FlAT,lIGHT SERIES,#8
WASHER-LOCK,SPlIT, #6
NUT-NON lKG,Pl,10-32
SCREW-WOOD, RD HD,#10 X 1.00lG
SCREW-WOOD, RD HD,#6 X 7/8
SCREW-MACH,FH,8-32 X 9/16
PH CATALOG NO.
83-3290-0162
83-3290-0163
83-3310-0992
83-3310-0994
83-3320-1418
83-3320-1419
83-3340-0504
83-3340-0505
83-3360-0933
83-9260-2005
83-9260-2006
83-9260-4532
83-9260-6532
83-9260-6579
83-9261-4020
83-9261-4041
83-9261-4047.
83-9261-4305
83-9260-0059
83-9262-0559
83-9262-0555
83-9260-6533
QTY.
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
14.0
8.0
2.0
4.0
12.0
8.0
14.0
8.0
14.0
8.0
10.0
3.0
4.0
P AR T S
N
""N
TI H E
CAR L E ASSY - POl·/E k ,I !k:;lO
~4
..... Pt..A<..E.S
- \
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
9
0
-
P .C.
L I 5 T
MFGR NMolE
DES C R IP TI D N
PH CATALOG Nn .
RES -VA R .
WW.
5K OHM 1/ 2W 1 0~
RES-FXO.FILM.8.2K OHM .1/ 2W . 2 %S
OTY .
t-l1 1ljCfl M SPEC
RE S -F XD ,FILM,91 0 OHM ,1/ 2W , 2% S
MINCIlM
MI NCor-l
N I NCfI!;
MI NCOM
r~ IIKDM
MINcor-1 SPEC
RES-Fxn.FILM.I.2K OHM .1/ 2W . 2 %S
RE S- FXO ,F I LM, H2 OHMt l /2H , 2 ~
S
RES - FX D,FI LM , 33 OHM,1/ ZW, 2Z S
Rf S- FXO ,FILM,l HO OHM ,1 /2w , 22 S
RES - FXo .FILM. 47K OHM.1/2M . 21 S
RES-VAR ,( OMP ,lK OH"' ,3/4 W, lO ~
RES - FXo .FILM. 27 OHM .1/ 2W . 2% S
55 (1-7
3 - 58 211 R- 9
U . LC .
MIP I NC
J ACK -TIP •• 156 Wil X . 460 DP
83-1 5 40-11 99
ft ;\ -1 6 10 - () 7 52
1. 0
2. 0
55 0 -CH
7717-2
OOO OOA667
R
A
23059A Ol 6
00000A734 - 20
23059A33 1
8
79-022-094 - 0250
1434
U.T . C .
BRACK ET- XMFR tH G . II TYP E
PAD-TSTR. INLINF. 3 L EAIlS
A3 - 1 32f1 - 1663
THERr~ALLOY
A ~ - 9 h9(l - O lql
tll r NC (} r~
H At-I OL E- EJECTnR , p . c .
t-1 I NCo/·j
BRACK ET- COMPO NEN T MTG. S I G ~L
LABEL-IOEN T. P . C. Rn . 0350
1. 0
1 • ()
1. 0
1. 0
1. 0
1. 0
I.0
AR
1.. 0
2. 0
3. 0
3. 0
3.0
SPEC
SPEC
SPEC
SPEC
SPEC
~ECKMAN
10
M5 35 2 0 6 - 2 [3
MI ,"C[JI-l
MI NCON
ESNA
R I RhiRACH
t'HL S TD
MIL STn
II
12
13
MS3 5 33 8 - 4 0
MIL STIl
~1535 2 06 - 21 5
XI-IFR-TSTR
SPlY ,I f\IPIJT , ?OK (l H I·\
P . C . BO - F IL I-1 ,
SY i\l C ,
~U\ ,
1. 'J n u ;
FC
x
x
S C R E W - ~ ACH,P ~~ I
Yn t ~-h n
II n , i. - 4 (1 x
~.JI\S H ER - FL A T, r;E i\·F w/\ L
LG
PflTT , 4-'~(J
1 32
"3 - -r 2 80 - 0 n 0
R3 - 7 YI (I- OI 05
3/ R
W-l - Q ;N . O - 4 ~ 1 5
1/ 4
:, 1.
f- 3 - o'H:- L. 5 1 3
H ~ _ l.l ? , . 1 - l,() (l?'
R ~ - q ? (. J - "'-303
\. 11)
p~ - 9/f, n - ?20 ]
Pl lI-{ P[ ' S J:
WAS HE R - L OCK , SP L IT, H~L I CA L, H i.
NliT - HFX, Si'l
H3 - 3 7 -( () - 0 37}
~'l, -'l, 3 ;">O -J
P'1 - 3h 40 -) ??O
. 2 50
SCREI1- f·1ACH, PA i"
R3 -1 52 0-B 4 5
83-1 020 - 7379
R3 -1 52 0 -1 21 1
H3 -1 5 2 0 -7 331
" ' - '550 -1 59 1
RF C{ lRD
PIN - $PR I ('I1G , . 0 9 4 nIlI
'I I RE - RUS.22G A RnU ' lil
H3 -1 520 - -( :~33
X . 111H
1. 0
PAR T S
w
o
"
TITL E
p. e .
A L
MA T E R
Rf \/
RE O U I RE N E N T S I)
DRAW I NG Nl.'MBE R
-
S T
MFG R
PAR T
E S (
R I
r
P T
fl
~I
(-'TV .
!\l O .
C I. ClO . C I 2
C2 . C9
C3
C4
C5
C6
C7
C8
C II
Cl 3
CI 4
CI 5
CR I. CR ?
T 5D5 - 35 -1 56
TS 0 5 - 20 - 476
TY PE E3 F R
DMI 5 F271J
T5D5 - 6 - 2 2 7
T 50-1- 2 0 - 22 5
DMI 5 F 50 lJ
11 2A I B334 J
TS0 5 - 20 - 6 8 6
D~1l 9F 1 02 J
E3XFR
E3XF
I N2 7 0
cml P I NC
cn~IP I NC
Mt U'tJEC
APCD
cn,'IP I NC
H I IG H E S
u ..
C /.\ ? - FX [) , h ICfI ,
l O{)(l PF 'SO DV
",
C f.l. p - FX n , P L S Tr. , . O AA tl F I n ( l V 5 :>:,
C I\P - F XI1 , Pl S T C , . ? ? I IF l OOV
D I (l DE - GE, GEN PU R ,1 0 0 P I V, 6 0 1-1/1
KI
20 1- 3
EL ,t CT RO L
RE LAY - SPS T ,
Ll
70F3 3 3A I
J
r. n l'I P
I NC
ARcn
EL ECTRO CI!RE
C[II-IP I NC
ARcn
Ml ll l" EC
',l l m l EC
. ~I .
I'l l L L ER
C(\P - FXO , T I\ , 1 5 1l F ~ Ij \l ?O ~;
CA P- Fxn , TA ,
4 7lJ F
7.0V 20 :,£
5 7:
CAP - FXO . P LS . 0 0 6 RIJF
I OOV
CAP- fxn , H I CA ,
7 7(l PF ~ (l ( )V 5"
( AP - F xn , TIl ,
? ?O IlF
AV ? O ~
C L\ p - FXn ,T f- ,
?7. I I F? OV ?O Y.
CAP - FXf),M I CA,
SOOP F 5{}()V
CflP - FXfl , PA PE R ,
. 33 l1F
CAP -F XU, TA ,
6HUF
I OIlV
RI
R2
LITTL E OEV I L
OA 7 HI - 73 99
OH 8 1--rt 48
R4
R5 , RIO , R,23
OA 7 Hl- 735n
RI 3
RI4
R 1 5 . Rn
RI 6
RI A
RI 9
R20
R22
OA7 8 1- 73 8 8
UA 7 1l 1-717 5
306IlP -I- ?03
OA 7 HI- 7 71 7
0/,7 M1- 7 38:'>
OA 7 "1 - 73 4 8
UA7H I- 7357
OA 7 HI- B73
UA7 H I- 7121
OA 7 HI - 73 5 A
OA7A I- Bh7
3067P -l- 'i0?
OA7 8 1- 7360
Tl
SS O-II
RH
R9
R II
I
2
2305yA39 1
SS Il- CH
fl HI'! I T F.
''''lI N ( rF·l S PEC
r'i I h'Clll'-l SPF.C
,.1 11,! (. 11I·1 SPF.C
III JI'-! CllI-I SPEC
fol ll ,ICOH SPEC
R(lllRr\lS
'<1I I'J (I )H SPEC
14 I N( I I/;\ SPF.C
fol TNcr lf·; S P F C
t., H J((l1'\ SPF.C
1·I I NCn '-1 S PfC
t-II I" ( [),-': S PEC
I,', \1\1(0 1-1 SPFC
5 5-·
5 7:
20V ?O Y.
?K 1"1 HI·; ?4 V IlL
CHI)Kc - P. F , 3 . 3 ;'il' l S
2N339 1 A
R6 , R12 , R17
R
80 AS S Y- F I I. i'-1 S Yi'J(, REPRn
- 'RE F. OFS . OR FI NO NO .
LI
KES R I: S RES I{FS RES RF.S RFS -
FXl) , CU f'iI-) ,
F XD , F I LI.I ,
;';Xll , F I LH ,
FXD , F I LI·' ,
FX[) , F I l H ,
FXn , F I LN ,
VAR,CO MP ,
P~ - 1 ~ L O - 6 2 09
H3 - 1 C, LP - t- 1 99
P 3 - ] 5 ] n - I+44 7
H ~ - 1 :; J () - ~09 h
H ~ - 1 c.,l! \ - f. 759
j:.. ?- - } ') 1 O- h? 4 0
.... ?, - } S l n - 5 1 20
":;-1 ' 10 - 430 1
"1 -1 5 \C' - ~ 21 1
A3 -l '3 1 0 - 5 0 4 1
R3 - 1 ') l fl - 4 454
R?: - ] ') I O- L. 4 36
I.0
H3 - 1 53 0 - 0 2 6 3
2.0
H3 -1 '> 50- 362 1
1. 0
P· 3- 1 ':i 4 0 - 0410
1. 0
2 ~ '1C ~
A3 -1 5 30 - n30
11,. fI ;-H·' 1 / 7.\·1 5 ~:
4 7 (l K I I HI" , 1/ ? I'J , 2'~; S
1 01< Il HI.. · ,1 / ? \· · , 7 :-~ S
3 3 0 11HI· · , 1 / ? \·: , ?'/" S
l ?O K IIH H , l/ 1. I-I , 1. :1, S
l K n H I ~ , 1/ 2 ~ 1 , % ~
S
? OK PH''''
.1.\.! ZO :t
(( 3 - 91)20 - 37 20
s ,~ -l 'J i' (I - T1yQ
,, -..t, -J '-I 7. fI - ·1l. L.R
f. ~..t, - l :") 2 c·- F~ ') !l
3. 0
3. 0
1. 0
\. 0
1. 0
1. 0
1. 0
2 . '0
1. 0
\. 0
1. 0
1. 0
1. 0
RES - FXO, F I l rq, h Rn
r " H ~ ,1 / 2~ , ? ~
S
R E S -F XI ) , F l l~ I , AH ~
r)H ~ , 1/ 2 ~ , 7 ~
S
H'1- } ,)(::'O - -( 3A3
1 { ~S - FXn ,FIL H , 2 7 n
r l~I ~ ,1 / 2~ · , ? X
S
'·n -l S (::' O- T 1, 4 H
~" 3 -1 52 f) - 73 5 7
fol I I'J( II i"-\ S p r::C
R I- S -F XI) , F I LI·l , h . HK llH H,1 /? W, 2'1. S
I -1 520 - 736 7
H3 -1 520-1 3 1 9
83 -1 520 - 7360
II.T. C.
XI··F K-T S TR S P LY , rJ IJTPlJ T , 500 nH/'-I
A3 -1 5 4 0 -1 2 0 0
P . C . P' Il - r l l r·1 SYr'IC ,
RRACK f T- XHF. R ;.iTr- ,
83 - 3040 -1 1 74
H3 -1 320-16 63
/·\ 1 1,, (1)1"·;
p.nI I RI,JS
K 1" I f\!( rH"
II.T . C .
SP F. (
RFS - Fxn , F ILI ~ , H ? O
{lH M ,1 /2~ 1 , 7 ~
R l: l-'R f Jnt JCE
Ir TYPF
S
1. 0
1. 0
7.0
1. 0
H3 -1 IJZP - 'r 3 HI--I
H3 -1 '12(\ - 717 5
J.n -l 5 7 0 -J J h I,
R3-] '520 - -( 7 } H
RES - FXf) , F I Lr-l , -r s n IlH r': , 1/21" ' ? ~ S
RF.S - FXI) , r IlI·1 , Z 7 K OHr·; , l /Zl,ol , ? X S
1.0-; S -F Xfl , F I LH , 1 0 0 OHi"' , 1/2 1',' , 2 :t: S
3. 0
2.0
1. 0
1. . 0
1. 0
1. 0
\.0
\. 0
1. 0
1 .0
1. 0
1. 0
1. 0
~IRTS
TITLE
P . C.
1-\1) ASSY - FILH SYI\JC , RI:PRO
A L
'" A T E R
REF . nFS . nR FI Nn NO .
ORAH I NG N[lI·1RER
-
1·11=1,1{
PART
r
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF
File Type Extension : pdf
MIME Type : application/pdf
PDF Version : 1.6
Linearized : No
Encryption : Standard V4.4 (128-bit)
User Access : Print, Copy, Extract, Print high-res
Author : scanned by klettster
Create Date : 2012:07:14 13:42:51Z
Keywords : 3M, M23, iso-loop, analog tape, tape recorder, professional, studio, maintenance, manual, schematics, parts lists, operation
Modify Date : 2012:07:14 13:18:53-04:00
Has XFA : No
XMP Toolkit : Adobe XMP Core 4.2.1-c043 52.372728, 2009/01/18-15:56:37
Metadata Date : 2012:07:14 13:18:53-04:00
Producer : Adobe Acrobat 9.51 Paper Capture Plug-in
Format : application/pdf
Title : 3M Series 400 Instruction Manual - M23
Description : M23 iso-loop tape machine operation and mantenance
Creator : scanned by klettster
Subject : 3M, M23, iso-loop, analog tape, tape recorder, professional, studio, maintenance, manual, schematics, parts lists, operation
Document ID : uuid:94215fa8-951c-3f47-9c00-7661db2dc8f9
Instance ID : uuid:24492dcd-64a1-a144-b269-f213d2a87107
Page Count : 300
EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools